Tag Archives: Tanganyika

Railways of Tanzania – Part 12 – The South

The featured image for this article is a Tanganyika Railway (TR) oil-fuelled RV (River) class 4-8-2 locomotive, later classified as the East African Railways (EAR) 21 class. Locomotives of this Class were used on the Southern Province Railway in the late 1950s and early 1960s, © Public Domain. [6][1: p303]

During the early years of the German Protectorate, consideration had been given to building a third main railway in German East Africa. That railway would have run from Kilwa on the coast to Lake Nyasa (now usually referred to as Lake Malawi). Its name in Swahili is ‘Ziwa Nyasa’. [2]

In 1905. work got as far as the undertaking of a survey of the proposed line for 86 kilometres inland from Kilwa before the Maji-Maji rebellion brought the work to a close. In 1907, the length from Manda Bay on Lake Nyasa to Songea was surveyed. However, it was gradually becoming clear that the Southwest of German East Africa could best be reached by means of a branch line from the Mittelland Bahn.

This proposed alternative was intended to follow a route studied by Herr Denninger from the Central Line “to the Iringa Highlands, llongo and Mbeya. From Mbeya the projected line ran to Fife on the Rhodesian border. Thence a branch was planned to the north end of Lake Nyasa at Mwaya and another to Kasanga on Lake Tanganyika. The whole scheme involved some 1,250 kilometres of railway, through very difficult country requiring several rack sections, and it was estimated to cost 360 million marks (£18,000,000). [However,] the cost and the difficulties were too great and the scheme was abandoned.” [1: p101]

Hill continues:

“In 1907-1908 and 1910-1911 the possibility of reaching the navigable stretch of the Kilombero river from the Rufiji, or from Ruvu, Ngerengere, Mikese or Kilosa on the Central Railway, was investigated. From the Kilombero valley it was proposed to extend the line to Manda Bay on Lake Nyasa. In 1913 five million marks was allocated by the Reich for a scheme to make 125 miles of the Rufiji river navigable. In the years 1912-1914 a detailed survey was also made for a metre-gauge line from Lindi to Masasi through the Lukuledi valley with the idea of an eventual extension to the middle reaches of the Ruvuma. … In 1915, there was a reconnaissance survey for a railway joining the Mittelland Bahn with the Nordbahn. The routes examined lay between Mikese and Kilosa on the Central Line and between Korogwe and Mombo on the Northern Line. [1: p101]

Ultimately it was not until after WW2, that significant progress was made in constructing a metre-gauge line in the Southern Province. …. Hill says:

The ill-fated East African Groundnuts Scheme had its origin in a world shortage of edible oils and fats which seemed likely to continue for a long time. Proposals for such a scheme were first considered by His Majesty’s Government early in 1946. After a thorough investigation and a most optimistic report which paid inadequate heed to several vital factors, including the notorious variation in the yield of the groundnut crop along the Central line, the scheme was approved. It was proposed, within a few years, to bring into cultivation over 3,000,000 acres of land in Tanganyika, Kenya and Northern Rhodesia. Nearly 80 per cent. of the total acreage projected was to be in Tanganyika. The first areas to be developed, at Kongwa and Urambo, were served by the Central line, but by far the largest area planned was in the Southern Province. This entailed the building of a new railway and a new port equipped with deep-water berths.” [1: p267-268]

Hill’s comments about the development and value of the Southern Province Railway can be found here, together with an assessment of how much we can accurately establish about the route of the line. [3]

The line finally opened in January 1954 but was to cease operations in February 1963 (or July 1962 according to one source. [9]) It outlasted the ill-fated Tanganyika Groundnuts Scheme by a few years in the forlorn hope that it would significantly enhance the economic prospects the South of the country.

Both steam (the RV Class/21 Class; G Class and NZ Class locomotives were used) and diesel locomotives were used (the 80 Class, 81 Class and 83 Class locomotives). [4][9] The diesel locomotive classes referred to in the Wikipedia article about the Southern Province Railway [4] and in David Burton’s book [9] are small diesel shunters. If correct, this suggests than main line movements were powered by steam until the closure of the line.

This is a Tanganyika Railway (TR) oil-fuelled RV (River) class 4-8-2 locomotive, later classified as the East African Railways (EAR) 21 class. It was first numbered TR252, then No. TR502 and later EAR2103. The locomotive was built by the Vulcan Foundry in Lancashire, between 1928 and 1930, © Public Domain. [6][1: p303]
TR Class G 4-8-0 Locomotive No. 210 (later 22 Class) – these locomotives entered service in1928. Hill tells us that these locomotives were obtained to work two specific lengths of railway – the Tanga Line and the Mwanza branch off the Central Line, (c) Public Domain. [1: p299]
TR NZ Class No. 1098 leaving Dar-es-Salaam with the mail train in 1922. These locomotives were originally ordered by the Nizam’s Guaranteed State Railway for use on its network in the Dominion of Nizam, better known as the Hyderabad State, in India, but served their entire working lives in Tanganyika, East Africa. Class 22 locomotives were 4-8-0 locomotives built in 1915 by Nasmyth, Wilson and Company. These locomotives were numbered TR1095–TR1098, later TR200–TR203, and later still, EAR2201–EAR2204, © Public Domain. [1: facing p182][8: p55]

For more details of these three different classes of steam locomotive please click here. [7]

The diesels used on the Southern Province Railway were:

80 Class (later 32 Class) 0-6-0 Locomotives

80 Class No. 8004. [10]

81 Class (later 33 Class) 0-6-0 Locomotives

81 Class No. 8102. [10]

83 Class (later 43 Class) 0-8-0 Locomotives

83 Class No, 8306. [10]

A little more about these 3 classes of diesel locomotive can be gleaned here. [10] Were larger diesel locomotives in use on the Southern Province Railway? One website suggests that they were. [11] However, its illustrations seem to relate to the TAZARA railway and not the Southern Province Railway.

Passenger traffic existed between Mtwara and Nachingwea for which a second hand Diesel Motorized Units of the former Kenya and Uganda Railways was used. [4] The diesel motorized units of the former Kenya and Uganda Railways (KUR/KURH) notably included a small fleet of metre-gauge, 200-horsepower diesel railcars built by Wickham in 1939 and delivered in May 1946. These 58-seater double-bogie units were initially deployed on the Kisumu–Butere branch line before serving on the Southern Province Railway. Two of the class of three locomotives are shown below.

Metre gauge 200hp Wickham Rail Car No. 3, one of the three 58 seater railcars built for the Kenya & Uganda Railways Kisumu-Butere branch line. Works Nos. 2828-2830 ordered in January 1939 and finally delivered in May 1946. Fitted with Saurer BXDL engines, (c) Public Domain [5]
Metre gauge 200hp Wickham Rail Car No. 2, numbered 2829 and delivered after WW2, (c) Public Domain. [6]

As the 20th century unfolded another line was to traverse the Southern Province – the TAZARA Railway. This will be dealt with in different article.

References

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lake_Malawi, accessed on 29th May 2026. Lake Malawi is also known as Lake Nyasa in Tanzania and Lago Niassa in Mozambique, is an African Great Lake and the southernmost lake in the East African Rift system, located between Malawi, Mozambique and Tanzania.
  3. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/04/narrow-gauge-industrial-lines-in-tanganyika-tanzania.
  4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Southern_Province_Railway, accessed on 29th July 2026.
  5. https://www.flickr.com/photos/29903115@N06/41904741772, accessed on 29th March 2021.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_RV_class, accessed on 17th July 2026.
  7. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/07/22/railways-of-tanzania-part-15-locomotives-from-the-first-railways-built-by-the-german-colonial-powers-through-to-the-amalgamation-which-formed-east-african-railways-and-harbours-in-1948
  8. R. Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  9. David Burton; The Groundnut Line: The Story of the Southern Province Railway of Tanganyika; self-published, Telford, 2014.
  10. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2018/06/29/uganda-railways-part-26-locomotives-and-rolling-stock-part-d-diesel-1948-to-1977
  11. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/railway-in-tanzania/mtwaras-forgotten-rails-a-glimpse-into-tanzanias-industrial-past, accessed on 29th July 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 16 – Locomotives in use in Tanganyika/Tanzania during the tenure of the EAR&H (EAR)

The featured image for this article shows an East African Railways (EAR) Class 24 4-8-0 locomotive No. 2443. The engine was manufactured by Vulcan Foundry and Nasmyth, Wilson and Company between 1923 and 1930. The photo shows the locomotive at Tabora depot in Tanzania during 1968, © Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [26]

East African Railways and Harbours was formed in 1949 through the amalgamation of Kenya and Uganda Railways and Harbours and Tanganyika Railways and Ports. Some locomotives which were ordered by Tanganyika Railways were delivered after the amalgamation. One of the EAR’s first actions was to develop a new numbering system which was applicable across East Africa. “Under the new system, tank engines were allotted Class number 10-19, tender engines 20-49 and Garratts 50 upwards. Diesels, then still only on order, were to become 80 upwards. Similar locomotives in service on both systems were taken together in one class, as was the case with the ED1 (KUR) and St (TR) classes, both becoming Class 11, Nos. 1105-1131 and 1101-1104 respectively.” [1: p70]

After initial experiments with the Giesl ejector from 1957 a large-scale programme was initiated in the early 1960s to fit all post-war main-line engines with this equipment.

Early EAR locomotives:

EAR 10 Class (formerly KUR EE Class) 2-6-4T Locomotives

These locomotives were retained on the lines of the old KUR.

EAR 11 Class (formerly TR ST Class and KUR ED1 Class) 2-6-2T Locomotives

In 1930, the TR received four 2-6-2T shunters (the same type as the KUR ED1 Class). These were designated as the ST Class. They initially had running numbers TR Nos. 11-14, later TR Nos. 103-106. The locomotives were supplied by Vulcan. Under EAR control the locomotives were numbered EAR Nos. 1101-1104. [1: p60]

TR No. 12 was later designated TR No. 104 and later still, EAR No. 1101. This is an ex-Works photograph taken at the Vulcan Works in the UK, (c) Public Domain. [31]

Many of the EAR Class 11 locomotives were adapted to burn oil fuel rather than wood or coal and were still in use in 1972. [1: p60]

EAR 12 Class (formerly TR SS Class) 2-6-2T Locomotives

These two locomotives were ordered by Tanganyika Railways but not delivered until 1950. They were the first superheated piston-valve shunters in East Africa and were a generally updated and modernised version of the EAR 11 Class. [1: p70]

A TR SS Class 2-6-2T locomotive delivered in 1950 became one of the EAR Class 12 locomotives. – No. 1202. It is seen here in its altered form with Giesl ejector shunting at Tabora, (c) Public Domain. [1: p69]

The two engines in this Class were “put to work in the harbour area in Dar es Salaam, from where they were transferred to Morogoro in the mid 1950s and eventually to Tabora in the early 1960s, where they are still in service. The 12 class are the only shunters with Giesl ejectors.” [1: p70]

EAR 21 Class (formerly TR RV Class) 4-8-2 Locomotives

This is a Tanganyika Railway (TR) oil-fuelled RV (River) class 4-8-2 locomotive, later classified as the East African Railways (EAR) 21 class. It was first numbered TR252, then No. TR502 and later EAR2103. The locomotive was built by the Vulcan Foundry in Lancashire, between 1928 and 1930, © Public Domain. [27][9: p303]

For more details of this class of steam locomotive please click here. [28]

EAR 22 Class (formerly TR G Class) 4-8-0 Locomotives

TR Class G 4-8-0 Locomotive No. 210 (later 22 Class) – these locomotives entered service in1928. Hill tells us that these locomotives were obtained to work two specific lengths of railway – the Tanga Line and the Mwanza branch off the Central Line, (c) Public Domain. [9: p299]

For more details of this class of steam locomotive please click here. [28]

EAR 22 Class (formerly TR NZ Class) 4-8-0 Locomotives

TR NZ Class No. 1098 leaving Dar-es-Salaam with the mail train in 1922. These locomotives were originally ordered by the Nizam’s Guaranteed State Railway for use on its network in the Dominion of Nizam, better known as the Hyderabad State, in India, but served their entire working lives in Tanganyika, East Africa. Class 22 locomotives were 4-8-0 locomotives built in 1915 by Nasmyth, Wilson and Company. These locomotives were numbered TR1095–TR1098, later TR200–TR203, and later still, EAR2201–EAR2204, © Public Domain. [9: facing p182][1: p55]

For more details of this class of steam locomotive please click here. [28]

EAR 24 Class (formerly UR GD Class) 4-8-0 Locomotives

East African Railways (EAR) Class 24 4-8-0 locomotive No. 2443.The engine was manufactured by Vulcan Foundry and Nasmyth, Wilson and Company between 1923 and 1930. The photo shows the locomotive at Tabora depot in Tanzania during 1968, © Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [26]

The 24 Class were a larger and modified version of the experimental UR GC Class. [26]

EAR 25 Class (formerly TR MK Class) 2-8-2 Locomotives

The TR Mk Class was renumbered by the EAR to become the EAR 25 class, the eleven members of the class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, for the Tanganyika Railway (TR). They entered service on the TR in 1925–1927. [10] All of them were transferred to the EAR.

The eleven members of the Class were:

The eleven members of the original TR MK Class. [2]
Vulcan Foundry ex-Works photo of TR MK 206. [2]

This class was a great success and the Class were still in use at the time Ramaer wrote his book, although he notes that they were now on borrowed time. “One problem with the design of the MK was the fact that the leading pony truck provided insufficient guidance on the sharp curves on the Dar-es-Salaam-Morogoro and the Malagarasi-Kigoma sections.” [1: p57]

EAR 26 Class (formerly TR ML Class) 2-8-2 Locomotives

East African Railways (EAR) 26 class (ex-TR ML class) 2-8-2 steam locomotive no. 2603 at Tabora depot, Tanzania in 1968, © Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [7]

The six members of the ML class (an improved MK design) were built in 1947 by W. G. Bagnall, in Stafford, England, and delivered to the TR. They were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR), as its 26 class. In 1952, six further members of the 26 class were delivered to the EAR. They had been built by Vulcan Foundry, of Newton-le-Willows and Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns of North East England and were numbered EAR Nos 2607-2612. [7]

The new locomotives were intended for use on the flatter sections of the Central Line between Dodoma and Tabora. According to Ramaer, these locomotives were still in use in 1972, provided with larger tenders than the MK/25 Class. However, they were “relegated to secondary duties, but their service record proved less favourable than that of the older 25s. They [were] definitely heavier on maintenance and their active life would probably end shortly, together with the 25 class, when both were replaced by new diesel locomotives.” [1: p70]

Former TR ML Class 2-8-2 No. 2608 with Giesel ejector and air brakes, one of the last designs of the TR, is seen heading a goods train out of Tabora, (c) Public Domain. [1: p71]

EAR 27 Class (formerly TR MR Class) 2-8-2 Locomotives

These locomotives were American-built. Many of these engines were built by various American manufacturers, including: Alco; Baldwin; and Davenport. These locomotives were known as ‘MacArthurs’. Those which ended up working on the Tanganyika Railways were manufactured in 1944. [1: p70] and arrived from Malaya in 1949. There were eight locomotives bought in this way which became the MR Class, running numbers 800-807. They were built by three different manufacturers and as a result had minor differences: Alco Nos. 800-802; Baldwin Nos. 803-805; Davenport Nos. 806-807. [1: p70]

TR 2-8-2 No. 802 of the MacArthur austerity class at Tabora in the early 1950s before its conversion to oil fuel. [1: p68]

Ramaer tells us that, “At first there were problems, and modifications were needed to water tanks and reversing gear, which was undertaken at Nairobi works because of the limited capacity of the shops at Dar-es-Salaam. An additional difficulty was posed by the fact that the engines had not been designed to burn wood fuel. Grates were rather small and no rocking or dropping equipment was available. This circumstance gave rise to criticism because of the high ash residue of the wood fuel and only after the locomotives were converted to burn oil was the problem satisfactorily solved. After conversion the MacArthurs by then classified EAR 2701-8, did reasonably well.” [1; p69] The class was expanded in 1950 under EAR control when eight more were purchased from Malaya and one in parts from Nigeria. The last of these locomotives in service was based at Tabora and had been kept running by cannibalising other members of the class.

Early Beyer-Garratt locomotives:

EAR 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt 53 Class (formerly TR GA Class)

Built in 1931 by Beyer, Peacock & Co., these 4-8-2+2-8-4 locomotives were the first Garratts on the Tanganyika Railway. Two of this Class continued in service during EAR years. In EAR days the two 53 Class locomotives “went to the northern part of the now united system, to be replaced on the Central Line by the newer 60 Class, but later they returned to Tanzania for transfer work in Dar-es-Salaam, where they were scrapped in the late 1960s.” [1: p61]

East African Railways publicity photograph of no. 5302 Iringa, c. 1953, (c) Public Domain. [3]

EAR 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt 55 Class (formerly TR GB and KUR EC1 Class) Locomotives

The Tanganyika Railway (TR) GB class were 4-8-2+2-8-4 Beyer-Garratt steam locomotives were originally ordered by the British War Department for service in Brazil, although not built. Later the design was used for locomotives for India and Burma. Four were acquired by the TR in 1946 from Burma. They later became members of the East African Railways (EAR) 55 class. [13][1: p64]

GB Class Garratt locomotive No. 753 entered service in 1948 immediately prior to the amalgamation of the TR and the KUR. [9: p307]

The Garratt locomotives that eventually made up the full 55 Class list were in use on the KUR and the TR. The full list is shown below:

The full EAR 55 Class list: as can be seen 4 of the Class served in Tanganyika, one of which (EAR No. 5505, ex-TR No. 752) is preserved at Nairobi Railway Museum. When serving in Tanganyika before the amalgamation of the two networks, these locomotives were numbered TR 750 – TR 753. [4]

EAR Designed/Purchased Steam Locomotives:

Despite having access to a broad spectrum of different locomotives from the two networks, the EAR was clearly in need of locomotives. It had available Class 54, 57 and 58 Locomotives but these were unsuitable as a base for further development [1: p71] Fuel was also a problem, wood was still in extentives use and coal supplies during WW2 were of relatively poor quality. The EAR decided that it should focus on oil-burning locomotives. Ramaer says that conversions started almost immediately, all EAR engines “were gradually converted to burn oil, a job which was completed by 1955.” [1: p72]

EAR made an initial decision to focus on steam-power for the immediate future.

EAR 13 Class 4-8-2T/4-8-4T Locomotives

These locomotives were probably not used to any great extent of the historic TR network within the EAR.

EAR 13 Class 4-8-2T Locomotive No.1301 as supplied in 1953. [1: p78]

Eighteen of these tank locomotives were built by North British and entered service in 1953. All of these locomotives were initially 4-8-2T locomotives but their performance was poor. They were prone to frequent derailments in sidings. The decision was taken to adapt them to be 4-8-4T locomotives.

The trailing ponies were changed to bogies recovered from old 50 Class Garratts from the KUR which were being withdrawn from that network. At the same time the side tanks were extended and lined up with the smokebox door. This required the repositioning of the compressor and the opportunity was also taken to enlarge the rear fuel tank slightly. [1: p78]

A superb study of a 13 Class 4-8-4T modified locomotive, (c) ETH-Bibliothek Zürich, Bildarchiv / Fotograf: Schmid, Walter / Com_L25-0840-0013-0008 and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [6]

After Class 13, plans were in place for a further Class of shunting locomotive – the 14 Class but none were built in the end as a result of research into Diesel Shunters which could produce a greater tractive effort with a lower fuel consumption.

EAR 29 Class 2-8-2 Locomotives

Along with 30 Class and 31 Class locomotives and the 59 and 60 Class Garratts these were the last steam locomotives built for the EAR.

EAR 29 Class 2-8-2 Locomotive No. 2904 is an oil-burning locomotive built by the North British Locomotive Company in Glasgow. This photo was taken at the Moshi depot in Tanzania in 1968, (c) Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [7]

The 29 Class were derived from the Nigerian ‘River’ Class 2-8-2 Locomotives which were built to operate with low grade coal. The EAR version was oil-burning. Crews at times called these locomotives ‘Nigerians’. Two arrived with the EAR in 1951 and a further eighteen in 1952. These were reliable and effective locos with an axle load of thirteen tons and designed to be freight locomotives on the main line. Their performance gave rise to another order for eleven further 29 Class locomotives from North British in 1955. Ramaer tells us that, “These newer locomotives differ[ed] from the earlier ones in that they ha[d] spring-loaded intermediate buffing gear, later standardised on the 31 class 2-8-4s, and larger injectors than the first twenty engines. Externally, they [were] easily distinguishable for a larger smokebox door has been fitted than on the earlier engines. To reduce the weight on the trailing pony truck, already heavily stressed by the big Belpaire firebox, the compressors were repositioned to be in line with the smoke-box door, and in consequence some minor changes had to be introduced to the leading pony truck.” [1: p80-81]

One of the later 29 Class locomotives Ear No. 29 which shows the larger smokebox door, (c) Alexander Leisser and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [8]

Ramaer says that “A point of some concern in the design of the 29 class was the relatively high axle load on the trailing pony, which caused the engines to lean back with heavy trains, with consequent loss of adhesive weight. To remedy this shortcoming, the EAR went in following designs to a wheel arrangement with a bogie under the fire-box, considered by many engineers to be the best possible solution for locomotives with a big and heavy firebox, as it improves riding and, indirectly, eases maintenance. The 2-8-4s thus evolved belong to two classes, 30 and 31, introduced in 1955-6 and built by North British and Vulcan, respectively.” [1: p81]

The 29 Class was ubiquitous across different sheds throughout the EAR territory. [1: p81-81]

EAR 30 Class 2-8-4 Locomotives

The 30 class is heavier than the 31 Class and is directly derived from the 29 Class. It has the same boiler, although adhesive weight is slightly lower than the 29 Class “as a result of the introduction of the bogie under the firebox. The bogie has American-inspired cast steel outside frames and was introduced following the example of the Canadian Pacific type 59 to improve riding. For the same reason, compensated spring gear on the coupled axles was reintroduced following the example of the pre-war 28 Class Mikados. These changes certainly resulted in better riding qualities.” [1: 81]

EAR 30 Class 2-8-4 Oil-burning Locomotive No. 3019 ‘Nyamwezi’ sitting at Tabora depot. The 26 members of the Class served their entire careers in Tanganyika/Tanzania. [9: p83] The Class was built in 1955 by the North British Locomotive Company in Glasgow, These locomotives primarily served on the Central Line in Tanganyika, now Tanzania, (c) Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [10]

The 30 class design included a large cast steel tender, running on six-wheel bogies, having a capacity of 1,950 gallons of fuel oil and 7,000 gallons of water. This, with Timken roller bearings [11][12] throughout has resulted in an engine capable of running long distances over the Central Line of Tanzania, on sections with unreliable water supplies, like Morogoro-Tabora. The 30 Class spent their full working life in Tanganyika/Tanzania. [1: p81-82]

EAR 31 Class 2-8-4 Locomotives

The EAR 31 class was a class of oil-burning 2-8-4 steam locomotives. The 46 members of the class were built in 1955 by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, for the EAR. They were a lighter, branch-line version of the EAR 30 class, and worked from various sheds throughout the EAR system.[1: p80-82][9: p83][13]

EAR 31 Class 2-8-4 Oil-burning Locomotive No. 3110 ‘Bakiga’ at Nairobi in 1968. The 46 members of the Class served on branch lines across the full EAR network. The Class was built in 1955 and 1956 by the Vulcan Foundry in Newton-le Willows, Lancashire, (c) Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [13]

The Vulcan Works Magazine carried this ex-Works image of a 31 Class locomotive. The locomotives were Vulcan Foundry Works Nos. 2576, 2578-81 and 2583 & 84. [14]

The Vulcan Foundry magazine notes that these engines were designed for the lightest tracks on the EAR network: “The locomotives are required for universal use throughout East Africa, but in the first place are to be placed for duty in Kenya and Uganda. All are oil fired and forty-one have Westinghouse brakes, the other five being dual fitted with Westinghouse and Vacuum Brake Equipment, so that they will be available for service in Tanganyika when required. The locomotives will negotiate with ease, curves of 330ft radius, with 0.5in gauge widening and also I in 7.5 turnouts (equivalent to a curve of 350ft radius without gauge widening) and are suitable for operating on 3% gradients. … As on all recent East African orders, the locomotives are so arranged that they can be converted to 36in gauge in accordance with requirements for the future standardisation of the East African Railways. For the same reason the dragboxes [15][16] have been made to suit both the MCA Coupler (as fitted) and the Knuckle type Coupler. Wherever possible, detail parts have been made interchangeable with the “29” and “30” classes, but a smaller boiler and slightly smaller cylinders have been provided.” [14]

Later Beyer Garratt Locomotives:

EAR 57 and 58 Class

These locomotives were not used in Tangayika/Tanzania. For more detail, please click here. [17]

EAR 59 Class

The axle loads of these locomotives were too high for the relatively light rail used in Tanganyika/Tanzania. They were used, as intended, on the old KUR network. For more detail, please click here. [17]

EAR 60 Class

Introduced in 1953, these 4-8-2+2-8-4 locomotives were used extensively on the Central Line between Dar -es-Salaam and Morogoro

Class 60 Garratt 4-8-2+2-8-4 locomotive No. 6019 at Tabora depot, Tanzania, in 1968. [5]

The EAR 60 class, also known as the Governor class, was built for the EAR as a development of the EAR’s earlier 56 class. The 29 members of the 60 class were ordered by the EAR from Beyer, Peacock & Co. The first 12 of them were built by sub-contractors Société Franco-Belge in Raismes (Valenciennes), France, and the rest were built by Beyer, Peacock in Gorton, Manchester. The class entered service in 1953-54. Initially, all members of the class carried the name of a Governor (or equivalent) of Kenya, Tanganyika or Uganda, but later all of the Governor nameplates were removed. [5]

Initially, the first locomotives were ordered as an extension to the 56 Class – 5607 – 5618. Compared with the 56 Class, the Franco-Belge locomotives had more water and less oil capacity. It was only just before delivery that it was decided to classify them separately. As we have noted, the remainder of the Class was built in the UK by Beyer-Peacock. Raemer reports:

“With an axle load of only eleven tons, the 60 class is, with the 55 and 56 classes, the standard light Garratt on the system, taking all the lighter mixed traffic. It was on one of these engines, No 6029, that the first test with the Giesl ejector was made, No 5805 following suit. Today, all 60s have this equipment. Originally the 60 class carried the names of the Governors of Kenya, Tanganyika and Uganda, but later the nameplates were removed. At present, [1972] only No. 6001 still carries a name Umoja (Unity). They are straightforward engines, with the well-tried Belpaire firebox, a working pressure of 200lb/sq in and 16×24in cylinders, developing a tractive effort of 43,520lb. They, too, have roller bearings on all axles, but somewhat surprisingly plate frames of wartime origin were retained, like the 55 and 56 classes. Although the 60s are quite good engines, they never came came up to the level of the 56s, especially where the free steaming quality of the boilers is concerned.” [1: p78]

EAR Diesel Locomotives used in Tanganyika/Tanzania

I have written extensively on the various Diesel locomotives used on the EAR network, for more detail, please click here. [18] The EAR operated a progressive fleet of diesel locomotives in Tanganyika (now Tanzania) starting in the 1950s, featuring key classes such as the 83, 84 & 85 Class hydraulic shunters and later mainline diesel-electrics.

There were a significant number of different diesel locomotive classes on the EAR , but records that I have come across do not specify which of these locos were stabled at which depots. It is difficult in many cases, to be sure which classes of loco were used on the lines in Tanganyika/Tanzania. The fleet included:

32 Class (previously 80 Class): please see notes below about the 80 Class locos.

33 Class (previously 81 Class): please see notes below about the 81 Class locos.

34 Class (previously 82 Class): please see notes below about the 82 Class locos.

35 Class: Andrew Barclay 0-6-0 locomotives.

61 Class: These locomotives were supplied by the German manufacturer Henschel & Son.

71 Class (previously 91 Class) Diesel-Electric Locomotives: supplied by English Electric.

72 Class (previously 92 Class) Diesel-Electric Locomotives: supplied by English Electric.

79 Class Locomotive: only one of these locomotives was built.

80 Class (later 32 Class):

81 Class (Later 33 Class): Supplied by the Drewry Car Co., these versatile internal combustion locomotives handled secondary and transfer tasks during the early phase of internal combustion transition.

82 Class (Later 34 Class):

83, 84, 85 & 86 Classes (Later 43, 44, 45 & 46 Classes): Introduced from 1955 onwards, these light and medium diesel-hydraulic locomotives (built by manufacturers like Hunslet, Andrew Barclay, and North British Locomotive Company) took over shunting and lighter duties on the Tanganyika Central Line.

86 Class (later 46 Class):

90 Class (later 87 Class) English Electric types: from around 1960, powerful diesel-electric units gradually supplemented and replaced heavy steam power (like the 30 and 60 classes) on main trunk routes connecting Dar-es-Salaam, Tabora, and Kigoma. Dieselization in Tanganyika in the late 1950s and 1960s dealt a blow to the continued use of steam-power as they were more effective on handling steep gradients and overcame water scarcity issues inherent to steam operations across the territory.

91 Class (later 71 Class) Diesel-Electric Locomotives: supplied by English Electric

88 & 92 Class Canadian supplied Diesel Electric locomotives, of which there were 20 No. 88 Class and 15 No. 92 Class locomotives.

More about each Class of Diesel Locomotive

A little more information about each of these classes of diesel locomotive can be found in the paragraphs below. For more information and more images than are included in this article please click here. [18]

EAR 35 Class Locomotives

These were Andrew Barclay 0-6-0 diesel shunters.

The EAR 35 Class of 0-6-0 shunters had a cast list of at least eight. This is EAR No. 3508. The photographer is not known. [18]

EAR 43 Class (originally 83 Class) Locomotives

These locos were built by the North British Locomotive Company.

EAR 83 Class 0-8-0 Locomotive, EAR No. 8306. The photographer is not known. [18]

EAR 44 Class (originally 84 Class) Locomotives

This 0-8-0 class was also built by the North British Locomotive Company.

EAR 84 Class 0-8-0 Locomotive, EAR No. 8401. The photographer is not known. [18]

EAR 45 Class (originally 85 Class) Locomotives

Still another North British 0-8-0 class of loco.

EAR 85 Class 0-8-0 Locomotive, EAR No. 8504. The photographer is not known. [18]

EAR 46 Class (originally 86 Class) Locomotives

The 46 Class (originally 86 Class) 0-8-0 central cab locos were built for the EAR by Andrew Barclay Sons & Co.

EAR 86 Class 0-8-0 Locomotive, EAR No. 8619. The photographer is not known. [18]

EAR 61 Class Locomotives

Once the decision had been taken not to build a new class of Beyer Garratt locomotives which would have been 61 Class locomotives. The Class number was used for a series of Henschel-built Bo-Bo shunters.

61 Class Henschel-built Bo-Bo shunting locomotive, EAR No. 6107, photographer not known. [18]

EAR 71 Class (previously 91 Class) Locomotives

See the 91 Class below.

EAR 72 Class (previously 92 Class) Locomotives

The East African Railways (EAR) 72 Class consists of 10 diesel-electric locomotives built by English Electric at the Vulcan Works in Newton-le-Willows in 1971 and 1972. They featured a 1-Bo-Bo-1 wheel arrangement and a 1,240 horsepower rating tailored for lightweight tracks across the whole EAR network. For more details about this locomotive please click here. [24]

EAR 72 Class (previous 92 Class) Locomotive No. 7209, photographer not known. [18]

79 Class Locomotive

Only one of these Co-Co locomotives was built. No. 7901 was supplied as an experimental type by AEI Lister-Blackmore. Looking at the export market in the late 1950s British Tomson-Houston (BTH), with Clayton and Lister-Blackstone commissioned the Explorer CM-gauge prototype, which was ready in 1959. This featured a Lister-Blackstone engine, BTH electrical equipment and mechanical parts by established partner Clayton. [25]

EAR 79 Class Locomotive No. 7901, photographer not known. [18]

80 Class (later 32 Class)

The Class 80/32 0-6-0 locos were built for the EAR by John Fowler & Co Engineers of Leathley Road, Hunslet, Leeds, West Yorkshire.

[18]

81 Class (Later 33 Class)

Supplied by the Drewry Car Co., these versatile internal combustion locomotives handled secondary and transfer tasks during the early phase of internal combustion transition.

[18]

82 Class (Later 34 Class)

[18]

83, 84 & 85 Classes (Later 43, 44 & 45 Classes)

Introduced from 1955 onwards, these light and medium diesel-hydraulic locomotives (built by manufacturers like Hunslet, Andrew Barclay, and North British Locomotive Company) took over shunting and lighter duties on the Tanganyika Central Line. Please see 43, 44 and 45 Classes above.

86 Class (later 46 Class)

Please see the 46 Class above.

EAR 88 Class Locomotives

There were 20 diesel-electric locomotives built by the Montreal Locomotive Works (MLW) in this Class. These were lighter weight versions of the 92 Class. These locomotives had a 1-Co-Co-1 wheel arrangement and were designed to handle intense tractive effort demands across the challenging terrain of Kenya, Uganda, and Tanzania.

EAR 88 Class Locomotive built by Montreal Locomotive Works (MLW). These locomotives worked across the whole EAR network, photographer not known. [18]

EAR 90 Class (later Class 87) Locomotives

There were 44 of this Class built by English Electric by the end of the 1960s. They worked across the whole EAR network.

Masai tribesmen inspect an English Electric-AEI Class 90 diesel electric loco, East African Railways No. 9007, 1960. This image was shared on the Commonwealth Heritage Forum on Facebook on 6th October 2023. [19]

Some notes about English Electric Twelve cylinder diesels and the EAR 90 class written by Steve Palermo: [20]

“EE generally designed locomotives to meet individual railway requirements, using standard components. Nevertheless, established designs were often adapted for other customers, and this is apparent in the 12-cylinder sequence, which accordingly could be described as being a series of quasi-standard locomotives. A greater degree of standardization is apparent in EE’s sequence of 6-cylinder models, though.

“The list of EE 12-cylinder models, in chronological order of first appearance, is:

1. Queensland Railways (QR) 1200 class, 10 built.
2. New Zealand Railways (NZR) Df class, 10 built
3. Malayan Railways (KTM) 20 class, 26 built
4. QR 1250 class, the first EE Australia variant, 17 built
5. Sudan Railways 1000 class, 65 built
6. East African Railways 90 (later 87) class, 44 built
7. British Railways (BR) 37 class, 309 built
8. Western Australian Government Railways (WAGR) C class, 3 built
9. Rhodesian Railways DE3 class, 16 built
10. QR 1270 class, 30 built
11. WAGR K class, also Goldsworthy Mining A class, 17 built
12. QR 1300 class, 45 built
13. WAGR R and RA classes, 18 built
14. AIS D34 class, 1 built
15. Ghana Railways & Harbours 1851 class, 16 built
16. Tasmanian Government Railways (TGR) Z class, 4 built
17. QE 2350 class, 16 built
18. TGR ZA class, 6 built

“The total number of EE 12-cylinder locomotives built was thus 653, of which 496 were of UK origin, and 157 came from Australia. …

“BR, with 309 of its 37 class, was the biggest user of EE 12-cylinder models. Next came QR, with a total of 118 spread over 5 basic models, although there were subvariants. QR was also the first
operator to buy 12-cylinder EE locomotives, so are more detailed study of the group logically starts with the QR 1200 class, which then conveniently links to both the later UK and the Australian models. At least basic information on most classes is reasonably available, and of course the BR 37 has been the subject of many treatments in the literature.

“The EAR 90 class was the second English Electric 12CSVT-engined model to be delivered, but the first to be ordered. The initial order, for 8 units was announced in October 1958, and an increase to 10 units was announced in March 1959. This was EARH’s first order for line-service diesel locomotives. A 13.5 ton maximum axle loading was imposed, to enable the locomotives to work northwest of Nairobi to Nakuru and Kampala [and elsewhere on the EAR network], as well as between Mombasa and Nairobi, which section alone would have allowed a higher axle loading. This axle loading constraint required a multi-axle design, as it is unlikely that EE could have built a compliant 12-cylinder Co-Co model. Unsurprisingly, EE used a 1-Co-Co-1 wheel arrangement. The resulting locomotive was largely a new design, although it included features drawn from the QR 1250 class (body style and general layout) and the Rhodesian Railways (RR) 16-cylinder DE2 class (running gear and in-frame fuel tank). What it was not, though, was simply a 1-Co-Co-1 variant of the QR 1250 with 12CSVT in place of 12SVT engine.

“Nevertheless, the QR 1250 makes a useful yardstick for comparison purposes. The EARH 90, at 51’0″ over headstocks, was a little longer than the QR 1250, at 49’6”. This extra length was most likely required to accommodate the more complex running gear, although it probably also gave a bit more space to accommodate the dynamic braking unit and a higher capacity cooling group. The total wheelbase was 41’6″, as compared with 40’0″ for the QR 1250. The equipment layout for the most part followed established EE practice. The nose compartment housed the leading bogie traction motor blower, which was motor-driven. The T-shaped main equipment cubicle was immediately behind the cab; then came the dynamic braking unit, which was mounted high & just below the cantrail – with a crosswise orientation, fan-shaft horizontal. Then came the generators, the engine, followed by the radiator compartment with mechanically-driven vertical-shaft fan, and finally the rear-compartment, housing the air compressor, mechanically-driven from the radiator fan gearbox, and the trailing bogie traction motor blower.

“The running gear was based upon that of the RR DE2, which had proved successful in service. Thus, the bogie frames were one-piece castings by Henricot. Because the EARH 90 was shorter, the axle spacings were all reduced by 6 inches. Each bogie had an overall wheelbase of 17’6″, with a rigid wheelbase of 12’0″ equally distributed, and the two inner bogie axles were separated by 6’6″. The pivot centres, placed between the pilot and outer driving axles, were 37’10” apart. Consistent with EE’s thinking about maximizing the advantages obtainable from the 1-Co-Co-1 wheel arrangement where it was necessary to use same, the axle spacings were chosen to obtain maximum bending moment relief, so reducing vertical railhead forces. As this required relatively close coupling of the bogies, a conventional suspended fuel tank was precluded, hence the use of an in-frame fuel tank, an EE feature that went back at least as far as the New Zealand Railways De class. The main bogies were interconnected by a lateral spring control mechanism that helped ensure optimum wheel flange angles in curves, so reducing lateral railhead forces. One way of looking at this is that the coupling allowed the leading bogie to pilot the trailing bogie into curves,
the leading bogie itself being guided by its own pilot truck. Wheel diameters were the same as on the DE2, namely 28½” pilot and 37½” driving. The main bogies had three-point load transfer from the mainframe, with a resiliently mounted pivot between the pilot axle and the outer driving axle, and a pair of coil spring bearers between the centre and inner driving axles. Equalization for each bogie was continuous from pilot truck axle to inner driving axle. This was a change from the DE2 bogie, which was equalized in two groups, although the casting did make provision for full equalization should it have been required. As with the DE2, the driving axle springs were of the leaf type interconnected by equalizing bars, but at the fixed attachment points, rubber bushes were used in place of the auxiliary coil springs used on the DE2. All three traction motors on each bogie faced outwards, consistent with high-adhesion bogie practice. EE claimed that this bogie design virtually eliminated intra-bogie weight transfer, whilst the wide pivot spacing minimized
inter-bogie weight transfer. I have never seen the benefit quantified in the same way that EE Australia did for its high-adhesion Co bogie first used on the Western Australia Government Railways R class, but taking the latter as indicative, EE’s view could well have been that a 1-Co-Co-1 locomotive with 81 tons adhesive weight would for practical purposes match a similarly-powered 90 ton Co-Co with more-or-less conventional bogies, whilst offering lower dynamic railhead forces as well as (fairly obviously) lower static railhead forces. EE certainly made much of the capabilities of it own-design 1-Co-Co-1 running gear (here one needs to be careful to exclude the non-EE design bogie that it was forced to use, against its better judgement, for the British Rail 40 class) and noted that its good performance had been verified by the railway administrations using it.

“The 12CSVT Mk II engine had three manually adjustable governor power settings that allowed optimization for altitude, bearing in mind that the route embraced the range from sea level to 9136 ft elevation. 1840 hp (gross) was available up to 5500 ft, 1800 hp up to 7800 ft, and 1775 hp up to 9136 ft. One assumes that the settings were chosen according to which part of the EARH system the locomotives were assigned. The main generator was the EE822 model, and the six traction motors were the new EE537 4-pole model, connected in permanent series-parallel (2S3P) with two stages of field weakening. I have not been able to verify the gear ratio, but most probable was 72:15, fairly standard for the EE537 motor. The 45 mile/h maximum service speed would not have required faster gearing. The overhung auxiliary generator, model number unknown, was of 48 kW capacity.

“The EARH 90 was fitted with the by-now standard EE air-throttle control system, with the EE governor and the new hydraulically operated load regulator. The two driving stations were fitted with EE’s then-standard two-lever control stands. The throttle lever also operated the dynamic brake according to the standard EE 3-notch protocol. The main driving station was on the right hand side. There was a second driving station on the left-hand side, but this was not diagonally opposite and reversed as might have been expected. Rather it seems to have been arranged to allow bidirectional operation during shunting operations.

“The braking system was air for the locomotive and train, EARH being an air-braked road. However, the design made provision for the retrofitting of vacuum train brake equipment if required. At the time, it was evidently still thought possible that the EARH system would be converted from metre to Cape gauge to align with the rest of Southern Africa. The same conversion would also have required a (retrograde) change from air to vacuum brakes, the latter being the Southern African standard, with at least a period of dual-braking capability being required. One can wonder how vacuum brakes would have performed at 9000 ft altitude. Also, it is not immediately apparent as to where the vacuum exhausters would have been accommodated on the 90 class, bearing in mind that both the large compressor and the dynamic braking equipment would have been retained. Perhaps EE was thinking in terms of using a combined exhauster-compressor unit in place of the air compressor.

“I have not been able to find definitive information about the type of air braking system fitted to the EARH 90 class, other than that the initial batch had Westinghouse UK equipment. Had an American-type “schedule” system been fitted, most likely it would have been noted in the trade press descriptions. So more likely is that the braking system followed British precepts, with physically separate driver’s valves for independent and train brake control, and an electrically operated. independent-release-after-automatic-application function. Certainly EARH did not have a history of using schedule systems on its steam locomotives, late examples of which were fitted with Westinghouse No. 4 automatic brake valves and Gresham & Craven Mk IV locomotive steam brake valves. The layout diagrams show that the two driver’s brake valves are somewhat separated, with that for the automatic brake being to the driver’s right, and that for the independent brake a little to the left, ahead of the control stand. Clasp brakes were fitted to the driving wheels, withy one brake cylinder per wheel. The pony truck wheels were unbraked.

“Another unknown is the electrical capacity of the dynamic brake unit. For the second series, the peak braking effort is shown as 30 000 lbf at approximately 21 mile/h, which suggests around 1200 kW. The second series is said to have had a greater dynamic braking range than the first series, so it is possible the latter had a smaller capacity unit. As described, it is stated that the locomotive brake is interlocked with the dynamic brake so that both cannot be applied simultaneously. A literal interpretation suggests that the 90 was fitted with a conventional lockout system. But if so, it was a departure from established EE practice. In its previous diesel-electric locomotive dynamic braking installations, EE had used an anti-compounding system, in which the dynamic brake was released if locomotive brake cylinder pressure reached a predetermined level, typically 23 lbf/in².

“The EAR 90 was equipped for multiple unit operation. There was a central EE elbow-style jumper socket at each end on the front sheet, along with three “plug-in” hose connections arranged in a triangle. Most probably these were for respectively main reservoir, engine speed control and independent brake. The 90 was MU compatible with the later and smaller EE-built 91 (71) and 72 classes, but beyond that EAR did not seem to be concerned to establish a single common MU standard. Later diesel locomotives from other builders were equipped with control and MU systems that were more-or-less their respective builder’s standards.

Notwithstanding the 13.5 tons axle loading specification, the first series were built to a slightly lower 12.8 tons number, giving an adhesive weight of 76.8 tons. The total weight was 97.5 tons. The continuous tractive effort is consistently quoted as 44 500 lbf, although there is some variety in the corresponding minimum continuous speed, which is variously reported as 11.5, 11.7 and 12¼ mile/h. The top speed is usually reported as 45 mile/h, but this would have been a track limited speed, as the expected 72:15 gearing would have allowed 60 mile/h, and there is no reason why the running gear would not have accommodated this on suitable track.” [20]

EAR 90 Class Locomotive on an East African 70c Stamp, issued on 5th April 1971; size: 44 x 28 mm; designer: Rena Fennessy; printers: Harrison & Sons Ltd. [21]

EAR 91 Class (later 71 Class) Class Locomotives

Built in 1967/1968, these locomotives were powered by an 8CSVT MkII engine with 1350hp for traction and weighed 68 tons. 10 were built. two batches of 10. In 1971-72, another 10 similar, but slightly heavier, units arrived, and were denoted the 92 class (later known as the 72 class). All were used in branch line service. These had a 1-Bo-Bo-1 a drawing of the side elevation of these locomotives can be seen here. [23]

EAR 91 Class (later 71 Class) locomotive No. 9101, photographer not known. [18]

Original EAR 92 Class Locomotives

See 72 Class above.

EAR 92 Class Locomotives

There were 15 locomotives in the Class. They were Canadian-built 1-Co-Co-1 diesel-electric locomotives manufactured by Montreal Locomotive Works (MLW) – heavier versions of the 88 Class! They were not suitable for the lighter rails in Tanganyika/Tanzania.

EAR 92 Class: These locomotives were purchased specifically for work only on the line West from Mombasa.

In this image the locomotive is in charge of a rake of empty tanks heading for Mombasa. [22]

Other locomotives in Tanzania

The Tazara Line operated independently from the metre-gauge network in Tanzania. It will be covered in another article. Writing in 2026, I am aware of the progress being made in Tanzania to develop a standard-gauge railway network. This too will be the subject of a future article.

References

  1. R. Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_MK_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_GA_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KUR_EC5_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_60_class, accessed on 22nd July 2026.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_13_class, accessed on 22nd July 2026.
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_29_class, accessed on 22nd July 2026.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nairobi_Railway_Museum, accessed on 22nd July 2026.
  9. A. E. Durrant, C. P. Lewis & A. A. Jorgensen; Steam in Africa; Hamlyn, London,1981′
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_30_class, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  11. The Timken Roller Bearing Company was one of the first to introduce roller bearings for railroad cars. Railroad cars owned and operated by the Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe Railway were some of the first to use roller bearings rather than “oil waste journal” boxes. Henry Timken, a German immigrant, invented an improved bearing and founded the company in 1899. It was later renamed The Timken Company. The first locomotive to use roller bearings made by Timken was Timken 1111, a 4-8-4 built by Alco in 1930. The locomotive was used on 15 American railroads for demonstration runs, and was purchased by the Northern Pacific Railroad, the last railroad to try the specially-built locomotive, in 1933. It operated in regular service on the NP until retirement in 1957 and was subsequently scrapped. Some British steam locomotives also used roller bearings. The LMS Turbomotive was fitted with Timken roller bearings, and they were also retrofitted to some of the LMS Coronation class. [12]
  12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Timken_Roller_Bearing_Company, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_31_class, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  14. https://fsmr.co.uk/ear-tribal-31-class, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  15. A dragbox is a substantial, often cast metal, part of a locomotive to which the coupling mechanism is attached to allow the locomotive to pull a train. [16]
  16. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dragbox, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  17. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2018/06/26/uganda-railways-part-25-locomotives-and-rolling-stock-part-c-steam-1948-to-1977
  18. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2018/06/29/uganda-railways-part-26-locomotives-and-rolling-stock-part-d-diesel-1948-to-1977
  19. https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=624070156589901&set=a.394728832857369&locale=en_GB, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  20. https://www.friendsoftherail.com/forum/viewtopic.php?t=10472, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  21. https://colnect.com/en/stamps/stamp/454492-Class_90_diesel-electric_locomotive-East_African_Railways-British_East_Africa_Kenya_Uganda_and_Tanganyika, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  22. https://www.instagram.com/p/DYLgArQtvHB, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  23. https://www.flickr.com/photos/29903115@N06/8598321329/in/photostream, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  24. https://rogerfarnworthsrailways.wordpress.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/07/1bo-bo1-diesel-electric-locomotive-for-east-africa.pdf, accessed on 23rd July 2026.
  25. https://www.derbysulzers.com/AEI.html, accessed on 29th June 2018.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UR_GD_class, accessed on 27th July 2026.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_RV_class, accessed on 17th July 2026.
  28. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/07/22/railways-of-tanzania-part-15-locomotives-from-the-first-railways-built-by-the-german-colonial-powers-through-to-the-amalgamation-which-formed-east-african-railways-and-harbours-in-1948

Railways of Tanzania – Part 15 – Locomotives from the first railways built by the German colonial powers through to the amalgamation which formed East African Railways and Harbours in 1948.

Locomotives used during the EAR years from 1948 onwards will be covered in Part 16 of this series of articles.

The featured image for this article is Tanganyika Railways 2-8-2 No. 802 of the MacArthur austerity class at Tabora in the early 1950s before its conversion to oil fuel. [1: p68]

This is an overall view of Tanga Railway Station in 1908 during the the years of German East Africa. The station served as the coastal terminus of the Usambara Railway (Usambarabahn or Usambara Eisenbahn (UE)), which was constructed starting in 1893.The photograph was taken by German photographer Carl Vincenti it shows a train, headed by an unidentified early German steam locomotives, preparing to set off inland, (c) Deutsches Historisches Museum, (Inv. No. BA 90/5791)/Carl Vincenti and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC-BY-SA 3.0). [15]

Locomotives in the Years of German East Africa:

UE Class 0-4-2T Locomotives

The Tanga Line (or Usambarabahn) was constructed over a relatively long period, starting in 1893, reached Korogwe in 1905 and Moshi in 1912. Initially the line was operated by five 0-4-2 tank locomotives. Ramear tells us that these five locomotives were built in 1893 by Vulcan (Vulkan) of Stettin. They were built to a standard design which Vulcan had standardised for use in Germany. [1: p19]

UE Engine No. 1 with an early passenger train ready for departure at Tanga Railway Station. This locomotive is the first in a class of 5 0-4-2T locomotives used on the Usambarabahn (c) Public Domain. [16][1: p19]
UE No. 2, one of a class of five 0-4-2T locomotives built by Vulcan of Stetting in 1893, (c) Public Domain. [1: p18]

UE Nos. 6-10 Mallet Class of 0-4-4-0T Locomotives

A vintage postcard view of an Usambara Eisenbahn 0-4-4-0T mallet type steam locomotive, one of five built by Arnold Jung (No. 414-418) in 1900 and in charge of a mixed train. These locomotives were UE Nos. 6-10, later Nos. 601-605. [17]
Another view of an Usambara Eisenbahn 0-4-4-0T Mallet type steam locomotive in charge of a passenger train which is waiting to depart at Tanga Railway Station. [18]
Another view of a Mallet type steam locomotive in charge of a mixed train which is waiting to depart at Njussi Railway Station. [22]
UE Mallet 0-4-4-0T No. 8 with a passenger train at Mombo, (c) Public Domain. [1: p20]

UE Nos 11-14 Class 2-8-0T Locomotives

After the line was improved with curves being increased to 200m radius, 8-coupled locomotives became feasible. Ramaer tells us that “Four tank locomotives with a 2-8-0T wheel arrangement were built for the UE by Messrs Orenstein & Koppel in 1908 to a standardised tank engine design used on all German colonial railways in Africa. … They were a distinct improvement over the Mallets. Although they were designed to burn coal, the high price of imported coal meant that they remained on wood fuel, which must have given problems with fireboxes and ashpans.” [1: p19-20] Sadly these locomotives seem not to appear on the Wikipedia list of Orenstein & Koppel locomotives. [23]

For an illustration of this type of locomotive please see the OAEG 2-8-0T below.

UE Nos. 15-16 & Nos. 17-18 Class 2-8-0 Locomotives

An Orenstein & Koppel (O&K) 2-8-0 locomotive which was one of a class built between 1908 and 1910 for the Usambarabahn. This specific locomotive is UE No. 15. [19]

These 2-8-0 tender locomotives were a significant improvement over the tank engines with a same wheel arrangement – with the side tanks removed and water carried in the tender the boiler size and weight could be increased. These were the last locomotives to eb supplied to the Usambarabahn and it operated with these locomotives well into the years of World War 1. [1: p20]

OAEG 0-4-0T Locomotives

Henschel of Kassel supplied 4 of these locomotives intended for the work of building the line. A further 4 of these locomotives were supplied, to the same design by, Henschel in 1909. [1: p21] In between these two batches of locomotive (in 1907) another 0-4-0T locomotive was put into service, the origins of this locomotive are obscure and it did not match the Henschel-built locomotives. Ramaer presumes that this locomotive was taken over from the contractor, Holzmann & Co. It was built by Markmaschinen (Works No. 26) in 1893. [1: p21, p27]

Ramaer notes that the Henschel engines “could be used as both coal and oil burners, and … had a bunker capacity of ton of coal besides 300 litres (66 gallons) of fuel oil. Their water capacity was 2 m³ (440 gallons). These little engines had a comparatively long life, surviving the war and the subsequent change to British management, and the last did not go out of service before the early 1930s.” [1: p23]

OAEG 0-4-0T Locomotive No. 2 with a line building train at Ugaga (later known as Malagarasi), (c) Public Domain. [1: p21]

OAEG Henschel Mallet Class 0-4-4-0T Locomotives

Just as the Usambarabahn needed to invest in more powerful Mallet types of locomotive which could also accommodate the tight curves on the line, so the OAEG to ordered five comparable Mallet 0-4-4-0Ts, four of which were supplied by Henschel in 1905 and put in service during the first half of 1906 with the fifth following in 1907; like the 0-4-0s they were built for either coal or oil fuel. The OAEG found these Mallets not to be as effective as had been hoped and decided to order Mallets from Henschel with a different wheel arrangement. [1: p23]

OAEG Henschel Mallet Class 2-4-4-0T Locomotives

Henschel supplied a second batch of four locomotives in 1908 as 2-4-4-0Ts with larger boilers and cylinders. They also had a higher working pressure of 14 atmospheres (at) (200lb/sq in) in comparison to 12 at (170lb/sq in) for the earlier engines. While the bunker capacity had been increased from 1.2 to 2.2 tonnes of coal, oil fuel had been discarded. [1: p23]

Mallets proved to be expensive to run and the OAEG realised that if it were to be able to use suitably powered locomotives for the train loads envisaged, it would need to improve the alignment of the later sections of the Mittellandbahn and upgrade to trackwork. This allowed the OEAG to consider using rigid-bodied 8-coupled locomotives.

OAEG 2-4-4-0T No. 27, in the last Mallet class to be built for German East Africa. This locomotive appears in the Wikipedia list of Henschel steam locomotives. [24] It also appears in R. Ramaer’s book (although possibly a slightly different image) [9: p23] and A.E. Durrant’s book about Mallets. [25: p66]

On the whole, the Mallets were not as successful as had been hoped, so it was something of a relief for the OAEG that it was able to use much larger radius curves once the more difficult topography close to the coast gave way to much flatter country. The OAEG was able to look at rigid-framed locomotives. With the invention of the Gölsdorf system [26][27] which allowed spring-controlled side-play in coupled axles at the end of the 19th century. Eight-coupled engines became more feasible. The OAEG took advantage of this innovation and began to introduce eight-coupled locomotives. Ramaer tells us that “The first solution tried was the 0-8-2 tank, built with the pony truck under the fuel bunker to make adhesion independent of diminishing supplies to the maximum possible extent, besides making riding somewhat more comfortable for the crew. High prices for imported coal from Europe had made the railway look for a cheaper alternative and these engines were the first to be built for wood fuel. Henschel supplied them in 1909 as works numbers 9301-2, running numbers 47-8.

OAEG 0-8-2T Locomotives Nos. 47 and 48

One of two OAEG 0-8-2T locomotives supplied to the OAEG by Henchel. This is No. 48, (c) Public Domain. [1: p24]
This is the same locomotive but with elements easier to see as the image has a darker hue, (c) Public Domain. [28]

Ramaer tells us that “The first solution tried [by the OAEG] was the 0-8-2 tank, built with the pony truck under the fuel bunker to make adhesion independent of diminishing supplies to the maximum possible extent, besides making riding somewhat more comfortable for the crew. High prices for imported coal from Europe had made the railway look for a cheaper alternative and these engines were the first to be built for wood fuel. Henschel supplied them in 1909 as works numbers 9301-2, running numbers 47-8.” [1: p23]

OAEG 2-8-0T Locomotives Nos 41-44 (also UE 11-14)

A Borsig-built 2-8-0T. These locomotives served on the OAEG Mittellandbahn, Ramaer tells us that there were 20 of these locomotives in use in East Africa. [1: p24 & 25]

Ramaer tells us that “Simultaneously, Borsig and Orenstein & Koppel introduced an alternative [to the 0-8-2T] and more logical solution in the shape of six 2-8-0T engines, also built for wood fuel. Both types, with only 5½ and 5 cubic metres water capacity respectively, normally carried auxiliary tenders for both water and firewood, besides hoses on the engine to allow for taking water en-route. … From this class and a comparable, but compound engine, supplied, also by Orenstein & Koppel, to South West Africa and Togo, a standardised 2-8-0T locomotive was developed, which was supplied to all German colonial lines in Africa. … Besides serving on other railways, it worked on the Usambarabahn, as described above, and was built for the OAEG by Borsig, O & K, Hanomag (or Georg Egestorff, as this firm was originally known) and Maffei to a total of eighteen engines in 1909-10. Including the engines of the first batches by O & K and Borsig of six locomotives, the total of the Einheitstenderlok (standard tank locomotive) classes amounted to twenty-four engines by the end of German rule.” [1: p25]

These locomotives were far better than the 0-8-2T locos, particularly in respect of their performance at speed. This was of some importance when maximum speeds were raised to 45km/h, and planning envisaged 60km/h (36mph) for the Dar es Salaam-Kigoma mail trains. “The standard tanks were a good, straightforward design and were kept in service for a fairly long period under British management; the last ones … being withdrawn in 1951.” [1: p25]

The series was made up of Orenstein & Koppel locomotives (Works Nos.3223-3226) built in 1909, OAEG Nos. 41-44; Borsig locomotives (Works Nos. 7143-7144) built in 1909, OAEG Nos. 45-46; Henschel locomotives (Works Nos. 9301-9302) built in 1909, OAEG Nos. 47-48; Borsig locomotives (Works Nos. 7153-7155) built in 1909, OAEG Nos. 49-51; Orenstein & Koppel locomotives (Works Nos.3312-3314) built in 1909, OAEG Nos. 52-54; Borsig locomotives (Works Nos. 7552-7555) built in 1910, OAEG Nos. 55-58; Hanomag locomotives (Works Nos. 5845-5948) built in 1910, OAEG Nos. 59-64; Maffei locomotives (Works Nos. 3628-3631) built in 1910,OAEG Nos. 63-66. [1: p27]

OAEG 2-8-0 Locomotives Nos 101-120

An ex-Works photograph of one of a series of Hannoversche Maschinenbau Hanomag’s 2-8-0 locomotives built for the Ostafrikanische Eisenbahngesellschaft (East African Railway Company). No. 120 was Works No. 6666 of 1913 and was intended for use on the Mittellandbahn running West from Dar-es-Salaam. This locomotive was provided with a tender built by Borsig of Berlin. The locomotive was in use from 1923 to 1937. [20]

Numbered 101-120 these locomotives were built in three batches, 101-110 (6080-89) in 1911, 111-115 (6597-6601) in 1912 and 116-120 (6662-66) in 1913. The class was intended to include a total of 22 locomotives, but only 20 were built. The locomotives were primarily intended to support the construction and operation of the Central Line (Mittellandbahn or Tanganjikabahn) running from Dar es Salaam to Kigoma. Following World War I and the transition of the region to British administration, the engines entered service with the Tanganyika Railway Company, remaining in use into the late 1920s and 1930s. One of the Class is shown below with its Borsig tender.

An Hanomag 2-8-0 Locomotive with Borsig tender, (c) Public Domain. [21]

These were the largest and most powerful OAEG locomotives. They were put into service only after the eastern sections of the Mittellandbahn had been relaid with 55lb rail which would accommodate a ten ton axle load. Ramaer says that these locomotives were 46.2 tonnes (45.5 tons) in weight: “On level lines, these engines handled 500-ton trains, and on 1 in 55 gradients 250 tons at 10 1 km/h. Three carried feedwater purifiers/pre-heaters on top of the boiler. In their day, for the narrow gauge, they were advanced locomotives, and in the early post-war years, enginemen commented favourably upon those that survived. Nevertheless, the fact that they were not in line with British engineering practices presumably was the reason that all were scrapped in the period between the wars. The first ones went in the early 1920s, but the last survived until 1937, where it was in use on the Mwanza line. Without doubt the bulk of the class disappeared much earlier than would have been the case if the line had continued under German management.” [1: p25]

OAEG 2-8-0 Locomotive No. 107, one of the first batch of locomotives supplied by Hannoversche Maschinenbau Hanomag. When built these were the heaviest locomotives in East Africa. [1: p25]

One significant problem on the Mittellandbahn was the availability of water for the locomotives

Locomotives under British Management:

Under British administration the Tanganyika Railway started operation on 1st April 1919. It gained a series of different locomotives of German origin and some which the British forces had brought into Tanganyika during the first world war. Much of the German network had been destroyed by the retreating German forces. Ramaer says that around 4 miles was shaved off the journey between Dar-es-Salaam and Kigoma as the opportunity was taken to realign sections of the line to smooth out the worst curves.

Ramaer says that “Of the German locomotives, four classes were initially put into service on the Central Line, 14 of the Hanomag-built 2-8-0 tender locomotives of the former class 101-20 and now classified GG for German Goods, 22 2-8-0Ts, the German Einheits-vlok, now called class GT, for German Tank, 2 0-8-2 tanks and 6 0-4-0T pugs, dating back to the earliest years of the line, when the DKEBBG had used them for line building purposes. Later on, a total of seven 0-4-4-0T and 2-4-4-0T Mallets were also reconditioned.” [1: p53-54]

Only 5 German locos were salvageable on the Tanga Line: “three of the Orenstein & Koppel-built 2-8-0 tender locomotives of the German series 15-18 and two of the standard 2-8-0 tanks. Many of the Hanomag engines on the Central Line needed new cylinder castings, as the Germans had destroyed them in an attempt to prevent subsequent use of the engines. The new castings were made at the Parel works in Bombay of the former Great Indian Peninsula Railway and mostly fitted at Tabora, where the Germans had installed the main workshops for the Central Line. Thus 14 engines could be reconditioned, Nos 102-3, 105-6, 108, 111-17, 119-20.” [1: p54]

The two 2-8-0 tender classes disappeared after a fairly short life in comparison to other, British-built locomotives on the system. The first engines went in the early 1920s, when money was made available to buy new engines from Britain. The remaining Hanomag locomotives were laid up in about 1932, after the arrival of the new class GA Garratts. One, however, was temporarily brought back into service in 1937, equipped with an electric headlamp, to work the engineering train on the lightly laid Mwanza line, which was very susceptible to washaways, and was always troublesome to operate from the locomotive point of view. All the Mallet tanks were derelict at Tabora works in 1930-31 and were subsequently sold as scrap to Japan.” [1: p54]

TR GT 2-8-0T Class Locomotives

It seems that, of the German fleet, only the 2-8-0T locos had a significant life under British control. Numbered 101 and 102 they were finally scrapped at Nairobi works in 1951.

TR GT Class 2-8-0T in use as a shunter at Tanga. This and its sister locomotive were Orenstein & Koppel locomotives and were the last two German locomotives to be in use on the network in Tanganyika, (c) Public Domain. [1: p53]

TR NZ Class 4-8-0 Locomotives

TR NZ Class No. 1098 leaving Dar-es-Salaam with the mail train in 1922. These locomotives were originally ordered by the Nizam’s Guaranteed State Railway for use on its network in the Dominion of Nizam, better known as the Hyderabad State, in India, but served their entire working lives in Tanganyika, East Africa. Class 22 locomotives were 4-8-0 locomotives built in 1915 by Nasmyth, Wilson and Company. These locomotives were numbered TR1095–TR1098, later TR200–TR203, and later still, EAR2201–EAR2204, © Public Domain. [1: p55][9: facing p182]

In March 1916, while the four members of the class were on their way to India, they were commandeered to assist in the British invasion of German East Africa, where they entered service with the Tanganyika Railway (TR), still carrying their NGSR lettering and numbers 1095–1098. In the early 1930s, they were officially classified as the TR’s NZ class (the NZ being a reference to “Nizam”), and renumbered as 200–203. [4]

The class was later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR), as its 22 class, numbers 2201–2204. In the late 1940s, two of them were transferred to the Southern Province Railway, [5] the isolated network developed to support the ultimately unsuccessful Tanganyika Groundnuts Scheme. Nos 2202 and 2204 were scrapped in 1952, and 2201 and 2203 in 1956. [4]

TR DL Class 4-8-0 Locomotives

The abbreviation ‘DL’ stands for ‘Development Loan’. The locomotives first carried running numbers 200-205 and later 300-305. They had piston valves and superheater rather than the slide valves and saturated steam of the Nizams.Ramaer says that, “They were derived from the lighter engines of the Nigerian Railways’ Emir Class. Like them, they had narrow fireboxes which were found to be less suitable for wood burning, so that the DLs were used mainly on the section between Dar-es-Salaam and Morogoro, where coal was available.” [1: p56]

TR No. 301 was a TR DL Class 4-8-0 locomotive. It was originally numbered ‘TR No. 201. This Class were the first British locomotives to be built for the TR. They entered service in 1923, (c) Public Domain. [9: p297]
The TR DL class, later known as the EAR 23 class, was a class of 4-8-0 steam locomotives derived from the Nigerian Railways Emir class. The six members of the class were built by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Gorton, Manchester for the Tanganyika Railway (TR). They entered service on the TR in 1923, and were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR). No. 2302 was originally numbered TR No. 202 and later TR No. 302, (c) Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [8]

The DLs were survivors. Ramaer records that they were still is use in 1972 as EAR Class 2301-2306, although it was expected that they would be set aside in 1973. [1: p56]

TR MK 2-8-2 Class Locomotives

To resolve the problem of the DLs’ narrow fireboxes, a new locomotive design was ordered with a 2-8-2 wheel arrangement. The MK Class had a larger boiler and wider firebox. ‘MK’ was short for ‘Mikado’ which was the standard name across the world for 2-8-2 locomotives.

MK Class 2-8-2 Locomotive No. 407. This class of locomotive entered service in 1925-1927. [9: p299]

Later known as the EAR 25 class, the eleven members of the class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, for the Tanganyika Railway (TR). They entered service on the TR in 1925–1927. [10]

The eleven members of the Class were:

The eleven members of the original TR MK Class. [10]
Vulcan Foundry ex-Works photo of TR MK 206. [10]

This class was a great success and the Class were still in use at the time Ramaer wrote his book, although he notes that they were now on borrowed time. “One problem with the design of the MK was the fact that the leading pony truck provided insufficient guidance on the sharp curves on the Dar-es-Salaam-Morogoro and the Malagarasi-Kigoma sections, and the design of the Bissel truck [29] left something to be desired.” [1: p57] The solution was a redesign for the next class of locomotive – the RV.

TR RV Class 4-8-2 Locomotives

The RV Class were a redesign of the MK Class – the only significant changes were the extending of the frames by 2 ft 9 in., to accommodate the leading bogie of the 4-8-2 wheel arrangement. Ramaer says that, “As a result of this change it was found necessary to extend the smokebox to keep the cylinders at least roughly in line with the blastpipe and chimney.” [1: p57] The design creted problems – “the greater length of the smokebox created vacuum problems, resulting in insufficient boiler draught. In consequence the RVs were poor steamers and this manifested itself clearly in their early days when they worked the mail trains on the Central Line. They were particularly bad on the Dar-es-Salaam-Morogoro and Kigoma-Kazuramimba sections with ruling gradients of two percent and more, although the below-average quality of firewood on the western section also had something to do with these poor performances.” [1: p57-58] They were nor popular with the train-crews.

This is a Tanganyika Railway (TR) oil-fuelled RV (River) class 4-8-2 locomotive, later classified as the East African Railways (EAR) 21 class. It was first numbered TR252, then No. TR502 and later EAR2103. The locomotive was built by the Vulcan Foundry in Lancashire, between 1928 and 1930, © Public Domain. [2][9: p303]
TR Rv Class Locomotives – class list. [2]
The ex-Works photograph of RV Class No. 252, © Public Domain. [3]

At the time of writing of Ramaer’s book (1972?), these locomotives were working out their lives on lighter duties from Morogoro shed and were unlikely to continue in use beyond 1973. [1: p58]

TR G Class 4-8-0 Locomotives (including 4 No. NW Class 4-8-0 Locos)

TR Class G 4-8-0 Locomotive No. 210 (later 22 Class) – these locomotives entered service in1928. Hill tells us that these locomotives were obtained to work two specific lengths of railway – the Tanga Line and the Mwanza branch off the Central Line, (c) Public Domain. [9: p299]

These locomotives were a redesign of the NZ Class. Ramear says: “The four Nizam 4-8-0s obtained in 1916 served as the prototype for the TR’s own G class, a very similar unsuperheated, slide-valve engine, thirteen of which were supplied by Stephenson and Nasmyth Wilson and put in service in 1928-31. They were again closely similar to the original BESA-designed 4-8-0s for India and thus provide, as the last 4-8-0s built for the TR, a direct link with the first engines of this wheel arrangement to see service in this part of the world. The first eight were supplied to the Tanga Line in 1928 and released F class engines 96 and 720, which had become very expensive to maintain. One of the new Gs, unassisted, could handle the mail trains, a marked improvement over the old and obsolete six-coupled engines. The G had an axle load of only 8-8½ tons, a necessity on the light track of the Tanga Line. The reason for their obsolete concept is not quite clear, however, if we remember that these engines were built at the same time as the KUR EA class Mikados. Their original running numbers 20-32 were later changed to 204-16, as the locomotives were considered to be direct descendants of the NZ class locomotives 200-3. After the amalgamation in 1948 the G class engines were renumbered 2205-17 and gradually taken out of service.” [1: p58]

This is a later publicity photograph of an East African Railways (EAR) Class 22 steam locomotive, numbered 2217. These locomotives were very similar to the earlier batch of NZ Class locomotives but these four locomotives were initially given the Class name NW. Built by Nasmyth, Wilson and Co. in 1930, they had Works numbers 1588-1591. They later became EAR2214-EAR2217, © Public Domain. [4]

The EAR grouped a number of locomotives into the 22 Class in the late 1940s or early 1950s. This manoeuvre grouped ex-Tanganyika engines alongside a slightly newer batch of 1930 Nasmyth Wilson locomotives (Works Numbers 1588–1591) which also operated as Class 22s. [6]

Another publicity photograph taken in the early 1950s which shows EAR2216, another of the same group of 1930-built, Nasmyth engines, EAR 2214-EAR2217, © Public Domain. [6]

The Tanganyika Railways Class G included four locomotives from a group initially known as NW Class 4-8-0s but others as well. We have noted above that the NZ Class of locomotives became EAR2201-EAR2204 (not Class G) and that the NW Class (included in Class G) later became EAR2214-EAR2217, two of which are pictured above. Others in Class G were to become: EAR2205 – EAR2209 Stephenson built locomotives (1927) Works Nos. 3959 -3963; EAR2210 – EAR2213 Stephenson built locomotives (1929) Works Nos. 3990-3991 & 4011-4012. [6]

All of the Class 22 locomotives were scrapped between 1956 and 1970. [6]

Renumbering

This table shows the revised numbering in use by the TR in the 1930s and the later EAR numbering scheme.

The TR changed all running numbers in the early 1930s to a much more logical and consistent system. … Each class started at a round figure in series blocks of hundreds.” [1: p59]

TR ST Class 2-6-2T Locomotives

In 1930, the TR received four 2-6-2T shunters (the same type as the KUR ED1 Class). These were designated as the ST Class. They initially had running numbers TR Nos. 11-14, later TR Nos. 103-106. The locomotives were supplied by Vulcan. Under EAR control the locomotives were numbered EAR Nos. 1101-1104. [1: p60]

TR No. 12 was later designated TR No. 104 and later still, EAR No. 1101. This is an ex-Works photograph taken at the Vulcan Works in the UK, (c) Public Domain. [31]

Many of the EAR Class 11 locomotives were adapted to burn oil fuel rather than wood or coal and were still in use in 1972. [1: p60]

TR Sentinel GSL 50 Class Shunters

The TR GSL class locomotives were 0-4-0T geared steam locomotives designed for shunting and light duties. Built by Sentinel Waggon Works in Shrewsbury between 1929 and 1931, these locomotives were primarily used for shunting in yards and short-haul operations. A total of eight locomotives were built. They feature a side-tank design with geared drive, providing better traction on tight curves and low-speed manoeuvres, while the 0-4-0T Whyte notation reflects a rigid wheelbase for stability in confined spaces. [14]

A GSL Class Sentinel Shunter. Hill tells us that 8 of these small locomotives were purchased in 1930. They served in various roles until they were scrapped by the EAR in the early 1950s, (c) Public Domain. [9: p301]

Procurement of the GSL class occurred in the late 1920s amid broader post-war modernization initiatives across East African railways, with the Tanganyika Railway ordering eight units (which it numbered 50-57) to bolster yard operations as traffic volumes rose. Economic considerations favoured geared designs for their lower maintenance costs and suitability to tropical conditions, where conventional engines often suffered from corrosion and overheating. [14]

Ramaer tells us that, “Among their duties in the [1930s and 1940s] they were used as shed pilots, particularly for hauling out larger engines from the German-pattern roundhouse sheds to the turn-table, an arrangement frequently used at Central Line depots. After the war, they began showing signs of age and as newly built steam shunters were not readily available, they were replaced by diesels, the first on the TR. The last Sentinels, although outmoded, served at Tabora until the middle 1950s before being scrapped.” [1: p60]

TR GA 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt Class Locomotives

GA Class 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt No. 302 at the head of the Dar-es-Salaam -Kigoma mail train. [1: p60][9: facing p230]

The TR GA class, later known as the EAR 53 class, was a class of 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt-type articulated steam locomotives. The three members of the class were built in 1930 by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Manchester for the Tanganyika Railway (TR). They entered service in 1931, and, with one exception, were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR). The class list is shown below. [11]

The GA Class numbered only three locomotives. [11]

The design of the GA class locomotives was based upon that of the Kenya-Uganda Railways (KUR) EC2 class, which was built at about the same time by the North British Locomotive Company for the (KUR). The main design difference was that the GAs had higher, narrower front tanks than the EC2s. With their reduced water capacity, the GAs also had a lower axle loading, which made them suitable for operation over the World War I-damaged bridges on the Central Line in Tanganyika. [11]

GA Class 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt No. 700 which was brought into service between Dar-es-Salaam and Morogoro in 1931. [9: p303]

Upon entry into service in 1931, the GA class locomotives were allocated numbers 300–302. Each of them was also given a name: the first two carried the names Arusha and Iringa, respectively, after the locations of the TR’s big road depots, and no. 302 was named Bukoba. Later, the GAs were renumbered 700–702. [1: p61]

GA Class 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt No. TR 301 was coal-fired and can be seen here being refuelled at Tanga. [9: facing p198]

It was the TR’s general policy to allocate tender locomotives to standard duties, and use its Garratts only for the most demanding tasks. The GA class therefore normally worked between Dar-es-Salaam and Morogoro, the heaviest part of the Central Line. [12: p184]

The GA class’s operating costs were markedly lower than those of their predecessors. Even during the Great Depression, when traffic volumes greatly declined, they were of great operational benefit. Following the outbreak of World War II, they became indispensable. [1: p60]

Unfortunately one member of the class, TR No 702 Bukoba, was derailed by a washaway near Mikese during a night of bad weather in 1944. The crew was saved, but the locomotive was almost completely submerged and had to be scrapped. [1: p60]

In 1949, the TR and the KUR were merged to form the EAR, which took over the two survivors, classified them as its 53 class, and renumbered them 5301–5302. [1: p61]

The EAR also equipped the two survivors with a French-style ACFI feedwater heater, one of which had already been fitted to the last member of the KUR EC1 class, no 66. However, the feedwater heaters were later removed, partly because they achieved only limited improvement in thermal efficiency, and also as they had caused similar maintenance problems to those experienced by the KUR. [1: p61]

In the 1950s, the EAR 53 class locomotives were replaced on the Central Line by the new EAR 60 class locomotives, and therefore transferred to the northern part of the EAR system. Later, they returned to what had become Tanzania, to carry out transfer work in Dar-es-Salaam. They were withdrawn and scrapped there in the late 1960s. [1: p61][12: p184]

East African Railways publicity photograph of no. 5302 Iringa, c. 1953, (c) Public Domain. [11]

TR GB 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt Class Locomotives

The Tanganyika Railway (TR) GB class were 4-8-2+2-8-4 Beyer-Garratt steam locomotives were originally ordered by the British War Department for service in Brazil, although not built. Later the design was used for locomotives for India and Burma. Four were acquired by the TR in 1946 from Burma. They later became members of the East African Railways (EAR) 55 class. [13][1: p64]

GB Class Garratt locomotive No. 753 entered service in 1948 immediately prior to the amalgamation of the TR and the KUR. [9: p307]

The Garratt locomotives that eventually made up the full 55 Class list were in use on the KUR and the TR. The full list is shown below:

The full EAR 55 Class list: as can be seen 4 of the Class served in Tanganyika, one of which (EAR No. 5505, ex-TR No. 752) is preserved at Nairobi Railway Museum. When serving in Tanganyika before the amalgamation of the two networks, these locomotives were numbered TR 750 – TR 753. [13]

TR ML 2-8-2 Class Locomotives

East African Railways (EAR) 26 class (ex-TR ML class) 2-8-2 steam locomotive no. 2603 at Tabora depot, Tanzania in 1968, © Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [7]

The six members of the ML class (an improved MK design) were built in 1947 by W. G. Bagnall, in Stafford, England, and delivered to the TR. They were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR), as its 26 class. In 1952, six further members of the 26 class were delivered to the EAR. They had been built by Vulcan Foundry, of Newton-le-Willows and Robert Stephenson & Hawthorns of North East England. [7]

TR BB Class Locomotives

Four 4-6-0 tender locomotives were found at El Shatt, at the southern end of the Suez Canal opposite Suez. These engines were originally built in 1926 at Ajmer works in India for the Bombay, Baroda and Central India Railway (BB&CI Railway) and “during the war nine were taken to Egypt to serve on the metre gauge Qena-Port Safaga railway from the upper Nile to the Red Sea. The 4-6-0s were found lying idle at El Shatt in 1945 and four were initially taken over by the TR in 1947-8.” [1:p67]

Ramaetr tells us that, “They were not successful in Tanganyika, in fact they were considered poor engines; the round-top fireboxes gave trouble and non-standard parts had been used in their construction. Hence, the five remaining engines were not taken over, while the four that had come to the TR as class BB (for BB&CI), Nos 270-3 later EAR 2001-4, were used mainly for shunting and occasional banking duties. They led a somewhat shadowy existence and even a good photograph of them does not seem to exist, the only one known showing No 272 with its old TR number being cut up at Dar es Salaam about 1957-8.” [1: p67]

Engines of the TR 2-6-0 BB Class being dismantled at Dar-es-Salaam in 1958. [1: p68]

TR MR Class 2-8-2 Locomotives

These locomotives were American-built. Many of these engines were built by various American manufacturers, including: Alco; Baldwin; and Davenport. These locomotives were known as ‘MacArthurs’. Those which ended up working on the Tanganyika Railways were manufactured in 1944. [1: p70] and arrived from Malaya in 1949. There were eight locomotives bought in this way which became the MR Class, running numbers 800-807. They were built by three different manufacturers and as a result had minor differences: Alco Nos. 800-802; Baldwin Nos. 803-805; Davenport Nos. 806-807. [1: p70]

TR 2-8-2 No. 802 of the MacArthur austerity class at Tabora in the early 1950s before its conversion to oil fuel. [1: p68]

Ramaer tells us that, “At first there were problems, and modifications were needed to water tanks and reversing gear, which was undertaken at Nairobi works because of the limited capacity of the shops at Dar-es-Salaam. An additional difficulty was posed by the fact that the engines had not been designed to burn wood fuel. Grates were rather small and no rocking or dropping equipment was available. This circumstance gave rise to criticism because of the high ash residue of the wood fuel and only after the locomotives were converted to burn oil was the problem satisfactorily solved. After conversion the MacArthurs by then classified EAR 2701-8, did reasonably well.” [1; p69] The class was expanded in 1950 under EAR control when eight more were purchased from Malaya and one in parts from Nigeria. The last of these locomotives in service was based at Tabora and had been kept running by cannibalising other members of the class.

TR Sentinel Railcars

[9: facing p198]

In 1929, two Sentinel rail cars were put into service between Moshi and Arusha in the North of Tanganyika. Although they were appreciated by the travelling public, they failed to attract sufficient traffic to make them an economic proposition on this section of the line.” [9: p199]

These railcars were manufactured by the Sentinel Waggon Works in Shrewsbury, in partnership with Cammell Laird. They were innovative geared steam-powered cars which were intended to increase service frequency and passenger convenience.

References

  1. R. Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_RV_class, accessed on 17th July 2026
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_RV_class#/media/File:TR_RV_252_works_photo.jpg, accessed on 17th July 2026.
  4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_NZ_class, accessed on 17th July 2026.
  5. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/04/narrow-gauge-industrial-lines-in-tanganyika-tanzania/
  6. https://www.flickr.com/photos/124446949@N06/35821749336, accessed on 17th July 2026.
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_ML_class, accessed on 18th July 2026.
  8. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_DL_class#, accessed on 18th July 2026.
  9. M. F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_MK_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  11. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_GA_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  12. A. E. Durrant; Garratt Locomotives of the World (rev. and enl. ed.). David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1981.
  13. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/KUR_EC5_class, accessed on 19th July 2026.
  14. https://grokipedia.com/page/tr_gsl_class, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  15. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Carl_Vincenti_Bahnhof_von_Tanga.jpg, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  16. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1ALffLxhDg, accessed on 18th March 2026.
  17. https://www.facebook.com/GermanColonialEmpire/posts/next-in-our-series-on-the-railways-and-steam-locomotives-of-german-east-africage/1345234614304324, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  18. https://gweaa.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/02/The-Indian-Railway-Corps-East-African-Expeditionary-Force_1.pdf, accessed on 20th March 2026.
  19. https://www.drehscheibe-online.de/foren/read.php?108,9540359, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  20. https://eisenbahn.de/lok-magazin/schienen-im-schutzgebiet-wie-das-deutsche-kaiserreich-seine-kolonien-mit-eisenbahnen-erschloss_27156, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  21. I cannot identify the source of this image, given the age of the locomotive and the likely date of the image it will be in the Public Domain.
  22. https://www.facebook.com/GermanColonialEmpire/photos/njussi-station-of-the-usambara-railway-in-the-german-colony-of-east-africa-from-/1339164168244702, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  23. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Orenstein_%26_Koppel_steam_locomotives, accessed on 20th July 2026.
  24. https://de.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_schmalspuriger_Lokomotiven_von_Henschel, accessed on 24th March 2024.
  25. A.E. Durrant; The Mallet Locomotive; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, Devon, 1974.
  26. The Gölsdorf axle system is used to achieve quiet running and low wear-and-tear when negotiating curves. The axle system comprises a combination of fixed axles and axles that can slide transversely, all within a single, rigid locomotive frame. The system was invented by a young Austrian locomotive builder, Karl Gölsdorf, around the end of the 19th century. The first locomotive to use this principle entered service in 1897. [27]
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/G%C3%B6lsdorf_axle, accessed on 21st July 2026.
  28. https://www.ebay.co.uk/itm/402962028832, accessed on 21st July 2026.
  29. The Bissell truck (or Bissel truck) is a swiveling bogie or pony truck assembly fitted on steam locomotives. Patented by American engineer Levi Bissell in 1857, its genius lies in placing the pivot pin behind the truck and just ahead of the front driving wheels, shortening the rigid wheelbase and allowing the wheels to smoothly navigate uneven curves. [30]
  30. https://www.gutenberg.org/files/25454/25454-h/25454-h.htm, accessed on 22nd July 2026.
  31. https://picryl.com/media/tr-st-12-works-photo-c12c48?zoom=true, accessed on 22nd July 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 13 – WW2 and its Aftermath

The featured image for this article is GB Class Garratt Locomotive 4-8-2+2-8-4 which entered service in 1948. [1: p307]

During WW2, the financial position of the railways in Tanganyika improved considerably, due in no small part to movements of troops and refugees and a significant increase in goods traffic. In 1940, the number of journeys made by passengers was 511,809 which produced a revenue of £93,478. In 1945, the number of journeys made by passengers was 1,524,087 which produced revenue of £345,650. Throughout the system there was a shortage of passenger rolling-stock and many third-class passengers were carried in goods wagons. Goods traffic amounted to 236,512 tons in 1940 and 357,359 in 1945. The revenue derived from it increased from £469,228 to £638,536. made by passengers was 511,809 which produced a revenue of £93,478. In 1945, the number of journeys made by passengers was 1,524,087 which produced revenue of £345,650. Throughout the system there was a shortage of passenger rolling-stock and many third-class passengers were carried in goods wagons. Goods traffic amounted to 236,512 tons in 1940 and 357,359 in 1945. The revenue derived from it increased from £469,228 to £638,536.

German enterprise in Tanganyika had been allowed to proceed unchecked in the years prior to WW2, but at the advent of the war, all enemy aliens were interned and as a result the ‘Custodian of Enemy Property’ had to deal with “36 sisal estates, 180 coffee estates, 29 tea estates, 231 mixed farms and 14 cocoa-nut plantations, a total of 490 agricultural properties. In addition, there were 91 German-owned businesses and 49 German-owned mining properties in the Territory. German-owned sisal estates accounted for nearly one-third of the Territory’s production, and 24 of them were leased, on a royalty basis, to tenants approved by the Tanganyika Sisal Growers’ Association. In 1938, the German-owned coffee estates had produced 2,000 tons out of a total output of 5,000 tons from European-owned estates. They were nearly all in the Moshi, Arusha, Oldeani and Mbosi districts. The disorganisation of the world’s markets made it very difficult to lease the coffee estates, and only 30 out of the total of 226 had been leased by the end of 1940. The 29 German tea estates in the Southern Highlands, 24 around Mufindi and 5 around Tukuyu, were leased to the Kenya Tea Company, a subsidiary of Brooke Bond. Altogether the Custodian took over 1,739 personal accounts and 720 business and estate accounts. In the first year of the war-i.e. up to 31st August 1940 – the total of estate receipts was £460,632 and of payments £250,278.” [1: p255]

Hill continues:

“For farmers and planters 1940 was a good year, despite the the difficulties imposed by the war, the limitations of overseas markets for certain types of produce and the restriction of shipping, especially for sisal. The production of sisal was 101,810 tons, compared with 103,248 tons in 1939, but only 78,528 tons, valued at £1.5 million, could be exported. In 1939, 93,110 tons valued at £1,223,477 were exported. At the end of 1940 stocks of of sisal unshipped amounted to 46,566 tons compared with a normal stock of 13,000 tons. Exports of coffee and cotton were surprisingly well maintaimed, but the groundnuts crop was only 8,185 tons as compared with exports exceeding 23,000 tons in 1936 and 1937. The production of gold amounted to 291.511 ozs., valued at £1,213,334, of which 36,809 ozs., valued at ₤309,196, were produced by the Geita Gold Mining Company. The output of diamonds (6,211 carats) was valued at £13,614

“The total volume of Tanganyika’s trade in 1940 was very satisfactory and second only to 1937. For the first time the value of domestic exports exceeded £5 million. although a considerable part of the total production could not be exported during the year. The import trade was greatly reduced by the difficulty of securing supplies, the cessation of building and development, and the removal of German consumers. The favourable balance of visible trade rose to £2,640,000. Despite the difficulties, local trading conditions were sound and much of the trade was on a cash basis. The absence of the former competition of German merchant firms was an aid to traders in adjusting their operations to wartime conditions. In the July of 1940 the Compulsory Service Ordinance introduced conscription for all British subjects and protected persons. By the end of the year, nearly all adult male Europeans who were not in the Forces were either employed in essential occupations or were too old for military service. On 14th June 1941, 450 Europeans, 330 Asians and 17,500 Africans were on military service with the East Africa Command.

“By the end of 1940 the scope of the control of essential supplies was extended to include general supplies. The General Manager of the Railways was responsible both for the control of supplies and for the operation of price control. By means of an import control, the imports of non-sterling goods were reduced to £1,135,462 in 1940 as compared with over £1.8 million in 1938.

“Early in 1940 the Sisal Controller, Major Sir William Lead, visited London to discuss the problems confronting the industry. The requirements of the United Kingdom and France were about 80,000 tons a year, and the rest of East Africa’s output was very hard to sell. With the collapse of France, the Continental markets were closed, and it was essential to devise a scheme for the restriction of output. The British Government agreed to guarantee a market for 100,000 tons of East African sisal during the year 1940-1941 at a controlled price, and the sisal planters agreed to restrict production by one-third. The restriction scheme, which came into operation on 1st November 1940, provided a quota of 76,570 tons of sisal from Tanganyika and 23,430 tons from Kenya and Uganda. The restriction scheme did not last for long. Within a year the maximum output of sisal was required and steps were taken to raise production to 108,000 tons a year.

“Towards the end of 1940 the East Africa Command called on Tanganyika for a rapid increase in supplies of meat, rice, onions and potatoes to the Army. In September a timber control was established on an East African basis under Major F. W. Cavendish-Bentinck, who was represented in Tanganyika by the Conservator of Forests as Deputy Controller. By the end of the year all sawmills were working at full capacity to meet military orders. The Shume concession of the Tanganyika Forests and Lumber Company was terminated in September, and the land, buildings and machinery were requisitioned. The forest was then worked by a South African Forestry Company, a military unit, until the April of 1941, when the Shume sawmill was closed down.

“By the end of 1940 Tanganyika’s General Revenue Balance was £705,984, a result which confounded the pundits and showed how rash it is to predict the economic reaction to a set of unprecedented conditions.

“In 1941 the revenue of the railways and the ports increased to £841,616, whereas expenditure was held down to £431,928, a remarkable achievement. After payment of loan charges (£313,137), the railways were left with a surplus of £96,551, the largest since 1927. The liability of the railways to the Government of Tanganyika was reduced to £299,096, which included a sum of £55,000 to cover the holding of Government stores. The Acting General Manager, Mr. L. E. Steventon, reported that the number of miles run per engine failure was again disappointing. ‘The majority of failures,’ he wrote, ‘were caused by the inexperience of young African drivers who are being employed as a result of heavy wastage of older men. Difficulty is being experienced in obtaining the right type of learner-driver and also in retaining their services after training has started. Training of African drivers and artisans has continued as satisfactorily as can be expected under present difficult conditions.’ A number of these drivers who remained in the Railways’ service later proved very satisfactory.

“Mr. Steventon also reported that the track had been maintained to a standard which permitted good running at the maximum speed in force. There were some bad sections in the Dodoma district, but on the coastal sections running was improved by the laying of earth ballast. One of the solutions to the problem of carrying more traffic without an increase of engine power was to regrade or realign the more steeply graded sections of the line. … In 1944, realignment and regrading was started between Morogoro and Mkata to reduce the gradient to 1%, compensated for curvature, and this work was completed in 1946. Regrading at Kidete and Saranda was also undertaken and completed in 1944. The increased traffic of the war years also made it necessary to restart the ballasting of many sections of the main line, although the demands on rolling stock often made it difficult to move the ballast from the quarries to the line.

“In the January, November and December of 1941 there were serious washaways in the Dodoma district, especially between Kms. 473 and 489, around Manyoni and in the Mukandokwa valley, which caused serious delays to traffic. As a result of a wash-away in January, a new bridge was built at Km. 473. It was completed in November, a few days before the temporary diversion was washed away. In addition to coping with its own problems, the Engineering Department also undertook the construction of an internment camp to house 3,000 men at Tabora. The camp, built in four months, was needed to house Italian enemy subjects removed from Abyssinia and Italian Somaliland. In the following year, a similar camp was built at Kigoma.” [1: p255-257]

“Towards the end of 1940, the East Africa Command called on Tanganyika for a rapid increase in supplies of meat, rice, onions and potatoes to the Army. In September a timber control was established on an East African basis under Major F. W. Caven-dish-Bentinck, who was represented in Tanganyika by the Conservator of Forests as Deputy Controller. By the end of the year all sawmills were working at full capacity to meet military orders. The Shume concession of the Tanganyika Forests and Lumber Company was terminated in September, and the land, buildings and machinery were requisitioned. The forest was then worked by a South African Forestry Company, a military unit, until the April of 1941, when the Shume sawmill was closed down.

“By the end of 1940, Tanganyika’s General Revenue Balance was £705,984, a result which confounded the pundits and showed how rash it is to predict the economic reaction to a set of unprecedented conditions.

“In 1941 the revenue of the railways and the ports increased to £841,616, whereas expenditure was held down to £431,928, a remarkable achievement. After payment of loan charges (£313,137), the railways were left with a surplus of £96,551, the largest since 1927. The liability of the railways to the Government of Tanganyika was reduced to £299,096, which included a sum of £55,000 to cover the holding of Government stores. The Acting General Manager, Mr. L. E. Steventon, reported that the number of miles run per engine failure was again disappointing. ‘The majority of failures,’ he wrote, ‘were caused by the inexperience of young African drivers who are being employed as a result of heavy wastage of older men. Difficulty is being experienced in obtaining the right type of learner-driver and also in retaining their services after training has started. Training of African drivers and artisans has continued as satisfactorily as can be expected under present difficult conditions.’ A number of these drivers who remained in the Railways’ service later proved very satisfactory.

“Mr. Steventon also reported that the track had been maintained to a standard which permitted good running at the maximum speed in force. There were some bad sections in the Dodoma district, but on the coastal sections running was improved by the laying of earth ballast. One of the solutions to the problem of carrying more traffic without an increase of engine power was to regrade or realign the more steeply graded sections of the line. … In 1944, realignment and regrading was started between Morogoro and Mkata to reduce the gradient to 1%, compensated for curvature, and this work was completed in 1946. Regrading at Kidete and Saranda was also undertaken and completed in 1944. The increased traffic of the war years also made it necessary to restart the ballasting of many sections of the main line, although the demands on rolling stock often made it difficult to move the ballast from the quarries to the line.

“In the January, November and December of 1941 there were serious washaways in the Dodoma district, especially between Kms. 473 and 489, around Manyoni and in the Mukandokwa valley, which caused serious delays to traffic. As a result of a wash-away in January, a new bridge was built at Km. 473. It was completed in November, a few days before the temporary diversion was washed away. In addition to coping with its own problems, the Engineering Department also undertook the construction of an internment camp to house 3,000 men at Tabora. The camp, built in four months, was needed to house Italian enemy subjects removed from Abyssinia and Italian Somaliland. In the following year, a similar camp was built at Kigoma.” [1: p255-257]

From 1942 until the amalgamation with Kenya and Uganda Railways in May 1948, the Tanganyika Railways made substantial profits. Hill tells us that:

“For the year 1942 the gross revenue of the railways and the ports was £1,115,927, while expenditure was only £504,642. After paying loan charges, the working profit was £296,009. At long last it was possible to inaugurate a proper Renewals Fund, and it was opened with an appropriation of £100,000. The liability to the Tanganyika Government was reduced to £84,509. The railways’ profits for the rest of the war years were £267,122 in 1943, £276,332 in 1944 and £225,441 in 1945. These satisfactory results enabled allocations to the Renewals Fund of £220,000 in 1943, £237,150 in 1944, and £193,900 in 1945. Of the allocation in 1942, £20,000 was specifically ear-marked for the new road services. Although it was not possible to place the Renewals Fund on an economic basis, it was realised that unless full renewals’ contributions were made in respect of the road vehicles which had a high value and a short life, the road services would soon be in serious financial difficulties.

“In 1944. the financial position of the ports had so improved that it was possible to contribute £10,000 to a Ports Renewals Fund, in addition to contributions of £200,000 to the Railways’ Renewals Fund and of £27,500 to the Road Services’ Renewals Fund. In 1945, the contribution to the Railways’ Renewals Fund had to be reduced to £150,000, but the contribution in respect of the ports was maintained at £10,000, and the allocation to the Road Services’ Renewals Fund was increased to £35,900. This was an important step towards a sounder financial position, but there was still a deal of leeway to be made up. In 1940, the General Manager had stated that the arrears of renewals, in respect of British assets alone, amounted to £1,272,782,

“The improvement in the railways’ financial position during the war years was based on a much wider range of traffic than formerly. The traffic returns for 1945 showed that no single item provided a dangerously large percentage of the revenue as had been the case in the years when copper had been the mainstay of the Central line. During the war the Congo traffic increased substantially, but in 1945 it represented only 159,278 of a total revenue of nearly £1.5 million.

“When the finances of the ports were separated from those of the railways in 1939, the gross earnings amounted to £123,075, the expenditure to £96,658, including debt charges, and the excess of earnings over expenditure was £26,517. These results remained much the same during the next two years, but in 1942 they started to improve, and by 1945 the gross earnings had reached a figure of £214,297. Expenditure, including debt charges, was £159,183, and the excess of earnings over expenditure was £55,114. The substantial growth of traffic strained the ports in the same way as the railways. Unfortunately the ports had also to cope with the difficulties caused by the convoy system. The arrival of ships in bunches made smooth working at Dar-es-Salaam difficult and threw a great strain on the storage accommodation at the port. As shippers had no knowledge of the arrivals and sailings of vessels, far more exports had to be stored in the port area than was normal, so a low storage rate was introduced. In 1944, at Dar-es-Salaam Malindi Wharf, a new shed which provided an additional 13,000 square feet of storage space, was constructed.

“In 1941, it was decided that the arrangements under which the Tanganyika Landing and Shipping Company, the Administration’s cargo-handling contractors at the ports, were working gave too favourable terms to the contractors. A new agreement was therefore reached whereby all revenue accruing from the handling of cargo was paid to the Tanganyika Railways, and the Tanganyika Landing and Shipping Company was paid on the basis of the actual cost of the work which they performed, plus a percentage for profit. The new agreement came into force on 1st January 1942, and resulted in a substantial increase of the gross earnings of the ports of Dar-es-Salaam and Tanga. The net receipts increased from £24,080 in 1941 to £48,251 in 1942.” [1: p258-259]

“For the year 1942 the gross revenue of the railways and the ports was £1,115,927, while expenditure was only £504,642. After paying loan charges, the working profit was £296,009. At long last it was possible to inaugurate a proper Renewals Fund, and it was opened with an appropriation of £100,000. The liability to the Tanganyika Government was reduced to £84,509. The railways’ profits for the rest of the war years were £267,122 in 1943, £276,332 in 1944 and £225,441 in 1945. These satisfactory results enabled allocations to the Renewals Fund of £220,000 in 1943, £237,150 in 1944, and £193,900 in 1945. Of the allocation in 1942, £20,000 was specifically ear-marked for the new road services. Although it was not possible to place the Renewals Fund on an economic basis, it was realised that unless full renewals’ contributions were made in respect of the road vehicles which had a high value and a short life, the road services would soon be in serious financial difficulties.

“In 1944. the financial position of the ports had so improved that it was possible to contribute £10,000 to a Ports Renewals Fund, in addition to contributions of £200,000 to the Railways’ Renewals Fund and of £27,500 to the Road Services’ Renewals Fund. In 1945, the contribution to the Railways’ Renewals Fund had to be reduced to £150,000, but the contribution in respect of the ports was maintained at £10,000, and the allocation to the Road Services’ Renewals Fund was increased to £35,900. This was an important step towards a sounder financial position, but there was still a deal of leeway to be made up. In 1940, the General Manager had stated that the arrears of renewals, in respect of British assets alone, amounted to £1,272,782,

“The improvement in the railways’ financial position during the war years was based on a much wider range of traffic than formerly. The traffic returns for 1945 showed that no single item provided a dangerously large percentage of the revenue as had been the case in the years when copper had been the mainstay of the Central line. During the war the Congo traffic increased substantially, but in 1945 it represented only 159,278 of a total revenue of nearly £1.5 million.

“When the finances of the ports were separated from those of the railways in 1939, the gross earnings amounted to £123,075, the expenditure to £96,658, including debt charges, and the excess of earnings over expenditure was £26,517. These results remained much the same during the next two years, but in 1942 they started to improve, and by 1945 the gross earnings had reached a figure of £214,297. Expenditure, including debt charges, was £159,183, and the excess of earnings over expenditure was £55,114. The substantial growth of traffic strained the ports in the same way as the railways. Unfortunately the ports had also to cope with the difficulties caused by the convoy system. The arrival of ships in bunches made smooth working at Dar-es-Salaam difficult and threw a great strain on the storage accommodation at the port. As shippers had no knowledge of the arrivals and sailings of vessels, far more exports had to be stored in the port area than was normal, so a low storage rate was introduced. In 1944, at Dar-es-Salaam Malindi Wharf, a new shed which provided an additional 13,000 square feet of storage space, was constructed.

“In 1941, it was decided that the arrangements under which the Tanganyika Landing and Shipping Company, the Administration’s cargo-handling contractors at the ports, were working gave too favourable terms to the contractors. A new agreement was therefore reached whereby all revenue accruing from the handling of cargo was paid to the Tanganyika Railways, and the Tanganyika Landing and Shipping Company was paid on the basis of the actual cost of the work which they performed, plus a percentage for profit. The new agreement came into force on 1st January 1942, and resulted in a substantial increase of the gross earnings of the ports of Dar-es-Salaam and Tanga. The net receipts increased from £24,080 in 1941 to £48,251 in 1942.” [1: p258-259]

In 1942, a service of first class safari cars which seated 7 passengers, and were built on a 10-cwt. chassis, was introduced between Morogoro and Korogwe. The fares charged were double the normal second class fare on the ordinary bus. In 1943, very heavy demands were made on this service for the carriage of passengers, including troops. As a result, it was necessary to divert all ordinary goods traffic to the sea route between Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam and to carry only passengers and baggage by road.

Hill explains that the Morogoro Road Service brought in some considerable revenue. The Railway’s profits from the venture, after payment of interest, loan charges and renewals contributions, were:

1941 ………. £3,107; 1942 …………. £271; 1943 …….. £17,950; 1944 ………. £6,311; 1945 ………. £9,199

The result of this was that the Government asked the Railways to run further road services. [2][3] Hill describes the growth of road service during WW2 as remarkable and he provides figures to support his assertion:

Road Services provided by the Railways between 1941 and 1946. [1: p260]

More details about the road services provided by Tanganyika Railways and the later East Africa Railways and Harbours can be found here. [2]

The railways were also expected to expand their services on water, both at the coast and inland. In 1942, a river service was set up in the Kilombero valley at the Governments assistance. This was a loss making service which ran for just three years before it was closed. In 1940, a ferry service to local ports and islands based at Mwanza was started which was based on vessels leased from the Custodian of Enemy Property.

By 1944, Hill tells us that: The policymakers of Tanganyika Railways were beginning to envisage what life might be like in the coming peace. “Between the two world wars Tanganyika’s status as a mandated territory under the League of Nations was undoubtedly a hindrance to economic development. As the repute of the League of Nations waned, fear that Tanganyika would be restored to Germany had waxed. As a result, capital investment was small and few commercial concerns were prepared to accept the political risk in addition to the hazards common to enterprise in an undeveloped country. These political fears and a policy of undue caution and, at least to some extent, of restriction, retarded the development of agriculture and curtailed the alienation of land for European settlement between the two world wars.” [1: p261]By 1944, Hill tells us that:

Hill continues:

“In the May of 1944 Mr. J. R. Farquharson, the Chief Engineer of the Tanganyika Railways who had been seconded as Controller of Road Transport, completed an able review of transport in Tanganyika. Mr. Farquharson’s main conclusions and recommendations were:

(i) A Transport Authority should be established to operate all state transport services, to undertake the licensing, regulation and supervision of other internal transport services, and to negotiate with transport operators between Tanganyika and other countries.

(ii) Railway revenue from internal traffic could be estimated as increasing by £15,000 a year from a level of £610,000 in 1941. A new agreement should be negotiated in respect of transit traffic to and from the Belgian Congo, To be rid of injustices to Tanganyika, a new agreement should be negotiated in respect of traffic between the Northern and Lake Provinces and the coast.

(iii) The annual cost of maintaining Tanganyika’s roads was £150,000 and the revenue raised from road users was less than £100,000. The usual unit was a vehicle of three tons’ capacity. The road transport industry was in the hands of ‘small’ men, usually owning from one to three lorries. The real cost of operating lorries was 70 cents per vehicle-mile.

(iv) The future of road-rail relations was the main transport problem. The disparity in marginal costs of rail and motor transport was about 2 cents and 20 to 30 cents respectively. Control should be exercised over road routes parallel to railway lines, but free competition should be allowed within de-fined traffic areas.

(v) A new railway should be built, at an estimated cost of £900,000, between Morogoro on the Central line and Korogwe on the Tanga line. Another new railway should be built, at an estimated cost of £2,400,000, between Morogoro and Mbeya, with the possibility in mind of stopping at a point beyond Ifakara.

(“Mr. Farquharson then wrote: ‘The financing of the losses on these two railways in their early years is well within the capacity of the railway services but, in the interests of the general welfare, it might be desirable to finance the losses in whole or in part from general revenue. Future investment in the road system should be the subject of further consideration by the proposed Transport Authority in the light of decisions made regarding railway developments. The proposed railway links, apart from their beneficial effect on the local economy, will be of great value for defence purposes and will greatly assist in the development of an African economy. All railway, port and other engineering works should be planned as a continuous programme, so that the best use is made of personnel and equipment, and the level of activity is suited to the needs of Tanganyika’s economy’.”) [1: p261-262]

Farquharson’s list continues:

“(vi) While the Shipping Conferences served a most useful function for overseas traffic, their control over local movements on the East African coast and their use of the deferred rebate system in respect of local shipments had been contrary to the welfare of Tanganyika. Deferred rebates should be prohibited and the Transport Authority should operate two coastal steamers.

(vii) Two deep-water berths should be constructed at Dar es Salaam at an estimated capital cost of £400,000. One deep-water berth and one coastal berth should be built at Tanga at an estimated cost of £300,000. Coastal berths should also be built at Lindi and Mikindani. The annual charges on a capital expenditure of some £800,000 could be met without difficulty from the revenue of the ports.

(viii) A motor-launch service should be operated along the Tanganyika shore of Lake Nyasa and much improved services established on Victoria Nyanza.

(ix) Internal air services should be co-ordinated with other internal transport services and operated in the interests of East Africa rather than to suit the convenience of operators on international routes.” [1: p262-263]

Farquharson also drew attention to a ‘Memorandum on the financial and economic aspects of the transport facilities serving the Lake Province of Tanganyika’, which was dated November 1940. Hill quotes the last two paragraphs of that memorandum which read:

“Finally it may be argued that amalgamation of the three East African territories or amalgamation of the two East African railways or both would settle the question raised in this memorandum; from that premise it could be reasoned that there would be little point in reaching a settlement on this particular problem if one of the amalgamations mentioned is likely to take place at some not-too-distant date. Amalgamation, per se, would not really solve the difficulties, and in fact a proper appreciation of this frontier problem is required to ensure that, if the railways are amalgamated, all parties will receive equitable treatment. The consideration given to all the factors and the solution proposed in this memorandum would, in fact, assist greatly in any later negotiations regarding closer union. Amalgamation may take a number of forms: e.g. (i) complete union of territories and the railways (as in South Africa); (ii) federation of territories with separate state railways (as in Australia); (iii) federation with amalgamation of the rail system; (iv) amalgamation of railways with separate states (as in Kenya and Uganda at present). With the first solution it would be necessary to consider the East African railways as a homogeneous transport system and apply the same rate structure throughout. If the union took place with no change in total traffic, the new rate level would be generally higher than the present Kenya-Uganda-rate level. It could be argued that this would be caused by the amalgamation with a low-traffic, high-cost line, but principally it would show that the present low Kenya-Uganda rates had been obtained partly because of the traffic to and from the Northern and Lake Provinces of Tanganyika. With the second solution each territory would give to the federal body only certain of its rights as a separate political entity, and with separate railway systems it would still be necessary to negotiate equitable agreements as between the federal authority, the separate territories and the railways. With the third solution it would also be necessary to negotiate equitable agreements between the railway system, the states and the federal authorities. With the fourth solution it would still be necessary for the separate terri tories to have equitable arrangements with the single administration, otherwise the latter would have the power to affect state policies.

“It can be seen, therefore, that no matter what the future may hold as regards the development of the East African transport administrations, nothing is gained by any postponement in considering the question raised in this memorandum. For forty years the Kenya-Uganda system has enjoyed almost all the transport revenue from one of the richest parts of the Territory, though the Territory itself has had its own transport route available since 1928; a settlement is now required which will safeguard the interests of Tanganyika and its inhabitants after the termination of the existing agreement.” [1: p263-264]

Hill mentions that “At long last, a decision was taken to cut the annual losses on the branch line from Manyoni to Kinyangiri. The section from Singida to Kinyangiri was taken up in 1944 and a triangle installed at Singida. In 1947 the section from Manyoni to Singida was also taken up and an unfortunate venture finally closed.” [1: p264]

Hill goes on to state that:

During 1944, orders were placed in the United Kingdom for a number of new covered wagons and tank cars, but by the end of 1947 only 22 new covered wagons had been delivered. Apart from a few shunting engines, no new engines nor passenger coaches were ordered, and the existing stock proved sufficient to cope with the traffic offering until 1947. In that year there was a decline in the volume of passenger traffic.

In 1945, there were eleven washaways on the Central line, and one of them was a serious blow. Near Mikese, one of the three Garratt engines was wrecked beyond repair and had to be written off, eight wagons were derailed and seriously damaged, and the line was blocked for four days. … In the same year Mr. A. E. Hamp, after thirty-three years of notable service to East Africa, retired as General Manager of the Tanganyika Railways and was succeeded by Mr. J. R. Farquharson. At the conclusion of his Annual Report for the year 1945, Mr. Farquharson wrote:

“It may be that the volumes of passenger and goods traffic of 1945 will not be exceeded for many years. Passenger traffic by rail rose from 35 million passenger miles in 1939 to 136 million in 1945. Public goods traffic rose from 45 million ton-miles in 1939 to 81 million in 1945. These services can look with pride on the part they have played in carrying, without any increase in rolling stock, the burdens which have resulted from the war.

“At the end of the year traffic was still rising, but the completion of demobilisation in 1946 will result in some diminution of the passenger traffic. In this period of rapid change it is difficult to forecast the position of the services during the next few years. It is hoped that, though revenues may fall, it will be possible to adjust working expenditure to such an extent as will enable a healthy net revenue position to be maintained. If this can be done, the capital investment so necessary to enable these services to play a full part in the development of the Territory can safely be undertaken.”

“In 1944, Sir Reginald Robins, the General Manager of the Kenya and Uganda Railways, had predicted that peace would bring “a considerable diminution of the demands made on the railways and a consequent fall in the revenue.” In his Annual Report for the year 1946, Sir Reginald wrote: “Few, if any, of those connected with business and shipping could foresee the amazing recovery in the import of goods from overseas. It was remarkable how quickly the momentum of the United Kingdom’s export drive gathered speed, and even more remarkable how ships in such numbers were diverted, on the completion of their tasks of carrying troops from overseas theatres of war, to cargo services.”

“The predictions of the two General Managers were wide of the mark, although they were in accord with the majority of well-informed opinion at the time. Perhaps there was too great a tendency to think in terms of 1919, and to under-estimate the release of spending power in search of goods which followed six years of war. In the case of Tanganyika, Mr. Farquharson could not foresee, at the time, the tremendous demands which the East African Groundnuts Scheme would impose on the railways.

“In the December of 1945, a non-Parliamentary paper on Inter-Territorial Reorganisation in East Africa proposed inter alia, a complete amalgamation of the Kenya and Uganda Railways and Harbours with the Tanganyika Railways and Ports Services, and the establishment of a Railways and Ports Advisory Board for the combined services. Unfortunately, the political implications of the paper provoked a controversy which distracted public attention from the proposals concerning the railways and harbours. It was unfortunate that these issues were virtually ignored in a contentious political argument, for there is no doubt that the paper offered a logical solution of many persistent problems. In the upshot the amalgamation of the two transport systems was postponed for more than two years.

“During 1946 there was a small decrease of first-class travel on the Tanganyika Railways, but an increase of third-class travel, caused mainly by the large number of troops carried after demobilisation, a movement completed in July, and the carriage of 5,600 members of the Ismailia community to Dar es Salaam during July and August to attend the Jubilee celebrations of H.H. the Aga Khan. The goods traffic increased, from 357.359 tons in 1945 to 373,823 tons in 1946. Financially the railways did very much better than during the last year of the war, and the net profit of £310,984 was the highest yet recorded and enabled £203,060 to be allocated to the Renewals Funds. For the time being, the passenger traffic passed its peak in 1946, but there was to be a further rapid increase from 1948 onwards. There was no check to the mounting volume of goods traffic for several years ahead.

“In his Annual Report for 1946, Mr. Farquharson wrote: “There are indications that goods traffic had reached or was approaching a post-war peak, but the decision of His Majesty’s Government to proceed with the Groundnuts Scheme in areas served by the existing lines has completely altered the traffic prospects during the next few years. The estimated traffic for the areas exceeds the capacity of the existing goods wagons and arrangements are in train to obtain second-hand stock from military sources and to procure supplies of new stock from the United Kingdom. Until these additional wagons are available, congestion will occur on the Central line.” [1: p264-266]

Hill continues:

“In the June of 1946 the Charter of the United Nations was adopted by the Security Conference held in San Francisco. Article 75 of the Charter stated:

“The United Nations shall establish under its authority an international trusteeship system for the administration and supervision of such territories as may be placed there-under by subsequent individual agreements. These territories are hereafter referred to as Trust Territories.” [1: p266]

Article 77 stated:

“1. The trusteeship systems shall apply to such territories in the following categories as may be placed thereunder by means of trusteeship agreements:

(a) Territories now held under mandate.

(b) Territories which may be detached from enemy states as a result of the Second World War; and

(c) Territories voluntarily placed under the system by states responsible for their administration.

“2. It will be a matter for subsequent agreement as to which territories in the foregoing categories will be brought under the trusteeship system and upon what terms.” [1: p266]

By an Agreement with the United Nations His Majesty’s Government undertook to administer Tanganyika as a Trust Territory. The Agreement required that the Territory should be administered for the benefit of all sections of the population, irrespective of race or religion. The terms of the Agreement [could not] be changed without the consent of the Government of the United Kingdom. The recognition that the British Government intended to administer Tanganyika until the ultimate goal of self-government be reached, and that the rights and interests of all communities would be secured and protected, led to a greater measure of confidence in the political future and a consequent increase of capital investment.

Hill continues:

“For some years before the war consideration had been given to a long-range development programme. In December 1937, a Central Development Committee was appointed to examine and report on methods whereby development by native and non-native enterprise could best be encouraged and assisted. The outbreak of war interrupted the Committee’s work, but its admirable report, for which Sir George Sandford was largely responsible, was published in 1940. … During the war it was impossible to implement many of the Development Committee’s recommendations, but towards the end of 1943 a programme of post-war planning was drafted. A special development branch was set up in the Secretariat to re-examine, in collaboration with a Planning Committee, the position in the light of the changed conditions and circumstances. At the end of 1944 a memorandum entitled ‘An Outline of Post-War Development Proposals’ was published. The programme outlined in this memorandum was designed as the framework within which development should be carried out and not as a complete plan in itself. In 1946 it was decided that the planning and direction of development should no longer be regarded as part of the Secretariat’s functions and that the responsibility should be transferred to a separate organisation which could pay undivided attention to them. A Development Commission was, therefore, appointed. In September 1946, the report of the Commission, setting forth a ten-year development and welfare plan for the Territory, was published. It was approved by His Majesty’s Government in January 1947, subject to the provision of additional funds for African education and to the setting up of machinery to provide financial assistance for African farmers. The estimated cost of the plan was £19,186,000. The urgent need for the improvement of Tanganyika’s road system was recognised, and over £3.5 million was allocated for the realignment and reconstruction of certain main roads to bitumen standard and for the improvement of subsidiary roads. The ill-fated East African Groundnuts Scheme had its origin in a world shortage of edible oils and fats which seemed likely to continue for a long time. Proposals for such a scheme were first considered by His Majesty’s Government early in 1946. After a thorough investigation and a most optimistic report which paid inadequate heed to several vital factors, including the notorious variation in the yield of the groundnut crop along the Central line, the scheme was approved. It was proposed, within a few years, to bring into cultivation over 3,000,000 acres of land in Tanganyika, Kenya and Northern Rhodesia. Nearly 80 per cent. of the total acreage projected was to be in Tanganyika. The first areas to be developed, at Kongwa and Urambo, were served by the Central line, but by far the largest area planned was in the Southern Province. This entailed the building of a new railway and a new port equipped with deep-water berths.” [1: p266-268]

For more about the Southern Line and the Groundnuts Scheme, please click here [4] and here. [Part 12]

The railways also sought to provide effective transport for minerals extracted across the country:

  • Mwadui Mine (Williamson’s Diamonds Ltd) – in 1947, a 9 mile ‘siding’ was provided from the Mwanza Branch to serve the Mwadui Mine.
  • Mpanda (Uruwira Minerals Ltd) – a branch line from Kaliua on the Central Line to Mpanda was opened in August 1950.

During the years 1946 to 1948, the road services continued to operate under very difficult conditions, with inadequate workshop facilities and an unsuitable fleet of vehicles. Many of the lorries had been bought during the war, and they were worked hard without thought of a long life. Early in 1948, the Road Services’ fleet of vehicles consisted of 250 assorted units, but many had been fully depreciated and were waiting their turn to be scrapped. Nevertheless, the mounting volume of traffic was carried, rates were kept at a reasonable level and the revenue earned by the Road Services steadily increased. In 1947, the surplus, after repayment of loan charges, was £23.303. but it was becoming clear that the provision for renewals (£27.450 in 1947) was inadequate. Orders were placed for large diesel-engined units which later became the mainstay of the freight service by road.” [1: p270]

During 1947, a new passenger road service was started between Arusha and Dodoma, a passenger and goods service was started between Arusha and Oldeani, and when the Singida line was closed, it was replaced by a road service between Singida and Itigi. … It was decided in 1946 that the railway should run its own catering services. Previously the catering in the dining cars had been undertaken by contractors and the railway’s hotels at Dodoma and Tabora had beenleased to private concerns. In May the hotel at Dodoma was taken over and completely rebuilt to cope with the passenger traffic which had been greatly increased by the road service.” [1: p270-271]

Hill continues:

“Between the May and November of 1947 six new M.L. 2-8-2 engines arrived from the United Kingdom. Although they were adequate to meet immediate needs, it was clear that more engines would be needed to meet the estimated volume of traffic in 1948 and 1949. There was no prospect of obtaining new engines in under three years. Again a widespread search was made for metre-gauge engines which were for sale. Four new Garratt locomotives, suitable for operation on the Central line, were found at Rangoon and bought from the War Office. They arrived at Dar-es-Salaam in the May of 1948 and gave excellent service. Sixteen American-built ‘MacArthur’ engines were also bought from the Malayan Railway, which was then taking delivery of new engines from the United Kingdom.

“After some delay the first shipment of eight ‘MacArthur’ engines was received late in 1948. One was erected to ensure that they were capable of giving satisfactory service. The trial was sufficiently encouraging to warrant confirmation of the order for the remaining eight engines. It was first planned to erect these engines as they were needed, as the 430 wagons obtained from Shaiba and El Shatt came into service and as additional staff was available. Later it was decided to provide a margin of engine power more quickly and an erecting team was flown from Nairobi to tackle the task of erection.

“These ‘MacArthur’ engines were supposed to be of the same American design, but they had been manufactured by three different firms and each had changed certain details of the design. Generally, they were a rough war-time production. The construction of the tender water-tanks was weak and they had to be rebuilt. The valve-gear and the reversing gear was also re-designed, and most of the new parts were made in Nairobi and fitted in Dar-es-Salaam. Due to the limited capacity of the Dar-es-Salaam workshops, six of the engines were dismantled and brought to Nairobi, where they were completely overhauled and the new parts fitted. The ‘MacArthurs’ were not well suited to burning wood fuel, but after they were converted to oil firing their performance greatly improved. Although built only to meet a war-time need, they have given reasonably good service on the Central line – so much so that they are not due to be scrapped until 1963.

“In addition to the four Garratt and 16 ‘MacArthur’ engines, four engines, built at the Ajmer workshops in India and found lying idle at El Shatt, were bought at a nominal price. They were intended only for secondary and departmental use and as an insurance against delay in the delivery of other units. These four second-hand engines met a limited need and were in use until 1957.

“The tonnage handled at the port of Dar-es-Salaam increased from 270,000 tons in 1945 to over 439,000 tons in 1947 and over 504,000 tons in 1948. The Groundnuts Scheme imposed a very severe strain on the facilities, equipment and staff of the port, although its capacity was considerably increased to cope with the mounting traffic. Heavy cargoes for Kongwa had to be off-loaded over a lighterage wharf. There were not enough lighters, quay space, shed space and stacking grounds and many of the cargoes arriving for the Groundnuts Scheme were awkward to handle. In the upshot much of the equipment, then regarded as an urgent need at Kongwa or Urambo, was never used. A shipment of fertilisers was dumped at the back of the port area and railed up-country over a period. As late as 1952 a large quantity of these fertilisers was still lying unused in the open at Urambo. In addition to the demands of Kongwa and Urambo, normal import traffic increased rapidly during the post-war years and the transit traffic to the Belgian Congo was also heavy.

“Despite all the difficulties, the Tanganyika Railways earned a record profit in 1947. The combined earnings of the railways and the ports were £1,883,996. Expenditure was £1,252,289. After paying loan charges of £307,214, the net profit was £318,493 and allocations to the Renewals Funds were £287,450. The liability of the railways under the various loans was £4,348,465 and the accumulated sinking fund was £978,533.” [1: p271-272]

In the last 8 to 9 pages of his narrative, Hill tells the story of the final months of the independent existence of Tanganyika Railways and Ports Services. Public opinion became positively disposed to an inter-territorial reorganisation in East Africa. By 1st January 1948 the East Africa High Commission and the East Africa Central Assembly were established.

On 21st April 1948, the General manager of Tanganyika Railways and Ports Services proposed the amalgamation of the Tanganyika Railways and Ports Services with the Kenya and Uganda Railways and Harbours. In doing so he outlined the advantages and the disadvantages of the proposal. He said:

“In the first place, I would stress … the essential geographic and economic unity in these territories. … Secondly, it appears to me that both inside and outside the Territory the present strength of the finances of the Tanganyika Railways and Ports Services has been underestimated. … Thirdly, I should like to mention briefly the position regarding the lines being built principally in connection with the Overseas Food Corporation. The branch now under construction from Msagali to Kongwa and Hororo is being financed from railway funds with no guarantees from the Corporation. The questions of finance and guarantees in connection with the Port Works at Mikindani and the railway being built from the port to the groundnut areas have recently been discussed with Sir Charles Lockhart, a director of the Corporation. Provisional agreement has been reached in terms which are generally in accord with standards prescribed in the motion which was approved by a neighbouring legislature when considering the question of amalgamation. I would add that though the Groundnuts Scheme has added considerably to the present transport problems, it should be remembered that this big increment of traffic, leading to a spread of fixed costs and hence in the long run to lower rates for other users, has brought long-term benefits which should not be under-estimated.

“Advantages likely to accrue from amalgamation … the application of a uniform rating structure. … The new tariff … will, subject to the qualification that variations may be necessary from other causes, be generally be below the present Tanganyi8ka level. … Of much more fundamental importance … is the gain which will accrue to East Africa as a result of the removal of the break in tapered rates. … [There is an] almost universal policy of tapering goods rates, i.e, as distance increases the charge per mile decreases. With two railway systems in East Africa there is a discontinuity … in the rate at the inter-change point, so that charges for goods passing from one system to the other are generally higher per mile than movements of the same distance over one system. … The internal movement of traffic is certain to increase, and the increasing inter-territorial movements will be greatly facilitated by the uniform tariff. It would in practice be very difficult for two administrations to operate a uniform tariff, as this would in effect prevent either administration from controlling its own revenue.

“The second major advantage of amalgamation is the ability of the larger system to withstand reduction in earnings arising from droughts or from depressions in specific industries. This in turn leads to greater financial stability and consequent capacity to pursue a steady financial policy and to plan development projects farther ahead than would otherwise be possible. This is a matter of great importance if the transport services are to be well planned to meet adequately the needs of East Africa.

“The amalgamation will facilitate the adoption of the rolling stock standards (as regards the dimensions, the form of braking and the type of coupler), the structure gauge and most important the track gauge already agreed for the whole of Southern Africa. The policy of standardisation is being followed now but it will become more effective under one administration. It seems probable, with the developments now envisaged in Africa, that the question of converting the East African lines from metre gauge to 3 feet 6 inches will have to be tackled during the next ten or perhaps twenty years when a junction is effected with the Rhodesian system. The change of gauge will be a fairly lengthy process, will involve a number of temporary diversions in traffic flows and will be greatly facilitated if the lines are under a single direction.” [1: p272-275]

We can plan for but never fully anticipate the future! While the railways were under colonial control many of these arguments hold sway, but considerably less so once the various countries gained their independence. Ultimately, also, the change of gauge was not to occur. The TAZARA carried the 3ft 6 in gauge through to Dar-es-Salaam but no attempt was made to convert the East African network to a common 3ft 6in gauge! Plans in the twenty-first century are for a standard-gauge network rather than a narrow-gauge network.

Farquharson contines:

“The relatively minor advantages of amalgamation may be listed – better designed timetables for passengers, simpler tariffs for users and quicker adjustment of engines and rolling stock to meet changing traffic demands.

“Some possible disadvantages [Include]: … the increase in size of the organisation might produce, at least in the early stages, some reduction in efficiency; … the transport administration might pursue policies as regards its organisation and the quality of its services which were detrimental to Tanganyika.

“In my view the advantages clearly outweigh the disadvantages, but nevertheless it has been considered expedient to specify certain safeguards which should ensure that as far as practicable the possible disadvantages will not be experienced. The Territory will, of course, have through the machinery being set up a substantial voice in the policy to be followed by the unified undertaking. In addition, it is proposed that the unified undertaking should not assume control until the arrangements for, firstly, representation on the various advisory bodies and, secondly, the organisation of the new undertaking (so far as it concerns Tanganyika) have been accepted by the Tanganyika Government. … Joint undertakings of this type may be of three types: firstly, those in which the constituents obtain approximately equal benefits; secondly, those in which the constituents obtain widely varying benefits, and thirdly, those in which some parties receive substantial benefits while others incur net losses. It is fully expected that the new undertaking will be of the first type, but all parties will gain substantially. One factor, however, may tend to influence public opinion in Tanganyika towards the view that the new undertaking will fall into the third category. I refer to the question of part of the import and export needs of the Northern and Lake Provinces being met through the port of Mombasa rather than through the ports of Tanga and Dar es Salaam. In fact, the unified railway will, except perhaps in times of stress, not be greatly interested in which route is used. The Territory, apart from the railway, has a considerable interest in moving the bulk or all of the traffic through Tanganyika and will be free, as it always has been, to take such action as is considered appropriate to safeguard the interests of the Territory. It may then be argued that any action by Government in this direction would be contrary to acceptance of the view that East Africa has an economic unity. Though the territories form a geographic and economic unity, they have varying forms of British administration. Tanganyika in particular is specifically required to safeguard the interests of its inhabitants and the Territory as a component of the East African unit is clearly entitled to take such action as appears necessary to safeguard its interests provided such actions are not detrimental to the interests of East Africa as a whole. … The diversion of traffic from Mombasa to Tanganyika ports would not appear to be detrimental to theEast African economy.” [1: 275-276]

Some objections to the proposal were placed and some amendments were tabled, an adjournment was also proposed. The British Government made it clear that amendments/adjournments would not be acceptable. That the objections on constitutional grounds had no merit. “The proposed amalgamation is, the Secretary of State has advised, entirely consistent with Article 5(b) of the Trusteeship Agreement which permits administering authorities to establish common services between Trust Territories and neighbouring territories under His Majesty’s control. The Secretary of State is confident that in carrying out their responsibilities the High Commission will be constantly aware of their duties to promote the economic interest of the inhabitants of Tanganyika. The Secretary of State adds that an efficient transport system is vital to all these interests, as indeed it will be to the benefit of the whole future of East Africa.” [1: p276-276]

The motion as tabled by Mr Farquharson was carried, as were similar motions in the Legislative Councils of Kenya and Uganda. An order was made on 1st May 1948 amalgamating the two separate companies into one transport system to be known as the ‘East African Railways and Harbours’. A Commissioner of Transport was appointed, Sir Reginald Robins, and in his first annual report he wrote:

“Much has been done in a short time towards achieving the main objective of amalgamation, i.e. to weld the transport system into one closely integrated homogeneous organisation designed to provide the maximum transport facilities for the people of East Africa at the lowest real cost and on a non-profit basis.

“There have been exchanges of views and methods by technical officers, designed to secure a standard of the best methods to be adopted. Assistance has been rendered where it is most required by drawing on the pool of experts created by amalgamation. Work has been started on the preparation of a common tariff and common conditions of service. Comprehensive Transport Legislation is in the course of preparation; transport developments in Tanganyika have been financed from the joint resources.

“But much remains to be done. The problems falling on the East African Railways and Harbours are immense, the resources limited. Great developments are taking place in Tanganyika, still greater developments there are contemplated with the posibility of surveying and building of new railways. Great developments are in hand in Uganda which will make heavy demands on the transport system in connection with the hydro-electric scheme at Jinja, and the possible development of the copper mines at Kilembe. Yet, as is shown in the General Manager’s report, the system is still short of sufficient equipment to deal adequately with present demands. The financial question is also a very serious one; all the fluid resources are being used and temporary borrowings incurred to finance existing projects, mainly in Tanganyika. There are restrictions and difficulties in raising fresh capital, yet daily fresh demands are made involving additional transport developments which cannot be financed from the existing resources of the Administration. If these restrictions and difficulties persist, there will be no alternative but to restrict some of the development projects in the three East African territories in spite of the demand for the full development of the Colonial Empire as a contribution to world recovery. In almost every development scheme transport is the key, and it is absolutely essential that the fitting of the transport system to deal with any development should precede the inauguration of the scheme and not to put the transport question last in such considerations, or even to develop the transport system at the same time as the major scheme. That will only lead to difficulties and failure. These arguments, which are related to finance, apply with equal force to the supply of transport equipment.

“Among the other problems which still remain to be settled are the introduction of a common braking system for the two sections, replacement of the present out-of-date coupler by a modern and stronger coupler, the provision of a rail connection between all sections of the amalgamated system, and decisions as to the conversion of the system from metre to 3 foot 6 inch gauge. For financial and supply reasons, some of these projects must be regarded as long-term projects, but, nevertheless, work is proceeding on them.

“Immense tasks face the Transport Administration. Immense tasks faced the two systems in the war, but they were met and overcome. The Commissioner is convinced that the present tasks will be met and overcome in the same spirit, provided that the tolerance, support and encouragement of the people who use the transport system are forthcoming. He is satisfied that the staff is as anxious as he is to provide the best possible transport system in East Africa, and he would like to pay a tribute to them for their loyalty and help during the difficult period of amalgamation. He also gratefully acknowledges the help and assistance he received from the Governments of Kenya, Tanganyika and Uganda.” [1: p278-279]

Hill’s narrative ends with the amalgamation. His book contains two Appendices which are included after the References and Notes below.

References and Notes

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. David Snowden; Tanganyika Road Services; https://www.britishempire.co.uk/article/tanganyikaroadservices.htm#google_vignette, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  3. Snowden writes: “In October 1940 the Tanganyika Government asked the Tanganyika Railways and Port Services (TR&PS) to run a road service between Morogoro on the Central Line and Korogwe on the Tanga Line, a distance of 178 miles. The TR&PS were asked to run this service because a lack of shipping and the irregularity of sailings meant that it was becoming increasingly difficult to move goods between Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam. ‘This has proved most successful,’ Mr Robins (General Manager) wrote, ‘and in view of the decrease of coastal shipping services has fulfilled a most useful function. The service became an integral part of the transport services at the end of the year. The rather primitive facilities will be improved as opportunity permits.’ … In 1942, a first class bus service, using a number of 7 -seater safari cars built on 10-cwt chassis, was introduced between Morogoro and Korogwe. The fares charged were double the normal second-class fare on the ordinary bus. This service proved extremely successful and by 1943 demand was so heavy, especially for carrying troops, that all ordinary goods traffic was diverted to the sea route between Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam – only passengers and baggage were carried by road. … In 1942 the TR&PS were asked by the Government to provide a road service from Dodoma to the Southern Highlands. This service was inaugurated on 1st January 1943. At the time there was a shortage of vehicles in Tanganyika and consequently the railways had to purchase second-hand vehicles. Many of them were in a bad state of repair, there was a shortage of spares, roads were bad, the drivers poorly trained and there was a lack of suitable workshop facilities for proper maintenance. Despite these difficulties, by 1944 the service was able to carry not only the normal traffic to and from the Southern Highlands but also large quantities of food for famine relief, labour to and from the sisal and rubber plantations and provide transport support for the refugee camps in the Southern Highlands. In 1944, a road service was started from Mombo to Lushoto, … During the years 1946 to 1948 the Road Services continued to operate under very difficult conditions with inadequate workshop facilities and unsuitable vehicles. Many of the vehicles had been bought during the war, had been worked hard and were in poor condition. Although in 1948 the Road Services’ fleet consisted of 250 assorted vehicles many had been fully depreciated and were waiting their turn to be scrapped. Despite these problems, the volume of traffic carried increased, rates were kept at a reasonable level and the revenue earned steadily increased. Orders were placed for large diesel-engine vehicles that later became the mainstay of the road service fleet. … During 1947, a new passenger road service was started between Arusha and Dodoma, a passenger and goods service between Arusha and Oldeani and when the Singida line was closed it was replaced by a road service between Singida and Itigi.” [2]
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/04/narrow-gauge-industrial-lines-in-tanganyika-tanzania.

Appendices

Appendix A – Financial Results of the Railways and Ports

Appendix B – Lists of Commodities Carried by Tanganyika Railways

Railways of Tanzania – Part 7 – The Central Line – An Introductory History and the Length of Line from Dar-es-Salaam to Mikese

The featured image for this article is a photograph of East African Railways (EAR) Class 30 steam locomotive No. 3019 ‘Nyamwezi’ at Tabora depot on the Central Line, Tanzania in 1968. Class 30 locomotives were oil-burning 2-8-4 steam locomotives. Built in the 1950s by the North British Locomotive Company in Glasgow, the 26 engines in the Class were named after indigenous tribes across Kenya, Uganda, and Tanganyika (now Tanzania). They were known as the ‘Tribal Class’ of locomotives, (c) Basil Roberts and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [44]

The line from Dar-es-Salaam to Kigoma. was known during the German Protectorate as the Mittelland Bahn. “In the March of 1895 the Colonial Department of the German Foreign Office, the Deutsch Ost Afrikanische Gesellschaft and the Deutsche Bank formed a committee to consider plans for a central railway from the coast to Lakes Tanganyika and Victoria. In the June of 1896 the committee submitted a report to the Chancellor, which recommended the immediate construction of a 75-cm-gauge railway from Dar-es-Salaam and Bagamoyo to Morogoro, as the first section of a line to the Lakes. The committee suggested that the construction be entrusted to a reliable firm and that the Reich should offer such aid and subsidies as would induce German high finance to support the development of German East Africa. The report stated that the country which the railway would open up offered ‘all the foundations for marvellous … economic development’.” [1: p84]

So, initial plans were for a 750mm-gauge railway heading inland from Dar-es-Salaam. “In 1894 and 1896 an army engineer, von Schlobach, had found a good crossing of the Ruvu at Mafisi and studied alternative routes from there to Morogoro and Kisaki-north and south of the Uluguru Mountains and the possibilities of navigation on the lower Ruvu. Von Schlobach’s report referred to the Mackinnon Road which had been started in 1876 by Sir William Mackinnon and Sir Thomas Fowell Buxton and ran seventy miles west from Dar-es-Salaam. At the same time as von Schlobach’s survey, a reconnaissance was undertaken of the second section of the railway from Morogoro to Tabora.” [1: p84]

By the September of 1896, the formation of a company to undertake the building of the railway was almost completed when events took a sudden and unfavourable turn. Herr Kayser, the director of the Colonial Department of the Foreign Office, who had been a strong supporter of the building of the Central Line, suddenly retired. His successor thought differently and urged that the Usambara Bahn be built first. The troubles, financial and otherwise, which beset that railway caused the Central Line project to be pigeon-holed for three years. In the October of 1899, the Kolonial Rath (Colonial Council) resolved that the Central Line be built and urged that an adequate sum for its survey be included in the Budget for 1900. In November 1901, this resolution was confirmed. The Kolonial Rath advocated ‘a railway policy fully conscious of its aim to counter the competition of neighbouring colonies’, and the enactment by the Reichstag of the necessary legislation to enable an early start on the building of the railway.” [1: p84-85]

Hill continues:

“In 1903 the Deutsche Bank formed a syndicate which financed another survey of the alignment between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro. In 1904 the Kolonialwirtschaftliche Komite a group representative of agricultural, commercial and industrial interests in the German colonies – submitted to the Reichstag a memorandum on the importance of building the Central line as a fillip to the increased production of cotton. The argument was won and the Reichstag passed the legislation enabling the building of the railway. On 29th June 1904, the Ost Afrikanische Eisenbahn Gesellschaft was founded in Berlin with a capital of 21 million marks. On the following day the Imperial Government granted the Company the rights of a corporation and a concession to build and run a metre-gauge railway from Dar-es-Salaam to Morogoro. The Reich guaranteed the payment of 3 per cent. interest on the Company’s capital. The concession also entitled the Company to select from a zone, 100 kilometres wide on either side of the railway, 20 square kilometres of land for each kilometre of the railway, and to a free grant of the land selected. The Company also received sole prospecting and mining rights over an area of 1,150 square kilometres, in not more than three blocks, within the 200-kilometre zone. A subsidiary company, the Ost Afrikanische Land Gesellschaft, was formed to administer the Railway Company’s land. Until 1912, the Land Gesellschaft was also concerned with a company which sought to attract tourists by building hotels at Dar-es-Salaam, Tabora and Kigoma; and from 1907 onwards, the railway’s workshops in Dar es Salaam supplied the town with electric light and power.

The Railway Company gave the contract for the construction of the first section of the line to Phillip Holzmann & Co., of Frankfurt-am-Main, a firm of international repute which had recently built the first section of the Baghdad Railway in Asia Minor. Many of the staff of Holzmann & Co. and several of the sub-contractors who had worked in Asia Minor were transferred to German East Africa. Construction started on 9th February 1905, and serious difficulties were soon encountered during the rainy season. The ranges of hills, inland from the coast, composed of clays and marly sandstones, proved to be treacherous, and the crossing of the plain on either side of the Ruvu, which flooded every rainy season, required a greater number of girder bridges on deep foundations than had been expected. There was also a shortage of labour, caused by the outbreak of the Maji-Maji rebellion. Arrangements were made to import indentured Chinese labour, but the difficulty was more sensibly overcome by recruiting large numbers of African labourers, mainly Wanyamwezi. By the standards of the day they were well paid and well fed, their rations including a generous measure of Bombay rice. The Wanyamwezi, cheerful and sturdy, were the mainstay of the labour force and their output of work was a major factor in the progress of the line. At first the rate of construction was by no means spectacular, for the 80 kilometres to Ruvu were built at a mean annual progress of 32 kilometres – at least a great improvement on the Tanga line. Thereafter the advance was far more rapid. Morogoro station was opened to traffic on 16th December 1907, nearly seven months sooner than the date stipulated by the contract. The 200 kilometres of the railway from Dar-es-Salaam to Morogoro were built at the rate of 67 kilometres a year.” [1: p85-86]

There was, in 1905 and 1906, a large rebelliion against German rule . The Maji-Maji rebellion broke out in the Matumbi Hills, near Kilwa in July 1905 and spread throughout the southern part of German East Africa. A hut-tax had been imposed in 1897 with the primary aim of forcing natives to work for planters so as to raise the money to pay the tax. The Reichstag seems to have accepted that the primary cause of the revolt was a reckless increase in the hut-tax and the enforced labour of those who failed to pay it. This was exacerbated by the poor treatment of workers on the plantations and often the ruthless cruelty of the planters. Hill highlights a number of features of the rebellion:

“First was the alliance between several tribes who had not previously been known to co-operate on any basis. Whereas the Germans had always recognised the risk of revolt by a single tribe and were prepared for it, they regarded a concerted conspiracy by several tribes as too improbable to be seriously considered.

“Secondly, the tribes which took part in the rebellion had previously been regarded as peaceable and as most unlikely to cause trouble. It was fortunate that the more war-like tribes – mindful maybe of the experience of the Chagga, the Wagogo and the Wahehe kept aloof from the rebellion.

“Thirdly, the preparations for the rebellion, started more than a year before the out-break at Kilwa, were conducted with such secrecy that no German administrator, soldier, missionary or planter heard a whisper of what was brewing and the Government was taken completely by surprise. The first conspirators were the chiefs and medicine men of two of the smaller tribes, who drew their relations, blood-brothers and fellow clansmen into the conspiracy, and the meetings at which their plans were discussed were held under oath of secrecy.

“The fourth, and the most remarkable feature, gave the revolt the name of the Maji-Maji rebellion. [‘Maji’ is the Swahili word for water] Throughout the disaffected area the natives were convinced that anyone armed with a certain medicine became invulnerable to bullets because the medicine turned them to water. This belief created the dangerous delusion that the Germans could easily be defeated, as the fire power of their weapons would be of no avail. It is not clear whether the story was invented by the original conspirators to spur the tribes into rebellion or whether they themselves were misled by the medicine’s fame.

In any case, the natives were convinced that in the Rufin river there lived a great medicine man in the form of a water monster, and that he dispensed medicine which gave protection against famine, disease and every sort of evil. The original medicine was a mixture of ground maize, sorghum seed and water. Some drank it, some sprinkled it on their bodies, others carried it about in a small tube of bamboo. Before the outbreak at Kilwa the fame of the medicine was widespread and thousands of natives walked far to obtain it from medicine men. The Germans were well aware of this, but it was done so openly that they never suspected that the natives regarded the medicine as more than a protection against the calamities of African life. They never guessed that the natives were also convinced that rifles fired against those protected by the medicine would only spout water, or that the bullets, if fired, would trickle like water from their bodies. The medicine was regarded as far superior to German arms and it was also believed to make women invisible so that they could avoid capture.

“With cries of ‘Maji-Maji’ or ‘Hongo, hongo’ (medicine man), the rebels flung themselves on the German troops. Those whose courage failed were sprinkled with the medicine which soon restored it. In the extreme south-west the natives were also told that if they looked back the medicine would lose its power. How belief in the medicine survived the many and drastic proofs that it was useless against the Germans’ bullets is a mystery. The natives were completely under the influence of the medicine men who, during the early months of the rebellion, concocted one new medicine after another and also asserted that those who seemed to be dead were merely sleeping and would soon arise again with greater strength and courage. … Apart from the underlying causes there is some similarity between the Maji-Maji rebellion and the Mau Mau revolt which broke out in Kenya in 1952. … [However,] by the spring of 1906 the Germans had suppressed the revolt in most of the affected area, but around Songea the task of liquidating the last of the rebel gangs was not com-pleted until the January of 1907. Realising that the extermination of the gangs did little to damp the fire of revolt among the tribesmen, the Germans adopted a ruthless policy designed to make the people realise the consequences of rebellion. They employed a form of total warfare which devastated a vast area of the country. Villages and crops were burnt in order to create widespread famine which became the most potent weapon of the Germans’ armoury. The loss of life in battle, and by the hangman’s rope and bullet in executions, was severe, but it was small in comparison with the death roll caused by famine. It was estimated that about 120,000 natives died as a result of the Maji-Maji rebellion. For many years afterwards an empty and devastated countryside bore witness to the German way of suppressing a revolt in Africa. At least it was effective in subduing the population, for after 1907 there was rarely need for German troops to provide aid in support of the civil power.” [1: p91-93]

Wikipedia tells us that the “Estimates of the numbers who died in the Maji-Maji rebellion vary between 75,000 and 300,000, overwhelmingly from famine. [3: p495] The end of the war was followed by a period of famine, known as the Great Hunger (ukame), caused in large part by the scorched-earth policies used by governor Gustav Adolf von Götzen to suppress the rebellion. These tactics have been described by scholars as genocidal. [4: p310][5: p243] The name may have been the origin of the term for the ‘Mau Mau rebellion’ in Kenya five decades later.” [2]

Returning to the construction of the Mittelbahn, Hill comments that the building of railways through undeveloped country almost invariably provokes controversy and the Central line was no exception:

“Between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro the railway followed a route well to the north of that originally proposed and it was argued that the change was made solely to suit the convenience of construction and without regard to the prospect of development in the country through which the railway passed. There was also criticism of the alignment between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro and of the standard of construction. This criticism was largely justified by [events], for in 1912 extensive realignments on this section were financed by savings from the estimated cost of the line between Tabora and Kigoma. The original light rails – 40-32 lb[/yard] – were then replaced by rails weighing 43-141 lb[/yard], but the job was not finished by the outbreak of the First World War. A section of the track between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro was re-laid with a heavier rail weighing 56-14 lb[/yard].” [1: p86]

Hill illustrates the tendancy to criticise by quoting and article from the Koelnische Volkszeitung of 13th March, 1907:

“This line has been for a long time the stepchild of railway planning in Africa. Obstacles of many kinds have been placed in its way. The construction of this line was justified at the time by declaring that it would open up a part of the colony where existed large acreages of fertile land, cultivated by natives who lived in numerous prosperous villages. Those who sponsored the building of the line stated that it would not cross wild or unpopulated areas, but districts which were already showing an exceptional degree of development. Colonel Gerding, the traveller, described this country, its fertility and the villages in the most glowing colours. Shortly before the Reichstag granted the required funds, in the spring of 1904, it became known, purely by chance, that the Colonial Administration had allowed the Construction Company to follow an entirely different route from the one which had originally been adopted. Concerning the suitability of this new route no information was available and the situation gave rise to certain suspicions. Later the Administration admitted the facts and reassured the Reichstag by the statement that the change of route would in a similar degree permit the exploitation of an area equally fertile and advanced as the one recommended by Colonel Gerding. This explanation, however, was not universally accepted. In fact, some people were of the opinion that the Construction Company would make an additional profit of two or three million marks, as the new alignment would be considerably shorter. On the other hand, they said, the railway could not possibly be of the maximum usefulness, as almost half of the planned alignment would traverse the wholly infertile Makassa steppe.

“Our correspondent, who travelled extensively in the area, confirms the above opinion. He also mentions various misgivings which he had when observing the actual construction work. He writes:

“‘When I travelled from Morogoro to Dar es Salaam in 1906 I had ample opportunity to study the construction work in progress. I was surprised to learn that the northern alignment, which traverses a totally unsuitable and desert-like area, had been given preference over the originally planned southern alignment which would have served fertile and well-populated country. For example: between Morogoro, Km. 224. and Pugu, Km. 22, I found fresh water in three places only-Ngerengere, Ruvu and Pugu. Apart from these localities the line will run through uncultivable and waterless desert. During the rainy season the steppe becomes waterlogged, the waterline reaching the crest of the embankment. Marching through the region of the southern alignment I came across fresh water every 15 or 20 kilometres. All that country was under cultivation. It is quite correct to say that the adopted alignment will be shorter than the original one, but this will be the only advantage resulting from the change.

“I noticed that the Europeans employed by the Construction Company, mainly Greeks, appeared to be without any previous experience of railway construction. The execution of the work suffers accordingly. To give an example: trees, which were an obstacle to the progress of the construction, were felled in a most amateurish fashion and, or so it seemed, easiest to the natives. Many of the trees had been amputated by their crowns; trunks and roots had not been dealt with and were left standing on the embankment. These trees will, of course, go on growing and prove a danger to the earthworks. Also a great deal of dead timber was still lying on the embankment and has only superficially been covered with earth. Due to the heavy rains this will, without a doubt, lead after a while to a breaking away and a sinking in of the earthworks. In my opinion the actual embankment has been constructed at far too steep an angle, and in any case it consists mainly of dry and loose mud which will be washed away. The culverts are not at all adequate; they will soon be blocked and consequently endanger the earthworks. The tunnel constructed at Km. 27 has collapsed three times already and cost several lives. At Km. 18, I noticed that the walls of a 15-metre-high bridge consisted of unmortared stonework not built to resist the pressure of the surrounding ground. In fact this bridge threatened to collapse at several points. Coral rock, which was used as ballast, from Km. 1 to Km. 22, is totally unsuitable for this purpose, as it pulverises rapidly. Suitable ballast could have been transported from the interior but this was not done. The site of the projected station at Morogoro has still not been fixed, which makes it difficult to allocate land to private buyers’.

“So much for our correspondent’s report. He is by no means hostile to colonial railway projects and he has a great deal of experience of local conditions. We hope that Herr Demburg, the Secretary for the Colonies, will soon go out to East Africa, as it is understood he will do, so that he can gain first-hand experience of conditions there, We would give expression to our hope that he will also study there matters connected with the railway project.” [1: p86-88]

Hill assesses the comments made by the unnamed correspondent above, as overstated. Although he accepts that the tunnel (actually from Km. 25.5 – 25.6) had caused a great deal of trouble. He goes on to say that:

“In 1906, the Secretary for the Colonies wrote to the Governor and asked for a full report. As no tunnel of such a length had previously been built in the German colonies, the Secretary thought that full use should be made of the experience gained. Plans and drawings of the tunnel were sent to Berlin. It is difficult to believe that the earthworks were quite as bad as the correspondent alleged, although the Greek sub-contractors on the line were constantly criticised in the Press and by their few German competitors. In 1906, the Railway Company requested the Governor to instruct the District Commissioner at Bagamoyo to arrest and remove a Greek contractor who was said to be at large in the Ngerengere area. He and a partner had contracted to build the earthworks from Km. 140 to Km. 150, but they proved incapable of doing the job satisfactorily. In consequence the contract was cancelled. One of the partners accepted the decision, but the other refused to leave the site and stirred up the native labourers to the extent that several knife fights had occurred. The Railway stated that so far only natives had been involved, but it was feared that worse would happen if the contractor were not removed. Whatever were their failings, there is no doubt that the Greek sub-contractors got on well with the natives and that they were largely responsible for maintaining the large labour force employed on construction which, at peak periods, varied between 15,000 and 20,000 men. The Press and the few German sub-contractors were prejudiced against the Greeks, but the impartial judgement must be that without them the Central Line could not have been so quickly or so cheaply built.” [1: p88]

Hill also points out that the German authorities found dealing with an indigenous labour force complicated after the Maji-Maji rebellion. He provides, as an example, an official report of October 1907 which deals with the suitability of various tribes for employment:

“The Wasagara, who live in the country between Morogoro and Kidete, are inter-bred with immigrants from the coast, and they should on the whole be willing to take on railway employment, but the number of suitable workers from this tribe will never be great.

“The Wagogo in habit the country between Kidete and Kilimatinde. They were thought to be cunning and thieving rascals, but the experience of the writer of this report, when he travelled unarmed and alone through their country, was that they were a peaceable and well-mannered people. The men are tall and strongly built and still wear only skins. Treated well, they should make very good workers.

“The Wanyamwesi and the Wasukuma had taken a liking to construction work and if treated decently these tribes will provide a good source of labour supply.” [1: p88-89]

Hill then indicates that the report goes on to point out that the Government had the duty to introduce an extensive programme of protection for workmen and to ensure that natives were treated in accordance with it. The main points of such an enlightened programme should be:

“Labour should only be signed on by reliable recruiting agents licensed by the Government.

“Labour should be formed into fairly large gangs, led by a picked and intelligent African.

“In order to ensure compliance with labour regulations, both employers and workmen should appear in person before a District Commissioner when being signed on and discharged. Written records should be kept of the terms of contracts. If a native wishes to prolong the period of his contract he should appear before a District Commissioner to whom he should make known his intention. District Commissioners should approve all contracts and regulations concerning wages.

“Doctors, medical orderlies and hospitals should be available to deal with sick workmen. There should be a scheme of workmen’s compensation. In camps, good food and drinking water should be available, as natives prefer a full belly at the end of a working day to a higher wage at the end of a contract.

“If workmen were properly protected and handled, District Commissioners could encourage their people to sign on as workers with an easy conscience and in the knowledge that their districts would not be depopulated. They would be able, in good faith, to tell their people, through the headmen, that it was in the interests of all to build a railway and that the natives themselves would benefit.” [1: p89]

Hill notes also that the report was clear that no force should be employed when recruiting indigenous labour. However he also notes a strongly paternalistic attitude towards the local population:

Natives “should be treated carefully and like children. [They] are not yet great friends of work. They should be told that even in Germany people have to shoulder a certain burden when a new railway is constructed, i.e. their land may be confiscated. The African contribution should be to offer their muscles to help construct the permanent way which is mainly built for their benefit, while the taxpayer at home will have to carry for many years to come the far heavier burden of paying for its construction in hard cash.” [1: p89-90]

Whilst the comments immediately above are somewhat disingenuous and perhaps misleading, there had seemingly been a significant change in attitudes after the Maji-Maji rebellion. Reforms had been introduced and German administrators were becoming more conscious of the need/duty to concern themselves with the rights and interests of native people. Action was taken against Colonial officers that failed to understand the necessity of change.

After the rebellion, the colonial leadership was changed to reflect a more enlightened even if still paternalistic attitude to the governance of the protectorate. The control of the colonial administration in Berlin was moved from the Imperial Chancellor and handed to a new Colonial Office which was placed in the hands of a Dr Dernberg, a banker and economist who immediate after his appointment, travelled to Africa and, to broaden his experience travelled on the Uganda Railway from Mombasa to Kisumu. On arriving in German East Africa, he announced his intention to extend the Mittelland Bahn from Morogoro to Lake Tanganyika. His plans were approved by the Reichstag on 18th May 1908. on 12th July 1908 an agreement was signed between the Railway Company and the Colonial Government. The Company retained all its concessions and was awarded a loan of 80 million marks which was the estimated cost of the extension of the line to Lake Tanganyika.

Hill tells us that:

“As security, the Dar-es-Salaam – Morogoro section of the railway was mortgaged to the Colonial Government. As each section of the extension was completed it was also mortgaged, and 95 per cent. of the Company’s original sharecapital was purchased by the Colonial Government. In consequence the Mittelland Bahn virtually became a state railway operated by the Ost Afrikanische Eisenbah Gesellschaft as a public utility company. This point became of great importance in the settlement, arising from the Treaty of Versailles, after the First World War.

“Dr. Dernburg’s financial plan ensured that funds for the construction of the railway were available when required, and so the delays which had held up the progress of the Tanga line were avoided. The definite decision that the railway be extended to Lake more satisfactory manner than previously, and contractors were assured of work for several years ahead, all of which led to a radical improvement of the rate of progress and of the standards of alignment and construction. From Morogoro to Kigoma heavier rails – 56.12 lb. per linear yard – and sleepers of excellent design were used.

“The Railway Company, in anticipation of the agreement, had arranged for the survey beyond Morogoro in 1906 and 1907. Between Morogoro and Tabora the railway closely followed the old Arab slave route. The only diversion of any importance was the climb up the double step of the “Rift Wall” at Saranda on the ruling grade of one in fifty. The Railway Company also anticipated the signing of the contract for the building of the line, for whereas construction started from Morogoro on 16th June 1908, the contract was not signed until the following month. On 8th July, the Railway Company complained to the Governor that they had received no news of the signing of the contract and that a Railway Commissioner had not been appointed although the Governor had suggested Herr Allmaras. The Company pointed out that unless these matters were quickly settled the construction of the line would be delayed and 2,000 labourers would be idle. The response was a cable from the Colonial Office stating that the contract had been signed in Berlin and authorising the Governor to appoint a Commissioner to represent the interests of both the Government and the Railway Company. On 13th July 1908, the Company agreed to the Governor’s nomination of Allmaras, and he was appointed Eisenbahn Kommissar, a title later changed to Eisenbahn Referent. Railhead was at Tabora on 24th February 1912, and the station was opened to public traffic on 1st July 1912, more than two years ahead of contract time.

“On 12th December 1911, the Reichstag had formally approved the extension from Tabora to Lake Tanganyika. There was considerable doubt about the most suitable terminus on the Lake and alternative surveys aimed for Kigoma, Karema and Bismarckburg, at the southern end of Lake Tanganyika. After the surveyors had found a comparatively cheap and technically admirable way of descent from the central plateau to the Luiche delta, it was obvious that Kigoma, with its well-protected harbour, was the right choice. The Mittelland Bahn reached Kigoma on 1st February 1914, fourteen months ahead of contract time. The rate of progress was greatly aided by the introduction of a mechanical method of plate-laying. Over the 1,048 kilometres from Morogoro to Kigoma, the mean annual progress was 190 kilometres, while the section from Tabora to Kigoma was built at the rate of 266 kilometres a year. The port installations were not finished by the outbreak of the First World War, but they were sufficiently advanced to permit the use of Kigoma as a naval base. By an agreement with the Colonial Government dated 1st April 1913, the Railway Company became responsible for operating the Dar-es-Salaam dockyard, the fleet of coastal steamers and the marine services on Lakes Tanganyika and Nyasa. One of the two steamers ordered by the Railway Company, the Graf von Goetzen was commissioned in time to play a small part in naval operations on Lake Tanganyika. This ship of 1,575 tons was originally built in sections in Germany and assembled at Kigoma. She had an adventurous youth, which ended by scuttling off the mouth of the Malagarasi river. At the end of the war the Belgians salvaged the Graf von Goetzen and towed her back to Kigoma. There she sank at her moorings and lay at the bottom of the lake until she was again salvaged by British engineers. Re-named Liemba the original name of Lake Tanganyika-she was re-conditioned at a cost of £30,000 and [then] played a notable part in the traffic across and around the Lake.” [1: p93-95]

The first train to arrive at Kigoma. [1: facing p94]

Hill notes that construction of the Mittelland Bahn provided nowhere near the same difficulty as was faced by the engineers working on the Uganda Railway. For much of its length, it crossed relatively flat land, generally at around 4,000ft above sea level. Difficulties were encountered crossing the plain either side of the River Ruvu, crossing the Mkata plain, and the Nyahua and Malagarasi rivers. These were all drainage arteries, flooded during the rains, and the heavy black clays made matters more awkward. The building of the bridge over the River Malagarasi was the most notable engineering feat. The 50-metrecentral truss-girder was assembled on pontoons at low water and floated into position on rising flood waters.

One of the spans of the bridge over the River Malagarasi being floated into position. [1: facing p94]

The key problems which were encountered by, or which beset, the Mittelland Bahn were very similar to those encountered by the engineers building and running the Uganda Railway, these included:

  • Sparsity of population over much of the route: “two thirds of Tanganyika [then German East Africa and now Tanzania] is entirely uninhabited and … two-thirds of the population is concentrated on one tenth of its surface. Along the way of the Central Line there is a fairly high density of population around Dar es Salaam, south of Morogoro and around Dodoma. There is a comparatively small pocket of population at Tabora, and another concentration of people around Kigoma, mainly to the north-east. From Manyoni to Tabora and thence to within a few miles of Kigoma the population is very small and widely scattered. In those circumstances, the maintenance of an adequate labour force was a constant cause of anxiety. It was exceedingly difficult to keep the labour force supplied with food and water and to avoid heavy wastage from sickness in a countryside where tsetse-fly and mosquitoes were dangerous and unrelenting enemies.” [1: p96]
  • Water was also a problem: There was “either ‘water, water everywhere or not a drop to drink’ or to use, as flood and drought chased each other down the seasons of the year. In the dry lands between Dodoma and Kigoma the transport of food and water to the construction camps was largely undertaken by Sikh and Punjabi contractors, who bought large numbers of native donkeys from Unyaturu, Usandawe and Masailand and, despite the menace of tsetse-fly, made good use of them as pack animals. It was not just a matter of supplying the gangs with drinking-water. In order to maintain a reasonable rate of progress it was essential that bridges and culverts be built well ahead of the plate-layers. That meant the transport of many thousands of tons of cement and water for the masonry.” [1: p96]

Hill tells us that:

“The total cost of the Mittelland Bahn was approximately 111 million marks, involving an interest burden of 4.4 million marks/year at the rate of 4% guaranteed by the Reich. The balance sheets of the Railway Company showed a surplus of revenue over expenditure, exclusive of interest charges, which increased from 94,000 marks in 1908 to 1,778,000 marks in 1913. This surplus was decreased by payments to a Renewals Fund, which rose from nothing in 1908 to 816,000 marks in 1913. During the three years 1911, 1912 and 1913, nearly half of the railway’s revenue was derived from the carriage of construction material, so the prospect of the Mittelland Bahn paying its way after railhead had reached Kigoma was remote. The Railway Company was never able to make more than a small contribution to the interest charges of 4.4 million marks a year which had to be met by the Colonial Government with the aid of the Reich’s guarantee. Early in 1914, the rolling-stock of the Mittelland Bahn consisted of 63 engines, 44 of which were tank engines, 30 passenger coaches, 319 goods wagons, 29 water-trucks, 4 cranes, 39 derricks and 98 trollies. The station accommodation was of a very high standard, Undoubtedly the Mittelland Bahn contributed to the development of the country, but in German times the economic advantage derived from it was considerably less than from the Nordbahn.” [1: p96]

Hill goes on to report on a febrile atmosphere which affected the German authorities as they looked further to the West. The planned Cape to Cairo line and the growing number of British immigrants to the country to the West of Lake Tangayika led to fears that major work would be undertaken by the British to connect much of the area beyond the Lake to the Kisumu to Mombasa line. Concerns were expressed by the German Consul that without further significant rail investment between Lake Tanganyika and Lake Kivu it would be unlikely that the British would be dissuaded from taking the Cape to Cairo line through the areas of Belgian influence and particularly through Stanleyville (modern Kisangani).

The German Consul’s assessment was quoted by Hill:

“”There remains the problem of a link with the Cape to Cairo route. As far as the goods traffic on the Mittelland Bahn is concerned, one has to consider the present economic situation in the area to the north-west of Lake Tanganyika and to the west and north-west of Lake Kivu. A projected extension from Tabora to Ujiji would greatly benefit from any economic development in that area, especially if supported by a feeder line Usumbura to Ishangi and a steamer connection, Ishangi-Kissenji-Bobandana. It is impossible to connect Lake Tanganyika and Lake Kivu by steamer traffic via the River Russusi but only by railway. Such a railway would probably persuade the British to build a link with their own north-south system. Germany has a great interest in such a link, and to ensure that the Cape to Cairo route shall not go through Stanleyville or anywhere else in Belgian territory. If the Cape to Cairo route were eventually to cross Belgian territory, this would only strengthen the British influence in Katanga and the Province Orientale. The construction of a railway from Usumbura to Ishangi and steamer traffic on Lakes Kivu and Tanganyika could make Germany master of the central part of the Cape to Cairo route and also capture for Germany the traffic from the eastern parts of Province Orientale to the south of the Equator. Traffic would go via Ujiji and Dar es Salaam in preference to the more expensive route via Cairo. Germany will, however, be unable to prevent part of the traffic in the Walikali area from making use of the Lake Victoria – Mt. Sabino line and thence to the Mombasa line. By constructing the Usumbura – Ishangi line Germany would be able to capture whatever remains of this traffic. This would also prevent Britain from constructing an extension of their railway from Mt. Sabino via Lake Kivu to Lake Tanganyika.

“For Germany the most favourable solution of these problems would be to divert the British altogether from Lake Kivu and persuade them to use for their Cape to Cairo route the connection via Ujiji and Tabora and a railway to be constructed by Germany from Tabora to Mwanza. However, there appears to be little hope for this solution any longer.” [1: p98-99]

Apparently the Belgian authorities were also alarmed by the increasing number of British settlers in the Katanga region. They were seeking to encourage settlement by Belgian subjects and were hoping to link Katanga with central Congo by rail so as to ensure the transport of minerals to Antwerp on traffic routes solely under Belgian control. They appeared to have accepted that a mistake had been made when they favoured the construction of a rail link between Katanga and Rhodesia.

The German authorities were clearly not willing to be content with the building of the Mittelland Bahn. “The influx of capital had given a false sense of prosperity and imports had risen from £559,403 in 1903 to £1,697,085 in 1909. They continued to rise, and reached £2,515,000 in 1912. A large part of the imports was directly or indirectly concerned with the construction of the railway. There had also been a remarkable increase of exports, which rose from £214,802 in 1900 to £655,904 in 1909 and to £1,570,000 in 1912, but most of them came from around Tanga and along the coastal belt and did not provide a commensurate increase of revenue to the railways.” [1: 99-100]

Hill continues:

“On Rufita Hill at Tabora was the headquarters of a large and efficient organisation for the building of railways. There was a strong feeling that the services of these should not be lost to German East Africa. The tendency to over-estimate the economic potentialities of the country and the urge to develop ‘dormant wealth’ were stronger than ever. There seemed to no difficulty in obtaining the necessary capital from Germany, and so the only question was not whether to build railways but where to build them.

“The north-west corner of Deutsch Ost Afrika, the mountain lands of Ruanda and Urundi, was the most attractive prospect for a railway. There lived nearly half the population of German East Africa in country barely touched by the German economy. In the three Residencies of Ruanda, Urundi and Bukoba, the people were ruled by their chiefs or Sultans, under the light supervision of the German Residents, and they paid virtually no taxes. A line from Tabora to the eastern border of Ruanda-Urundi would be about 500 kilometres long and two-thirds of it would cross easy country. Once the elbow of the Kagera river was reached, there was the great attraction of several hundred kilometres of navigable waterway. Towards the end of 1912, the Governor, Dr. von Schnee, who had just succeeded von Rechenburg, set off with Allmaras, the Railway Commissioner, to examine the prospect for himself. He was followed by a reconnaissance party of surveyors and engineers. During the dry season of 1913, a party of sixteen engineers employed by the contractors prepared detailed plans and estimates. These were submitted to the Colonial Office early in 1914, together with a memorandum which pointed out that the taxes which could be collected from the natives of Ruanda and Urundi would provide an adequate and legitimate financial return on the capital investment. The memorandum also noted that technical and economic reasons, including the avoidance of competition with the Uganda Railway, made it desirable to reach Ruanda direct by railway rather than by crossing the Lake from Mwanza. The scheme was quickly approved and 17 million marks were provided by the 1914 budget. Construction from Tabora started forthwith and the work proceeded after the outbreak of war and during 1915. The earthworks and bridges of the first 120 kilometres were completed and 40 kilometres of rails, which arrived in the last ship to reach Dar-es-Salaam, were laid. In 1917, the Belgians removed 29 kilometres of these rails to continue their Katanga railway to the Lualaba. The sleepers were stacked at Tabora. There remained a short branch of 11 kilometres into a fuel area north of Tabora.” [1: p100]

Later in his book, Hill notes some population figures:

“In the March of 1913, the native population of German East Africa was estimated as 7,641,800, of which 3-5 millions lived in Ruanda-Urundi. The white population was 5,336, of which 4,107 were of German nationality and 90 were British – the British investment in German East Africa was about £1.5 millions. In 1912, the white population also included 268 so-called ‘Colonial English’, mainly from South Africa. The Asian population was nearly 15,000. In 1914, the white population included some 3.500 adult males. Of these about 450 were Government officials, 260 were officers and NCOs of the Defence Force, 450 were missionaries, 300 were engineers and 809 were planters. [1: p109]

Returning to Hill’s account of the railways in German East Africa, Hill says:

“Towards the end of 1913, the proposal to continue the Tanga line to Lake Victoria was finally abandoned. In 1912, the Director of the Railway Company had written: “It seems advisable to leave to the Uganda Railway the further development of the German regions along Lake Victoria. …. More important and mainly for strategic reasons would be the construction of a railway to Lake Nyasa.” In the following year, the Governor wrote: “The valuable districts along Lake Victoria are already opened by the Uganda Railwa. … Vast areas of the Protectorate are still awaiting development. For this reason the good British communications on the Lake must be utilised and rail-ways should be built in other directions.” When war came, the situation changed, and in 1915 German engineers surveyed a line from Isaka, on the route of the Ruanda Railway, to Mwanza.” [1: p100-101]

Hill also notes that, “In 1915, there was a reconnaissance survey for a railway joining the Mittelland Bahn with the Nordbahn. The routes examined lay between Mikese and Kilosa on the Central Line and between Korogwe and Mombo on the Northern Line.” [1: p101]

After many reversals in the first two years of war a British offensive commenced in March 1916 under the leadership of Lieut-General J. C. Smuts. The campaign was reported by Hill as being successful but only “at a terrible cost in human life and suffering.” [1: p146]

British troops entraining for a journey to the front line from a military siding in Nairobi. [1: facing p148]

The Mittelland Bahn was an essential supply line for German forces resisting a British advance from the North and rather then engaging in direct fighting the German command engaged in a series of strategic manoeuvres which were effectively a manage retreat. Destruction of important structures on the Northern line meant British endeavours had to focus on rebuilding damaged infrastructure which slowed any advance. This is not the place for a retelling of the story of the war. Hill devotes many pages to this and refers readers to other works such as the second volume of The History of the Royal Army Service Corps. [1: p157][7]

By the end of 1916, Hill reports:

“The railways, the ports and the principal settled areas of German East Africa had been occupied. Nearly two-thirds of the country was in Allied hands. Nevertheless, Lieut.-General Smuts had not gained any decisive military success against von Lettow-Vorbeck. The summary of the campaign-in The Official History of the Great War, ‘Military Operations, East Africa,’ expresses these views:

“Faced by a wary and able opponent, he [Lieut.-General Smuts] had judged shrewdly and planned skilfully. But in effect his operations, while they had finally wrested from German possession a vast tract of territory, had amounted virtually to a succession of turning movements, resolutely carried through in the face of constant hardship and privation, effectively manœuvring the Germans into continual retreat at little cost in British battle casualties, but falling short, despite all efforts, of the ultimate aim of defeating the enemy.

“Throughout, the Commander-in-Chief had been hampered by the continuously increasing difficulties involved in moving and maintaining his troops on a scale un-precedented, in point of time, numbers and distance, in any previous military operation conducted in similar conditions of climate and terrain.” [1: p164]

The British reached the Mittelland Bahn in July 1916 and discovered that although bridges and rolling stock had been destroyed by the retreating German forces, the permanent way was largely intact. We have noted elsewhere the way in which the narrow-gauge trolley line from Mombo to Handeni was very successfully made operational by using converted road vehicles. [8]

“The South African Pioneers and Motor Transport Companies resorted to a [similar] device. … As the first step towards opening the line, the bridges were only repaired sufficiently to carry motor vehicles. Napier lorries, weighing five to six tons loaded, were used as tractors to pull trailers and open trucks, carrying ten tons of supplies. The 2nd Division was thus able to use the railway almost at once and the rail tractors made it possible to supply the division along the 120 miles of line between Dodoma and Kilosa. It was not for several months that the bridges were restored to a fit state to carry heavy steam locomotives.

With the arrival of the main force at Morogoro and the capture of Dar es Salaam, the same device was used to get the railway going between the two places. The Motor Transport workshops at Mombo and Nairobi converted lorries into rail tractors as fast as possible and eventually 35 of them were shipped to Dar es Salaam from Tanga and Mombasa. The four railway units of Sappers and Miners – the 25th, 26th, 27th and 28th Companies, which formed the Railway Battalion, commanded by Lieut.-Colonel C. W. Wilkinson of the Royal Engineers – tackled the repair of the bridges and the permanent way. The report of the Director of Railways, Sir William Johns, stated:

“On the establishment of through communications for tractors between the Army and the base at Dar es Salaam, the second step was to strengthen the repairs up to heavy engine standard. This duplication and even triplication of repair work delayed the advent of the locomotive to some extent, but the proper feeding of the Army was the first consideration and the rail tractors were successful in dealing with that. In spite of the delays at the port, the first engine and train reached Ruvu on October 4th. Simultaneously the first tractors reached Dar es Salaam from the west and supplies began to go forward from the base. After a few days, the tractors began working from Ruvu westwards, locomotives filling the dump from Dar es Salaam. On the 21st [October], the locomotives began forming a dump some 30 miles beyond Ruvu. On the 27th the Ngerengere river was crossed and a new dump formed on the west bank…. The section of line from Ngerengere to Morogoro (53 miles) was an exceptionally heavy one, with numerous deep nullah crossed by high bridges, all of which had been seriously damaged by the enemy. It was not, therefore, till the 24th of the following month (November) that the train reached Morogoro. Meanwhile the tractors had done their work and the Army was being well fed. The gradual advance of the locomotive had enabled military operations to be resumed in the Dodoma area, tractors released from the lower section being available for transport of supplies farther westward.”

“On the general subject of railway construction in the field, Sir William Johns pointed out the great advantage of the metre gauge standard in East Africa. It was capable of carrying its own constructional material simultaneously with supplies for a large army. ‘The experience of the campaign,’ he wrote, ‘showed that in easy country – and much of the alignment is easy – a metre-gauge line can be laid at the rate of a mile a day and feed an army of 30,000 men.'” [1: p167-168]

Hill concludes his chapter on the war with these comments:

“The magnificent achievement of the technical troops employed on the repair of the Central line is best illustrated by the fact that in little more than three months they restored over 300 miles of vital railway to a state capable of carrying the supplies of Lieut.-General Smuts’ forces advancing south of the line.” [1: p169]

As a result of the Treaty of Peace with Germany, signed on 28th June 1919, Germany renounced all her rights over German East Africa. The Allied powers agreed a mandate which permitted the British to administer the territory which was named the ‘Tanganyika Territory’. Only the small territory of Ruanda-Urundi was placed under Belgian administration.

Hill explains that:

“When the civil administration assumed responsibility for the Tanganyika Railways on 1st April 1919, an immense task of repair and reorganisation had to be tackled and the prospect of the railway system paying its way was dubious and remote. The Northern line (351.7 kms.), henceforth known as the Tanga Railway, had been severely damaged by the Germans. All ten of the major bridges, with aggregate spans of 260 metres, and 23 minor bridges, with aggregate spans of 160 metres, were blown up: most of the water tanks and pumps were destroyed; 30 miles of track were picked up and thrown into the bush, and 60 sets of points and crossings were damaged.

“The Voi-Kahe line (149 kms.) lay mainly within Kenya. It was essentially a military railway built for purposes very different from the working of open-line traffic on a commercial basis.

“On the Central line (1,244 kms.) most of the damage was between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma. The retreating Germans blew up 92 major bridges with aggregate spans of 2,200 metres and 14 minor bridges; more than 100 sets of points and crossings were destroyed, and most of the watering stations were damaged. As already related, temporary repairs were soon effected. The Tanga line was opened for through traffic in the August of 1916 and the Central line was again being worked in the February of 1917. … Nevertheless, the physical damage done to the lines was by no means made good while they were under military control. All efforts were naturally concentrated on military objects and the railway service was regulated accordingly. The maintenance of the permanent way and of buildings was only undertaken in so far as it was necessary. The civil administration, therefore, had to repair the deterioration and destruction of the war, … sort out the consequent confusion and … build up an organisation suitable for peace conditions. The task was not aided by the failure to appoint a substantive General Manager until late in 1920, … nor by the fact that the section of the Central Railway from Tabora to Kigoma was not handed over by the Belgians until the April of 1921. …

“During the last two phases of the East African campaign three lines were built to carry supplies to the forces. From the Central line a branch, 25 kilometres long, was built from Dodoma towards the Great Ruaha, but the rails were soon picked up as they were needed elsewhere. A short tramline in-land from Kilwa was also soon picked up. The Lindi line originally ran from Mingoyo to Mtua. It was later extended for about 44 miles down the creek towards Lindi and then from Mtua through Ndanda to Masasi, giving a total length of about 90 miles. The rails varied in weight from 12 lb. to 20 lb. to the lineal yard, and the steepest grade was 1 in so up from the coast and 1 in 33 down to the coast.” [1; p179-180]

Our focus here is on the Central line. Repairs commenced on the line in 1919. Permanent repairs to the line were completed by the end of 1922, with the exception of a few structures. A great deal of bush clearance had to be undertaken. Repairs to station buildings and staff quarters were required but funding constraints meant that only the most urgent repairs were undertaken.

Towards the end of April 1919, a very serious flood “occurred west of Kidete station on the Central Railway. Nearly four kilometres of the line were under water and for six weeks not a single vehicle was able to travel over this section of the line. That capricious old lady, Mother Africa, then went from one extreme to another, from flood to drought. Another factor which adversely affected traffic on the Central line during 1919 was a famine which afflicted a large part of central Tanganyika. The removal of foodstuffs from the famine-stricken area, which stretched for about 340 kilometres along the railway, was prohibited for the greater part of the year. The loss of down traffic was largely compensated for by the up traffic of foodstuffs dispatched from Dar es Salaam for the relief of the famine. These factors made it very difficult for the Railway Administration to estimate the probable traffic in a more normal year. An official report stated:

“Traffic on the Central line is confined to a few stations, the majority not even paying the wages of the staff, and the country for the most part appearing unproductive. As many stations as possible have been closed and only those kept open which are necessary to avoid excessive runs and to provide crossing places. There are 36 stations open and 18 closed.” [1: p181-182]

Rolling stock on the Central Line

Hill tells us that:

“On the Central line the Tanganyika Railways inherited from the Germans, 20 German goods engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; 22 German tank engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; two German tank engines (0-8-2 type); seven German Mallet engines (0-4-4-0 type), of which two were derelict and five were laid up, and six German shunting tank engines (0-4-0 type). In addition there were nine engines of British manufacture which had been brought over from India during the war. Four of them were G-class (Indian) ABR engines (4-8-0 type); one was an F-class (Indian) (0-6-0 type) and four were G-class (Indian) Nizam engines (4-8-0 type). In 1922 the four G-class ABR engines and the F-class engine were packed for return to India. The German goods engines, with bogie tenders, were capable of pulling a maximum load of 16 four-wheeled vehicles over all sections of the line. The German tank engines had less tractive effort and less boiler capacity, and they were only suitable for use on the plateau to the east and west of Tabora. It was estimated that the locomotive stock was sufficient to work one train each way per day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. By the end of 1921 one passenger train and one goods train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Kigoma, and a mixed train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. In addition a water train ran once a week along the length of the line. It was also estimated, with unwarranted optimism, that the German goods engines would last for another twelve years, the tank engines for ten years, and that new engines would not be required until and unless the traffic increased to more than a train a day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora, in addition to fuel and construction trains.” [1: p182]

Hill tells us that a significant amount of money was spent on reconditioning the German engines. None were satisfactory and all were scrapped as soon as money was available to buy new British engines.

Other rolling stock was also in poor condition across the three maintenance depots in Tanganyika, 30 wagons had to be completely rebuilt, 400 underwent heavy repairs and 190 light repairs.

Hill says that the German passenger stock was not divided into compartments. The seating was sometimes arranged with a centre gangway and sometimes with a side corridor. Lighting was generally by acetylene or oil-burning lamps. These coaches were renovated, divided into compartments and fitted with electric lighting.

In 1923, the first 38 miles of the Central Line out from Dar-es-Salaam were re-laid with 55-lb British standard track. Also in 1923, six new 4-8-0 tender superheated DL Class locomotives were imported and set to work on the Central Line along with 21 bogie wagons of 25 tons. The workshops were completing new brake vans and passenger coaches.

The DL Class 4-8-0 locomotives were the first British locomotives to be built for the Tanganyika Railways They went into service in 1923. The DL class locos were later known as the EAR 23 class. Their design was derived from the Nigerian Railways Emir class. The six members of the class were built by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Gorton, Manchester. (c) EAR&H. [1:p297][9]

In 1926, eleven new Mikado engines (2-8-2) were imported from the UK. Two shunting engines were imported in 1927 and seven more in 1929.

An MK Class 2-8-2 Locomotive. These ‘Mikado’ locos went into service in circa 1926. The eleven members of the class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, (c) EAR&H. [1: p299][10]

Much of the history of the Central Line during the British mandate, until the start of World War II, is covered here. [11] Another article covers the years of World War II and its aftermath, this can be found here. [12]

The Mittelland Bahn (The Central Railway) from Dar-es-Salaam to Mikese

Very early proposals for a railway running out of Dar-es-Salaam can be seen on the plan immediately below. The year is 1891, some considerable time before the substantive MGR was built.

This map of Dar-es-Salaam shows the Catholic Mission and the Old Sultan’s Palace, both relatively close to the waterfront. The proposed Railway Station is a distance to the North of what would become the MGR Central Railway Station, © Public Domain. [13]

In the 21st century, the metre-gauge railway (MGR) terminus in Dar-es-Salaam is at the Kamata Karaikoo Station, located in the Gerezani area of the Ilala Municipal Council. This temporary MGR station sits about 1.2 kilometres short of the original, closed Central Railway Station. It is one of three different terminus stations in Dar-es-Salaam.

The other two stations are:

  • The modern Standard-Gauge Railway Terminus which sits adjacent to the old Metre-Gauge Railway Terminus – Central Railway Station.
  • The Tazara Railway Terminus in Dar-es-Salaam is located in the Vingunguti area of the Ilala Municipal Council, along Julius Nyerere Road near the Mfugale Flyover and the TAZARA Authority Houses.

The original MGR Central Station was a substantial building which opened in 1906.

Dar-es-Salaam Central Railway Station. [14]
The solidly built Central Station building opened in 1906. [15]
The site of the MGR Central Station is at the top-right of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. The SGR station building is at the centre-bottom of the image. [Google Maps, May 2026]
This map of the waterfront on the South side of the central area of Dar es Salaam shores the route of the MGR as first built by the Garman authorities. The terminus of the line was on the waterfront which befits a line built primarily to serve as a goods line. The map shows a short spur on the route of what would be the line to the terminus at Central Railway Station, © Public Domain. [16]
This map extract shows the terminus of the railway during the era of British control and probably also in many of the years of German control.  The station building is marked clearly and that building was built in 1906, or thereabouts. Street names on this map clearly come from the years of the British mandate. It is clearly only a schematic representation as the detail on the image below makes abundantly clear. This is an extract from the Dar es Salaam town plan, likely the 1921 or 1923 Edition, produced by the British Ordnance Survey or the Survey Department of Tanganyika Territory, © Public Domain. [19]
This detailed map from the early 1940s shows the relatively complex railway network close to the centre of Dar-es-Salaam and Malindi Wharf. Central Railway Station is at the centre of the map extract. Locomotive and  goods facilities can be seen to the Southwest of the station. The harbour is also well served by a network of metre-gauge lines, © Public Domain. [13]

A somewhat broader and later view of the docks area of Dar-es-Salaam showing both Malindi Wharf and Main Quay as well as Central Railway Station, This extract comes form a map published by the Tourism Division of the Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism Dar es Salaam © Public Domain. [18]

This relatively modern map extract predates the coming of the SGR and highlights the two main arms of the MGR. This extract comes from a paper published in June 2024. [17]
This is the MGR network at the port of Dar-es-Salaam as it appears on MapCarta’s mapping. Top-left of this map extract the old MGR Central Railway Station has been replaced by the SGR facilities. There are also interchange facilities with the Tazara railway in the Main Quay area of the docks. One Tazara siding runs North-South on the East side of Kilwa Road bottom-centre of this image. The other arm of the Tazara network enters bottom-right, to the East of Nelson Mandela Road and then runs parallel to the MGR siding along Main Quay. Bothe the SGR and the Tazara railways will be the subject of future article in the series about Tanzania’s railways. [20]
This map of Dar-es-Salaam shows the line of the MGR (and SGR) as it leaves the city centre and heads Southwest. This is an extract from a map based on ‘A Survey of Dar es Salaam’ by J. A. K. Leslie, published in 1963. [21]

We will follow the line in some detail below, but before we do so, here are two extracts from a map compiled, drawn, and printed by the E. A. Survey Group of the British Army in February 1942 which show the Central line heading West from Dar-es-Salaam through Ruvu to a little to the West of Ngerengere. These two map extracts will be used as a reference against which the remainder of this article can be checked.

Two extracts from a single map sheet (SB375) compiled, drawn and printed by the E. A. Survey Group of the British Army in February 1942. These were partially revised and reprinted by 157(E.A & S.R.) Base Survey Coy E. А. E. May 44 Revised and reprinted by N°1 (EA) Reproduction Sec. E.A.E. June 1946. [22]
The SGR now sits on what were the running lines of the MGR. The various MGR workshops and sidings remain on the North side of the SGR. a single metre-gauge line heads West from these facilities on the North side of the SGR. The SGR is at high level and just to the west of this extract from Google’s Satellite imagery, the MGR passes under the modern line. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Leaving the City Centre, the MGR (and now also the SGR) crossed what are now Nkrumah Street and Msimbazi Street and then entered Kamata Railway Station as shown on the Google Maps extract below: …

The MGR (and now also the SGR) cross what are now Nkrumah Street and Msimbazi Street and then enter Kamata Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]
A closer view of the two railway lines and the two road crossings. The MGR line from the workshops passes under the SGR at the extreme right of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. It runs next to the MGR line from Malindi Wharf and Main Quay and heads West on the South side of the SGR. The SGR crosses both roads at high level whereas the MGR has a level-crossing at each road. [Google Maps, June 2026]
This is the road-crossing at Nkrumah Street. The line from the workshops is more distinct than that serving the port, presumably it currently sees significantly more traffic. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This next image shows the road-crossing at Msimbazi Street. The SGR is at the top of the image, the MGR road-level crossing has the two lines referred to above. The line from the port runs across the bottom of the image. That from the workshops, to the North of the line serving the port. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Kamata railway station is now the terminus for passenger services on the MGR. It sits in the shadow of the high-level SGR line. In this image an MGR locomotive is shunting MGR stock at the station. [Google Streetview, June 2026]
Looking into the site of Kamata Railway Station from Msimbazi Street. Pedestrians are crossing the two MGR lines and the SGR passes overhead, (c) Herbert Moshi (2022). [Google Maps, June 2026]

Looking East at Kamata Railway Station. Commuter coaches sit on one of the two lines through in the station, (c) Isaya Thomasi, 2020. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Looking West at Kamata Railway Station with commuters waiting in the evening sun for their train home, (c) Herbert Moshi (2020). [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another evening photograph, this was taken in January 2025. It shows a train on the SGR, a commuter train on the MGR and some stock set aside in a metre-gauge siding, (c) Assistmaster26. [Google Streetview, June 2026]

The Kamata Railway Station site as it is shown on Mapcarta’s mapping. Two line on the North side of the station (at high level) constitute the SGR. The rest of the station and the sidings to the West are part of the MGR. Kamata Railway Station is the terminus for all MGR passenger services running on the Central Line. [23]
The yard and workshops at Kamata Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Shauri Moyo Street Level-Crossing. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Kigogo Road Level-Crossing. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The MGR marshalling yard at Kamata is full in this satellite image. Careful inspection will see abandoned wagons in the top-right of the image. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Abandoned rolling stock adjacent to the MGR at Kamata. [Google Maps, June 2026]

For more about the railways in Dar-es-Salaam please click here. [46]

The high-level SGR and the MGR run immediately adjacent to each other on their way out of Dar-es-Salaam. The MGR runs through Bungoni Railway station. …

Bungoni Railway Station is the first halt on the MGR line leaving Dar-es-Salaam. This satellite image appears to have picked up a commuter train heading into Dar-es-Salaam on the MGR. At this point the MGR is flanked on both sides by SGR lines. The lower of the two SGR lines was still under construction when this satellite image was taken. it leads down towards Main Quay. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Just to the West of Bungoni Railway Station the SGR port branch bridges the MGR and joins the line from the SGR Central Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Nelson Mandela Road MGR Level-Crossing in Bungoni. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Immediately to the West of Nelson Mandela Road is Buguruni Railway Station, (c) Kaiza Bananga (2018). [Google Maps, June 2026]

To the West of Buguruni Railway Station, the MGR passes under the high-level SGR. The is a branch line heading North away from the MGR main line at that point.

After passing under the SGR, a branch line leaves the MGR to the North and serves three stations – Relini, Mabibo and Ubungo Maziwa. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The next few images take us on a diversion along the commuter line in the above satellite image. …

The full length of the branch line to Relini, Mabibo and Ubungo Maziwa is shown on this extract from the MapCarta mapping of Dar-es-Salaam. [20]

The three stations on this short branch are: Relini, Mabibo and Ubungo Maziwa which are shown below: …

Relini Railway Station – Note the trailing stub siding which serves the adjacent container terminal including Africa Global Logistics Tanzania’s base. [Google Maps, June 2026]

A commuter train at Relini Railway Station, (c) JoJane (2018). [Google Maps, June 2026]

Mabibo Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

A commuter train at Mabibo Railway Station (c) Innocent Samuel Majule (2022). [Google Maps, June 2026.
Ubungo Maziwa Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Two photographs of Ubongo Maziwa Railway Station, (c) Hussein Iddy (2021). [Google Maps, June 2026]

We return now to the MGR Central line heading West away from Buguruni Railway Station.

The main access road into Vingunguti from Julius K Nyerere Road bridges bothe the MGR and the SGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Beyond the flyover, the SGR and MGR continue in parallel on a West-Southwest bearing towards Karakata Railway Station.

Another commuter train has been picked up on Google’s satellite imagery just to the East of the construction site for the Nija Panda Road bridge. Karakata Railway Station sits just to the West of the bridge. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Karakata Railway Station is the Airport Station on the MGR The Airport sits to the South of Julius K. Nyerere Road which itself is just off this satellite image to the South. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another flyover carries a road over the two railways in Kipwa. [Google maps, June 2026]

Through Ukonga, the SGR continues to run in a West-Southwest direction without deviation. The MGR, however deviates to the North for a short distance following the contours of the ground.

The MGR deviates to the North to follow the contours. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This extract from the MapCarta mapping highlights the deviation to the North by the MGR that is shown on the satellite image above. It is only for a short distance following the contours of the ground. The SGR goes into cutting along this length. [20]

A view from a MGR commuter train somewhere to the East of Pugu. [27]

Gongo la Mboto Railway Station is little more than a halt. The MGR is still on the North side of the SGR. [20][Google Maps, June 2026]

Another view from a passenger train somewhere on the MGR Central Line, probably also a commuter train to the East of Pugu. [27]

A short distance further to the Southwest the SGR enters Pugu Railway Station. There is a significant length of line with multiple tracks approaching Pugu Station and for a short distance beyond. The MGR follows a more sinuous route tracking the contours into a much smaller MGR Pugu Railway Station.

Both of the flags for the railway stations in Pugu are towards the left of this extract from MapCarta. The MGR station is in the top-left of this image. [20]
This satellite image focusses in on the location of the two railway stations in Pugu. The MGR station is top-left and the SGR station buildings are bottom-right. [Google Maps, June 2026]
this is the first of a few images which focus-in on parts of the above satellite image. Here we have the road crossing on the MGR which is at the top-right of the satellite image above. Note the abandoned rail vehicles which sit in the top-left quadrant of this image. Both to the Southeast to the Northwest of the road crossing a series on sidings branch away from the running lines. Most of these sidings appear to be overgrown and disused. [Google Maps, June 2026]
That series of sidings mentioned above lead to predominantly overgrown sidings with what appears to be a range of abandoned goods vehicles. One set of industrial premises (on the left of this image) may well still be in use. In the bottom-left, the footbridge for the SGR Railway Station can be seen. [Google Maps, June 2022]
A closer view of these buildings on the left of the last image shows a number of locomotives which my be in storage, suggesting that these buildings are probably railway workshops. The Business Insider reported in March 2026 that “Tanzania Railways Corporation (TRC) [had] taken a significant step toward building domestic industrial capacity in the railway sector after beginning assembling Metre Gauge Railway (MGR) locomotives locally. This move … positions the country among the few in Africa undertaking such technical work. The project, currently underway at the Pugu Railway Workshop in Dar es Salaam, marks the first time locomotives for the MGR network are being assembled within Tanzania. Officials say the initiative could reduce reliance on imports while strengthening local technical expertise in the rail industry.” [24]
The full length of Pugu’s MGR railway station site.
An extract from MapCarta shows the site of the station. [20]

Pugu Metre-Gauge Railway Station in 1910. This image was shared by Jack Mutahanamilwa on the Tumetoka Mbali (Tukumbuke Facebook Group on 23rd July 2024. [25]

West of Pugu, the two railways (MGR and SGR) follow the same corridor with the MGR’s route being dictated by the contours of the land and the maximum gradients that steam engines on metre-gauge track could accommodate. The SGR alignment take a more sinuous form. [26]

Just to the West of Pugu MGR station the metre-gauge line turns North and crosses a murram road. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The MGR crosses the Msimbazi River on a steel two-span bridge. A substantial structure is necessitated by high flows during rainy seasons. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Further West the MGR crosses from the Dar-es-Salaam Region to the Pwani region, crossing a bridge over one of the tributaries of the Msimbazi River. [Google Maps, June 2026]

A short distance further West the MGR crosses the SGR service road at level and passes under the SGR. The substantial bridge seems to allow either for and additional metre-gauge line, or for possible flash flooding. [Google Maps, June 2026]

After passing under the SGR, the MGR heads away to the South following the valley of the Msimbazi River, and so for a while follows a significantly different path to the SGR.

In the Kisarawe area and still following the Msimbazi River, the line is crossed by a relatively minor road which heads North to pass under the SGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This next extract takes us as far West as Mpiji. The MGR [passes under the SGR at the right side of this extract from MapCarta. The MGR’s path remains dictated by the contours of the land, the SGR is able to smooth out what were once very significant factors in the building of the metre-gauge line. [26]

Still traveling West following the Msimbazi River which is now much decreased in volume, the MGR passes under the SGR again. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Now in the Kiluvya area and North of the SGR, the MGR crosses another murram road. [Google Maps, June 2026]

There is a passing loop at Mpiji which on this extract from Google’s satellite imagery, appears to be occupied by a train of bogie wagons. [Google Maps, June 2026]
The same area as it appears on MapCarta. [26]
From Mpiji to Soga the MGR and SGR take closer order. [26]

A series of culverts/bridges are provided along the length of both the MGR and SGR to allow for flash flooding in wet seasons. This pair are a little beyond Mpiji where the two lines are much closer together again. [Google Maps, June 2026]

More flood relief culverts/bridges on the MGR and SGR. These last two satellite images and the passing loop at Mpiji age in the vicinity of Bokomnemela. This location is just to the South of a semipermanent lake which overtops in the wet season. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Still in Bokomnemela but further West, another pair of culverts The MGR still runs to the North of the SGR along this section of the route. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Now in the Soga area, another flood relief channel is crossed by a culvert (MGR) and a more substantial structure (SGR). Again, these structures are just to the South of a lake which will overtop in the wet season.[Google Maps, Juna 2026]

Soga is the location of the next stations on both the MGR and the SGR. The long passing loop at the MGR station has a significant amount of bogie goods wagons in storage. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The same location as it appears on the MapCarta mapping. [26]

The MGR station buildings at Soga.[Google Maps, June 2026]

The SGR station building at Soga. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The same building seen from the East. [27]
Soga SGR Railway Station seen from the West, © Afri Events (20250. [Google Maps, June 2026]
The line from Soga to Makotopola/Ngeta. [26]

To the West of Soga a bridge has been built over both lines between two murram roads. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Further to the West, a murram road crosses the MGR but not the SGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Approximately halfway between Soga and Ngeta, a dry riverbed is crossed by both lines. A relatively small culvert carries the MGR, a larger structure carries the SGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The latest Google Maps satellite image covering the Station at Ngeta on the MGR shows construction work underway on the SGR. Note the murram road crossing the MGR just to the West of the station site. [Google Maps, June 2026]
MapCarta shows the SGR at this location as being complete. There is no SGR station at Ngeta but there is a passing loop of significant length on the MGR. [26]
From Makotopola/Ngeta to Ruvu. [26]

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the murram road at the top-left of the satellite image above. It appears here and in the wider image above that a train has just passed through Ngeta Railway Station on the MGR heading West. [Google Maps, June 2026]

MapCarta shows another road a short distance further Northwest which crosses both railways. [26]

OpenStreetMap shows two separate bridges over the lines at the same location. [28]

Bing’s older satellite imagery only shows the line of the SGR marked but not built. It too shows a road crossing the two lines as above. All these extracts suggest that the road carried over the two lines by bridges built as part of the construction work on the SGR is a new road alignment, rather than a pre-exiting road. [29]

At Kikongo, the MGR passes to the North of the town, the SGR to the South. There is a branch line heading North from the MGR which can just be made out on the satellite imagery. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This MapCarta extract shows the two lines (MGR and SGR) more clearly and it is easy to see the branch line head North. Neither line appears to have a station at Kikongo. [26]

The branch line noted above extends only about 3.5 km North of the MGR main line, to Hua Fu Steel Company Ltd. [30]

Continuing West from Kikongo both the MGR and the SGR reach Ruvu in a relatively short distance, the MGR following a more circumspect route to keep gradients within tolerable limits. Both lines cross a tributary of the Ruvu River.

This two span girder bridge carries the MGR over the tributary. Southwest of the bridge it appears that the MGR runs on a causeway/embankment with relatively marshy land on either side and with a number of culverts to provide relief in the wet season. [Google Maps, June 2026]

On the approach to Ruvu, the MGR and SGR return to running relatively close to each other. In this satellite image, the MGR runs across the top-left corner, The SGR runs from top-right to middle bottom. It has a significant number of long sidings parallel to the runnign lines at this location. [Google Maps, June 2026]

If you were to wander back along the SGR from Ruvu Station to the limits of the station site where lines begin to diverge heading West. This would be the view you would see, (c) Patrick joseph (January 2026). [Google Maps, June 2026]

Ruvu SGR railway station sits to the East of the town. The MGR is running parallel to the SGR a mater of a few 10s of metres to the North. [Google Maps, June 2026]

To the West of the station platforms of the SGR Station a significant culvert permits wet season water flow from the North. At the top-right of this image, the much smaller aperture structure supporting the MGR can be seen. [Google Maps, June 2026]

If you were to wander forward towards the town of Ruvu, along the SGR line beyond the platform limits, at the point where the various tracks come together, this is the view you would see, (c) Patrick joseph (January 2026). [Google Maps, June 2026]

A short distance to the West of the SGR station, trains on the MGR enter the Ruvu MGR Station limits and a series of loops alongside the main line allow for passing traffic and for storage of goods vehicles.

The full length of the Ruvu MGR Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]
Ruvu MGR Railway Station as it appears on MapCarta’s mapping. [26]

A closer aerial view of the old station buildings at Ruvu MGR Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This satellite image shows the proximity of the town of Ruvu to its MGR station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The access road into Ruvu from the South is bridged by the SGR and forms a level-crossing with the MGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This is the next length of the Central Line – running West from Ruvu to Kwala. Close to Ruvu the MGR and the SGR cross the Ruvu River. Close to the centre-top of this map, the line which heads North to meet the Tanga Line can be seen leaving the MGR. Both the SGR and the MGR run through Kwala but only the MGR has a railway station in the town. [31]
Just to the West of the town of Ruvu, the main channel of the Ruvu River is bridged by both the MGR and the SGR. Both railways have had to make their own provision for accommodating wet season river flows. This satellite image shows the river in dry season. but West of the main channel a series of culverts/bridges are provided to accommodate wet season flows. [Google Maps, June 2026]
This extract from the OpenStreetMap shows the main river channel and bridges in the bottom-right. Across the full length of this image a series of structures can be seen on both the MGR and the SGR to allow for peak water flows. [32]
This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the area during the wet season. As is very clear the provision of so many channels to permit the river’s wet season flow to pass Southwest to Northeast under the two railways is essential! [Google Maps, April 2026]

This extract from OpenStreetMap shows the length of the MGR running through the junction with the link to the North. [32]

Approximately the same area in the wet season! Again illustrating the need for so may structures in the flood plain of the river! This extract from the satellite imagery provided by Google shows one of the SGR‘s significant structures, bottom-right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The metre-gauge branch railway between Ruvu and the Tanga line in the North of Tanzania is covered in a separate article in this series. It can be found here. [33]

As this satellite image indicates, the junction between the Central Line and the later-built link line was once a triangular junction which allowed for train movements in all directions. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Further West the MGR reaches Kwala Railway Station. …

MapCarta shows a passing loop and sidings are present at the MGR Railway Station at Kwala. [31]

But the location bears closer inspection in the light of the development of the Ruvu ICD to the West of Kwala. MapCarta fails to pick up the existence of a branch line which leaves the MGR to the East of the Kwala Railway Station, and, as the image immediately below shows, gradually diverges from the MGR.

Kwala Railway Station was, until recently, not much more than a rural backwater, but in the 21st century it has become an important location on the MGR. In this satellite image a line can be seen leaving the MGR to the North of the main running line. [Google Maps, June 2026]
That line can be seen here to the North of the MGR running line. [Google Maps, June 2026]
And, as the MHR turns away to the Southwest, the branch line continues West. [Google Maps, June 2026]
The line runs into the Ruvu ICD! Details of the site appear below. [Google Maps, June 2026]
This image shows the Northeast of the Ruvu ICD site with the line we have just been following entering the site from the East. [Google Maps, June 2026]
Ruvu ICD is not noted on MapCarta, but sits just to the West of Kwala. [37]

West of Kwala, both the MGR and the SGR approach the Southwest corner of Ruvu ICD (Ruvu Inland Container Depot). A tarmac road crosses both lines. It bridges the SGR and crosses the MGR at level. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Ruvu ICD is a major 500-hectare dry port project located approximately 60 km from the Dar es Salaam port. Developed in partnership with SUMA JKT and the Tanzania Ports Authority (TPA), it is designed to relieve congestion at Dar es Salaam. It acts as a specialized holding and processing area for shipping containers, easing the operational burden on coastal port facilities. [34][35][36]

The tarmac access road crosses the MGR at a level crossing. [Google Maps, June 2023]

A murram road crosses the MGR to the Southeast of the Ruvu ICD. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This is another dry water channel which is some distance to the West of the Ruvu ICD. The relatively small bridge structure carrying the MGR is dwarfed by the civil engineering for the culvert under the SGR. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The MGR and the SGR continue to follow the same transport corridor as they head West. This extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows a train heading East on the SGR. [Google Maps June 2026]
A closer view of the Marshalling Yard which sits to the West of the Ruvu ICD. MapCarta has yet to show the point-work. [37]
Google Maps satellite imagery does not show detail over much of the length of the marshalling yard. A satellite pass with greater definition in the future will improve this. A the right side of this image a short head-shunt is visible on the South side of the SGR running line. The MGR remains on the North side of the MGR and is separated from the SGR marshalling yard by a thin line of vegetation. [Google Maps, June 2026]

To the West of the marshalling yard there is a significant length of the MGR before the next stations at Kidugalo, Ngerengere, and then at Mikese. Both the SGR and the MGR appear on the extract from MapCarta below.

The SGR and the MGR continue to follow the same corridor with the MGR being more beholden to the profile of the land. [38]

The grainy image showing the marshalling yard is typical of what Google Maps offers over the next kilometre or so. Further West Google’s satellite imagery has not been refreshed since the SGR construction commenced. Over the next few kilometres, the satellite images only show the much older MGR Central Line. The detail is less distinct than seen on the satellite images above.

Typically the line follows the contours across relatively open ground and its route is punctured by a series of culverts designed to manage water flows in the wet season. This image shows one of these. [Google Maps, June 2026]

This changes once again as the line closes in on the village of Magindu.

The point at which the satellite imagery improves and is more up-to-date. in these next satellite images the SGR appears to still be under construction, so a new satellite pass will be needed to bring details of the line(s) fully up-to-date. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Both the MGR and the SGR curve to the North to avoid the centre of the village of Magindu. [38]

The village of Magindu and the SGR and MGR. [Google Maps, June 2o26]

A few kilometres West of Magindu, the two lines leave Pwani Region and enter Morogoro Region. The lines pass through Kidugalo. The station at Kidugalo sits on the Northeastern edge of a Sisal plantation.

Kidugalo was a junction station, a branch curved away from the Northwest end of the station site and headed South to serve the Sisal Plantation. Only a short sub of the branch remains as its line is crossed by the SGR. [39]
Google Maps is of little help in envisioning what Kidugalo Station site is like, as at the time the satellite images were taken, cloud covered the station site. The route of the old branch line can be seen to the left of this photograph as it turns away to the Southwest and leaves the image towards the bottom-left. [Google Maps, June 2026]
This extract from the Bing satellite imagery shows the station site. The old branch line can be see turning away from the MGR main line in the top left of this image. [40]

The Sisal Plantation was served by its own narrow-gauge lines. It was built and operated by the Karimjee Jivanjee family, it utilized small locomotives to transport raw sisal from the fields to estate decortication factories. The estate was bought by the family in June 1920. It was a plantation of both Sisal and Rubber of 292 hectares in size which was purchased for £6,250 sterling. [41]

By 1924, the firm had acquired six sisal estates and eventually became the third largest sisal producer in the world. The extensive nature of Karimjee Jivanjee Estates’ plantation work can be gauged from the fact that it employed a large army of labourers, numbering between 12,000 and 15,000. It also employed forty European managers, assistants, and engineers comprising English, Germans, Greeks, Italian, Dutch, Swiss, Indian, and Sri Lankan internationals.” [41] Along with the expected industrial buildings, the family provided a hospital with a European nurse in charge. [41]

The narrow gauge lines on the estate were probably of 2ft-gauge. Like many narrow-gauge sisal lines established during the colonial era, use of the Kidugalo railway declined in the latter half of the 20th century. The introduction of synthetic fibres caused the global sisal market to crash, forcing estates to cut costs, neglect track maintenance, and eventually transition their transport needs entirely to road vehicles.

There is little detail available on line about this specific plantation and its railway. However, careful inspection of Google satellite imagery shows that many of the roads on the plantation follow the alignment of the historic railway.

More information about narrow gauge line used on plantations in Tanzania can be found here [43] and here. [42]

Returning to the MGR main line to the West of Kidugalo, the MGR and the SGR run across the North edge of the Sisal plantation before the SGR crosses the Ngerengere River, with the MGR remaining on the North bank of the river and running across the North side of the town of Ngerengere.

The town of Ngerengere with the MGR running round its northern flank on the North side of the Ngerengere River. The MGR bridges the river towards the left side of this satellite image. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The main road North out of Ngerengere crosses the MGR at a level-crossing, just to the East of the Ngerengere River. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Ngerengere River bridge on the MGR is a truss girder bridge. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Ngerengere River bridge on the MGR, (c) Joseph Gibson (October 2021). [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another road-crossing on the MGR, this time to the West of the river and on the Northwest side of the town. [Google Maps, June 2026]

To the West of Ngerengere, the two railways come very close together for a short distance. One of the SGR construction camps was placed at this location.

The Yapi Merkezi SGR Construction Camp and both the MGR and the SGR railways. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The Ngererngere River or a tributary of it continues to flow along side the MGR over some distance, on the North side of the line until the MGR bridges it again.

Two MGR bridges over the river. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another MGR bridge over the river. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Further West, the next crossing of a river sees the MGR cross a tributary by means of the culvert. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Still the same river, and another bridge carrying the MGR. Throughout this last sequence of bridges the SGR line has remained on the South side of the river. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another more modern structure. [Google Maps, June 2026]

Another culvert over a stream bed which clearly allows for west season water flows. [Google Maps, June 2026]

A further culvert on the MGR’s approach to Mikese Railway Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]

The town of Mikese sat some distance North of the MGR and over time a significant community grew up around the Railway Station, Kalungwana Mills and the Hospital. That community can be seen on this satellite image, the town was off to the North of this image. Both the two railways appear on this image. The MGR is at the top of the image, the SGR at the bottom of the image. The MGR station building can be be made out centre-top of this image. [Google Maps, June, 2026]
The MGR Station at Mikese had a passing loop . This is how it appears on MapCarta. [45]
Mikese MGR Station. [Google Maps, June 2026]
A much closer view of the MGR station buildings at Mikese. [Google Maps, June 2026]

References

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maji_Maji_Rebellion, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  3. John Iliffe; The Organization of the Maji Maji Rebellion; in The Journal of African History, Volume 8 No. 3, 1967, p495–512.
  4. Dominik J. Schaller; From Conquest to Genocide; in A. Dirk Moses (ed.); From Conquest to Genocide: Colonial Rule in German Southwest Africa and German East Africa. Empire, Colony, Genocide: Conquest, Occupation, and Subaltern Resistance in World History. War and Genocide. Volume 12 (1st ed.); Berghahn Books, New York City, 2010, p310. …. “It is doubtlessly appropriate—probably even important—to understand the German suppression of the Maji-Maji Revolt as genocidal.”
  5. Klaus Bachmann & Gerhard Kemp, Gerhard;  Was Quashing the Maji-Maji Uprising Genocide? An Evaluation of Germany’s Conduct through the Lens of International Criminal Law; in Holocaust and Genocide Studies Volume 35 No. 2, July 2021, p243. …… “If the German command’s strategy was to destroy entire settlements (crops, harvests, and food), kill civilians along with combatants, coerce the surrender of entire groups through deliberate starvation, and to intentionally deprive ethnic groups of the leadership that was crucial to their survival — then Germany’s conduct in East Africa deserves the label of genocide.”
  6. Stanleyville is the former name of Kisangani, the capital of Tshopo Province in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). Established as a trading post in 1883 and named after Sir Henry Morton Stanley, it remains the largest city in the tropical Congo Basin woodlands.
  7. John Fortescue; The Royal Army Service Corps. A History of Transport and Supply in the British Army. Volumes I and II; University Press, Cambridge, 1930-1931.
  8. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/600-mm-narrow-gauge-lines-used-during-world-war-1-in-east-africa.
  9. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_DL_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_MK_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  11. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/05/01/railways-of-tanzania-part-6-the-british-mandate-and-the-trust-the-years-of-british-rule-including-world-war-ii.
  12. https://rogerfarnworth.com/
  13. https://www.alamy.com/dar-es-salaam-town-city-plan-1891-1941-tanzania-lands-mines-dept-1948-map-image710070612.html, accessed on 31st May 2026
  14. https://www.stamps-auction.com/tanzania-dar-es-salaam-railway-station-dar-es-salaam-train-station-old-postcard-for-sale-222879, accessed on 31st May 2026.
  15. https://mindtrip.ai/attraction/dar-es-salaam-region/dar-es-salaam-central-railway-station/at-QWcAYZQQ, accessed on 31st May 2026.
  16. https://www.alamy.com/stock-photo/map-of-africa-in-1910.html?blackwhite=1&sortBy=relevant, accessed on 31st May 2026.
  17. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/full/10.1111/anti.13070?.com=, accessed on 31st May 2026.
  18. https://www.etsy.com/uk/listing/730651778/vintage-dar-es-salaam-map-print-tanzania, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  19. https://www.britishempire.co.uk/images2/daressalaam1957map.jpg, accessed on 1st June 2026
  20. https://mapcarta.com/Dar_es_Salaam/Map, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  21. https://www.britishempire.co.uk/images2/daressalaamdistrict1957map.jpg, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  22. https://www.britishempire.co.uk/images2/daressalaam1958map.jpg, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  23. https://mapcarta.com/W369665900/Map, accessed on 1st June 2026.
  24. https://businessinsider.co.tz/trc-moves-into-rail-manufacturing-with-local-assembly-of-mgr-locomotives, accessed on 2nd June 2026.
  25. https://www.facebook.com/groups/252802114833172/posts/7900124040100903, accessed on 2nd June 2026.
  26. https://mapcarta.com/12646958/Map, accessed on 2nd June 2026.
  27. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/railway-in-tanzania/the-central-line-tanzanias-oldest-and-most-vital-railway-network, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  28. https://download.geofabrik.de/africa/tanzania.html, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  29. https://www.bing.com/maps/search?style=h&q=ngeta+tanzania&cp=-6.821991%7E38.768121&lvl=18, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  30. Hua Fu Steel Company Limited, is an importer and exporter of steel. Between Mar 2025 and Feb 2026, the company recorded an import turnover of $4.09M and export turnover of $517.89K. During that period, the company sourced 93 import shipments and supplied 21 export shipments. Imports were primarily sourced from China and Zambia, while exports were distributed to Mozambique. https://www.marketinsidedata.com/en/company/hua-fu-steel/2cab40ef326069fc9f97572ca0222c47, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  31. https://mapcarta.com/12646426/Map, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  32. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.79294/38.64226, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  33. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/29/railways-of-tanzania-part-5-tanga-to-ruvu-and-thence-to-dar-es-salaam
  34. https://commons.wmu.se/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1315&context=all_dissertations, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  35. https://documents1.worldbank.org/curated/en/927461561663095167/txt/Main-Report.txt, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  36. https://www.mwananchi.co.tz/mw/habari/kitaifa/suma-jkt-kujenga-bandari-kavu-ruvu-2837864, accessed on 3rd June 2026.
  37. https://mapcarta.com/N9176099982, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  38. https://mapcarta.com/W1049384876/Map, accessed on 4th June 2026
  39. https://mapcarta.com/N9176091279/Map, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  40. https://www.bing.com/maps/search?style=h&cp=-6.793287%7E38.206175&lvl=18.1, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  41. https://repub.eur.nl/pub/99360/03a-Oonk-Karimjee-Jivanjee-A-case-for-a-diasporic-family-firm.pdf, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  42. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/600-mm-narrow-gauge-lines-used-during-world-war-1-in-east-africa
  43. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/04/narrow-gauge-industrial-lines-in-tanganyika-tanzania
  44. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Basil_Roberts_(680727_EAR).jpg, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  45. https://mapcarta.com/12653464, accessed on 4th June 2026.
  46. https://trainstobeyond.com/railways-in-dar, accessed on 30th July 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 6 – The British Mandate and the Trust – The Years of British Rule including the approach of World War II

The featured image for this article is a photograph of the first ,’corridor’ mail train leaving Dar es Salaam in 1922. The locomotive is No. 1098 ex NGSR of India (later a TR NZ Class Locomotive), the carriages are from the former German Tanganjika-Express. The standard consist for the train during the German era was: 1 No. Postwagen (mail); 1 No. Packwagen (van); 1 No. Boy-Wagen (CC? for servants); 1 No. Küchenwagen (kitchen); 1 No. Speisewagen (dining-car); 2 No. Schlafwagen (AA sections, AAB sleeping-compartments). Under German control carriages were of varnished teak. Later Tanganyika Railways, carriages maroon/cream, then East African Railways, then Tanzania Railways. [1: p182][3]

The civil administration after the first world war was set up in Wilhelmstal in the Usambara hills. Wilhlemstal was renamed Lushoto. The location was inconvenient to say the least. “Lushoto was far from the Central Railway, communications were slow and irregular, and supervision of the outlying districts was necessarily sketchy. The sailings of ships between Tanga and Dar es Salaam were so haphazard that it often took six or seven weeks for the civil administration at Lushoto to receive a reply by letter from the military authorities in Dar es Salaam.” [1: p174]

Hill tells us that, “The Administrator had only accepted the extended responsibilities delimited by the Proclamation of 21st January 1918 [and additional areas included on 1st March 1918] on the understanding that the military authorities would release suitable accommodation in Dar es Salaam to the civil government. This agreement was not kept, and the civil administration remained at Lushoto until 12th February 1919, when its headquarters was transferred to Dar es Salaam. On 1st October 1918, the civil administration became responsible for the town of Dar es Salaam, and on 1st January 1919, for the districts of Lindi and Songea. On 31st January 1919, a Royal Commission appointed Sir Horace Byatt to be administrator of that part of German East Africa which was occupied by His Majesty’s Forces.” [1: p174]

Hill continues: “As a result of the Treaty of Peace with Germany, signed on 28th June 1919, Germany renounced, in favour of the Principal Allied and Associated Powers, all her rights over German East Africa. The Allied and Associated Powers then agreed – in conformity with Article 22, Part 1 (Covenant of the League of Nations) of the Treaty of Peace – that His Britannic Majesty should exercise a mandate to administer that part of German East Africa which became known as the Tanganyika Territory. On 22nd July 1920, the Tanganyika Order in Council constituted the office of Governor and Commander-in-Chief, and on 5th August, Sir Horace Byatt was appointed Governor.” [1: p174]

The Belgians were still administering the Kigoma district, the northern part of the Ufipa district and Biharamulo. These areas were handed over by the Belgians on 22nd March 1921, and there remained to be settled only the delimitation of the Anglo-Belgian boundary on the border of Ruanda-Urundi. The boundary originally drawn by the joint Commissioners provided a corridor for the possible construction of a railway connecting Tanganyika and Uganda, along the West side of the Kagera River. The line so drawn placed a small part of the Kingdom of Ruanda, known as the Lukira sub-district, in British territory. After joint Belgian and British representations to the Permanent Mandates Commission of the League of Nations, the midstream of the Kagera became the boundary between Tanganyika and Ruanda-Urundi. The Lukira sub-district was handed over to the Belgians in the December of 1923.” [1: p174-175]

At first the administration of occupied enemy territory had to be on a provisional basis. German ordinances and regulations were followed unless they were repugnant to British law. Until the enactment of a Courts Ordinance in 1920 political officers exercised the judicial powers conferred on them by the Commander-in-Chief. The German methods of administration were not greatly changed, and in the coastal districts political officers continued to rule through the Liwalis, [2] Akidas [2] and Jumbes. Unless they had shown anti-British sympathies, the African civil servants of the German administration were retained in the service of the new Government.” [1: p175]

Hill tells us that, “the recruitment of the staff required to administer a huge territory in the aftermath of a terrible war proved exceedingly difficult.” [1: p175] The official report states that “No sweeping measures [were] taken to dispense with the Akidas, [2] but though they remain[ed], their status [had] been radically altered. Their privileges [were] curtailed, their powers of punishment [were] taken away, and they [were] being closely supervised. When vacancies [occurred], the wishes of the people as to a successor [were] ascertained and, if possible, a local man of influence [was] selected in preference to an alien. Every endeavour [was] made to restore the old tribal organisations, and it [was] hoped that in course of time the German conception of the Akida system [2] [would] cease to exist, even though the name may remain.” [1: p175]

A census-taken in the April of 1921 – returned the population of Tanganyika as 4,107,000 Africans, 2,447 Europeans, 9,411 Indians, 4,782 Arabs and Baluchis and 798 Goans. Of the Europeans, 1,598 were British subjects, including 300 settlers from South Africa, and 300 were Greeks. The rest were Poles, Italians, Czechoslovaks, Swiss, Dutch, Belgians, French and Americans. With one or two exceptions all the Germans formerly resident in German East Africa were repatriated.” [1: p176]

“A Treasury was established at Lushoto towards the end of 1916, and on 1st January 1917, the accounting operations of all political officers in the northern area were transferred from military to civil control. In the March of 1918 the accounts of the political officers in the central area and on 1st January 1919, of the Songea and Lindi districts were also transferred.” [1: p176]

On 1st February 1919, the civil administration became responsible for the cost of the peacetime garrison of three battalions of the King’s African Rifles and on 1st April, for the cost of maintaining the railway. In the early years the revenue collected was adequate to meet the cost of the limited form of administration, but as its responsibilities expanded expenditure rapidly increased.” [1: p176]

The first British locomotive arriving at Dar es Salaam in 1916, © Public Domain. [1: p182]

One of the first purchases in 1916 was a series of four locomotives which were later to be known as the NZ Class. These were first purchased for the Nizam’s Guaranteed State Railway (NGSR) in India. They were built by Naysmith Wilson in 1915 and were commandeered to assist in the invasion of German East Africa in March 1916. Initially they carried their original NGSR numbering (NGSR 1095-1098). [9: p40] The numbering was adapted to include the letters ‘TR’ (TR 1095-8) and as such the locomotives were in service for many years. Finally, in the early 1930s, they were re-classified NZ, for Nizam, and renumbered 200-03. These locomotives had a long and distinguished career, remaining in service until after the amalgamation in 1948, when they became EAR 2201-4. [9: p54]

An NZ Class 4-8-0 locomotive in the later EAR livery – after the 1948 amalgamation. These locomotives became Class 22 locomotives under EAR control. This particular locomotive is EAR No. 2217, (c) Public Domain. [8]

Hill provides figures for revenue and expenditure of the administration in the years to 31st March 1920:

Revenue 1916/1917:      £128,622

Revenue 1917/1918:      £336,446

Revenue 1918/1919:      £461,842

Revenue 1919/1920:     £669,097

Total Revenue:          £1,586,007

Expenditure 1916/1917:       £35,116

Expenditure 1917/1918:    £157,285

Expenditure 1918/1919:   £383,097

Expenditure 1919/1920:  £790,026

Total Expenditure:        £1,366,524

Surplus balance 31st March 1920:  £230,483

As can be seen from the figures, 1919/1920 was the first year in which expenditure exceeded income. Expenditure from this time on was only going to increase.

Hill tells the story of the transition, outlining the move away from the German rupee. In 1921, the East African shilling became the standard coin in Tanganyika territory. He notes particular problems with shipping in the years after the cessation of hostilities. Delays also occurred in liquidation of the various German estates in the territory meaning grievous setbacks in the economic output of the territory.

Hill tells us that, “When the civil administration assumed responsibility for the Tanganyika Railways on 1st April 1919, an immense task of repair and reorganisation had to be tackled and the prospect of the railway system paying its way was dubious and remote. The Northern line [the Usambarabahn ](351.7 kms.), henceforth known as the Tanga Railway, had been severely damaged by the Germans. All ten of the major bridges, with aggregate spans of 260 metres, and 23 minor bridges, with aggregate spans of 160 metres, were blown up: most of the water tanks and pumps were destroyed; 30 miles of track were picked up and thrown into the bush, and 60 sets of points and crossings were damaged.” [1: p179]

“The Voi-Kahe line (149 kms.) lay mainly within Kenya. It was essentially a military railway built for purposes very different from the working of open-line traffic on a commercial basis.

On the Central line (1,244 kms.) most of the damage was between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma. The retreating Germans blew up 92 major bridges with aggregate spans of 2,200 metres and 14 minor bridges; more than 100 sets of points and crossings were destroyed, and most of the watering stations were damaged.

Hill tells us that “The advice of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond and of Mr. Gillman was set aside, and the General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell, apparently changed his mind. In 1923, a scheme was submitted to the Governor for the construction of a line along the old German formation, from Tabora to Kahama, where it could collect traffic from the Kahama and Shinyanga districts. The contract for the construction of this section was let on 23rd February 1925, and railhead reached Isaka in 1926. Progress had been seriously checked by exceptionally heavy rains – 20 inches of rain fell in the last fortnight of November – but the first half of the eventual Mwanza line was a very cheap addition of 197 kilometres to the railway system. The first 120 kilometres, on the well-built German formation, with all the culverts and nearly all the bridges complete and in a remarkably sound state of repair after ten years of neglect, involved comparatively little work. Moreover, the light track lifted from the Central line between Dar es Salaam and Morogoro was sufficient for 160 kilometres of the Mwanza line. The total cost of the line from Mwanza to Shinyanga was, therefore, only £262,577, or about £1.335 per kilometre.” [1: p207-208]

As Hill recounted previously (recorded in the first of these articles) [4] temporary repairs were soon effected to the Tanga line and it was opened for through traffic by August 1916. The Central Line was working again by February 1917.

Nevertheless, the physical damage done to the lines was by no means made good while they were under military control. “The maintenance of the permanent way and of buildings was only undertaken in so far as it was necessary, The civil administration, therefore, had to repair the deterioration and destruction of the war, to sort out the consequent confusion and to build up an organisation suitable for peace conditions. The task was not aided by the failure to appoint a substantive General Manager until late in 1920, … nor by the fact that the section of the Central Railway from Tabora to Kigoma was not handed over by the Belgians until April 1921.” [1: p180]

Hill continues: “The administration also took over the Sigi narrow-gauge line (23 kms.), the Shume ropeway, both of which fed the Tanga line and had been little damaged by the Germans, and the Lindi narrow-gauge line (60 cms.). During the last two phases of the East African campaign three lines were built to carry supplies to the forces. From the Central line a branch, 25 kilometres long, was built from Dodoma towards the Great Ruaha, but the rails were soon picked up as they were needed elsewhere. A short tramline in-land from Kilwa was also soon picked up. The Lindi line originally ran from Mingoyo to Mtua. It was later extended for about 4 miles down the creek towards Lindi and then from Mtua through Ndanda to Masasi, giving a total length of about 90 miles. The rails varied in weight from 12 lb. to 20 lb. to the lineal yard, and the steepest grade was 1 in 50 up from the coast and 1 in 33 down to the coast. At first neither the Shume ropeway nor the Lindi line was operated. On the Lindi line there were sufficient tractors and wagons to run a service if the track were repaired.” [1: p180]

On both the Tanga and the Central Railways permanent repairs were started in 1919. On the Tanga line it was possible to postpone the repairs to a few bridges, as the temporary structures were sound enough to last for at least another year. In fact, several lasted for many years. The permanent repairs to both lines, with the exception of several bridges, were completed by the end of 1922. During 1919 and 1920 the permanent way was maintained in fair order, but stretches near the coast still showed signs of the long neglect during the years of war. Fortunately, the good design and construction of much of the permanent way enabled it to withstand the ravages of neglect better than had been expected. A great deal of bush clearing had to be undertaken. During the war, the bush had been allowed to encroach towards the track, thereby threatening the telegraph lines and blocking the line of vision from the footplates of engines.” [1: p180-181]

A significant programme of repairs to station buildings and staff quarters was also required. “These buildings were generally of a high standard of construction, considerably superior to those on the Uganda Railway – but maintenance and repairs had been neglected for years. A lack of funds and technical supervision made it impossible to tackle more than the most urgent repairs. The Germans only provided quarters for the European staff of the railways and left many of the Asian and all the African staff to fend for themselves. An official report for 1920 stated: ‘The state of the quarters for the Asian clerical staff and artisans, as well as for the African permanent labour, is far from satisfactory, although everything possible has been done within the narrow limits of the available funds. The question of permanent structures to take the place of wattle and daub will soon become very urgent‘.” [1: p181]

Early in April 1919 and “again a year later the Buiko-Lembeni section of the Tanga Railway and 48 kilometres of the Voi-Kahe line were damaged by flood water. There were a few major and a large number of minor breaches and wash-aways. An official report stated: ‘These sudden floods are due to cloudbursts in the mountains adjoining the dry and desert-like plains and are likely to occur regularly at the beginning of each rainy season. As the banks are generally low, serious damage or prolonged delay to traffic on the main line need not be anticipated. But if the Voi-Kahe line is to be kept open, a large number of culverts under the high banks will have to be built to avoid long delays to traffic‘.” [1: p181]

Towards the end of April 1919, a more serious flood occurred west of Kidete station on the Central Railway. Nearly four kilometres of the line were under water and for six weeks not a single vehicle was able to travel over this section of the line. That capricious old lady, Mother Africa, then went from one extreme to another, from flood to drought. Another factor which adversely affected traffic on the Central line during 1919 was a famine which afflicted a large part of central Tanganyika. The removal of foodstuffs from the famine-stricken area, which stretched for about 340 kilometres along the railway, was prohibited for the greater part of the year. The loss of down traffic was largely compensated for by the up traffic of foodstuffs dispatched from Dar es Salaam for the relief of the famine. These factors made it very difficult for the Railway Administration to estimate the probable traffic in a more normal year.” [1: p181]

An official report stated: “Traffic on the Central line is confined to a few stations, the majority not even paying the wages of the staff, and the country for the most part appearing unproductive. As many stations as possible have been closed and only those kept open which are necessary to avoid excessive runs and to provide crossing places. There are 36 stations open and 18 closed. …. The Tanga Railway has had longer to recover from the war than the Central line, and is fortunate in the hinterland as far as Buiko, practically all the stations up to this point showing good results. The principal traffics are sisal, hides, cotton, coffee, fruit and grains, and there is a heavy passenger traffic. Some falling off may appear owing to lack of shipping and the high rate of exchange, although this section of the line is very promising and serves a fertile country. With the exception of Moshi the remainder of the line is unremunerative as it runs through desert country. The Voi-Kahe Railway is also unremunerative, though most of the traffic from Moshi finds its way to Kilindini, and will probably continue to do so, as Kilindini, apart from being slightly nearer to Moshi than Tanga, provides a good wharf, cranage and, most important of all, shipping. A comparison of the receipts for the nine months ended 31st December 1919, for the 175 kilometres, Tanga to Buiko, and the remaining 308 kilometres, is interesting. Tanga to Buiko Rs. 287,995; Buiko to Voi Rs. 77,194, of which Moshi contributed Rs. 49,356 and Voi Rs. 17,508. There are 21 stations on the Tanga line, eight on the Voi-Kahe line, and one on the Sigi line.” [1: p181-182]

On the Central line the Tanganyika Railways inherited from the Germans 20 German goods engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; 22 German tank engines (2-8-0 type) of which six were derelict; two German tank engines (0-8-2 type); seven German Mallet engines (0-4-4-0 type), of which two were derelict and five were laid up, and six German shunting tank engines (0-4-0 type). In addition there were nine engines of British manufacture which had been brought over from India during the war. Four of them were G-class (Indian) ABR engines (4-8-0 type); one was an F-class (Indian) (0-6-0 type) and four were G-class (Indian) Nizam engines (4-8-0 type). In 1922 the four G-class ABR engines and the F-class engine were packed for return to India. The German goods engines, with bogie tenders, were capable of pulling a maximum load of 16 four-wheeled vehicles over all sections of the line. The German tank engines had less tractive effort and less boiler capacity, and they were only suitable for use on the plateau to the east and west of Tabora. It was estimated that the locomotive stock was sufficient to work one train each way per day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. By the end of 1921 one passenger train and one goods train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Kigoma, and a mixed train ran once a week in each direction between Dar es Salaam and Tabora. In addition a water train ran once a week along the length of the line. It was also estimated, with unwarranted optimism, that the German goods engines would last for another twelve years, the tank engines for ten years, and that new engines would not be required until and unless the traffic increased to more than a train a day between Dar es Salaam and Tabora, in addition to fuel and construction trains.” [1: p182]

“On the Tanga line the Tanganyika Railways acquired only seven German engines. Three were German goods engines (2-8-0 type), three were German tank engines (2-8-0 type), of which one was laid up, and one was a German Mallet-class engine which was also laid up. There were also 15 engines of British manufacture brought over from India. Twelve were F-class (Indian) engines (0-6-0 type), of which two were laid up, and three were M-class (Indian) engines (2-6-0 type), of which two were laid up. There was also a B-class (2-6-0 type) engine and a shunting tank engine (2-4-0 type) on loan from the Uganda Railway. The latter was laid up and condemned. There were two small engines on the Sigi line.” [1: p183]

The F-class (Indian) engines were of an obsolete type and it was estimated that none of them would last for more than three years. The three German goods engines and the three German tank engines were the only engines on the line capable of coping with a full traffic load. The light rail on the coastal section, between Tanga and Mombo, made it necessary to station the lighter engines at Tanga. In consequence the load out of Tanga was limited to eight vehicles.” [1: p183]

On both the Central and the Tanga lines a deal of money was spent on reconditioning the German engines. None of them was really satisfactory and all were scrapped as soon as money was available to buy new British engines.” [1: p183]

On the Central line the total numbers of vehicles was 465 and on the Tanga and Voi-Kahe line 365. During 1919 and 1920 an exceptionally heavy burden was carried by the carriage and wagon repair shops at Tabora, Dar es Salaam and Tanga. In all, they dealt with 620 units, of which 30 were completely rebuilt, 400 underwent heavy repairs and 190 light repairs. Particular attention was paid to the repair and maintenance of the vacuum brakes, many units being completely fitted and others fitted with piping only. In the Tabora shops the difficulty of this work was increased by a lack of inspection kits. On the Tanga line there was a shortage of rolling stock and there were no fly-proof trucks for the carriage of livestock through the belts infested by tsetse. The work in the erecting shops at Dar es Salaam, Tabora and Tanga was also very heavy. The number of engines that could be accommodated at the same time was five in the Tabora shops, two in the Dar es Salaam shops and three in the Tanga shops. The engine pits were commodious, but suffered from the use of a girdered screw-jack arrangement to lift the engines, which took a great deal more time than would have been required if overhead cranes had been available.” [1: p183]

The British tariffs, “first started on the Tanga line in 1916, was completed during 1920. The regulations were much the same as those of the Uganda Railway and the rates were similar to those charged by the Germans.” [1: p183]

The official report stated: “The German tariff was a well-thought-out book and appears to be suited to the country. Owing to the existing unsettled state of the Territory, the shortage of shipping and the fluctuating state of the market, it did not, and does not yet, appear advisable to make any change. For instance, it would be impossible to apply the usual theory for the formation of rates and follow, through all the phases of a changeable market, the price of sisal, cotton, mica, etc., raising the rates as the prices go up and lowering them when the price falls. … Although not easily of comparison owing to the fact that a telescopic scale exists on the Tanganyika Railways, and a flat rate on the Uganda Railway, rates here are higher than those on the Uganda Railway. The Uganda Railway has over thirty special rates applicable to various commodities between certain stations or groups of stations. The railways in Tanganyika have no special rates, but reduce by one class for certain heavy loading traffics in wagon loads.” [1: p183-184]

Hill continues: “The passenger fares on the Tanganyika Railways were generally lower than on the Uganda Railway, but coaching stock was so short in Tanganyika that there was often only one vehicle of a certain class on a train. There was no prospect of raising fares until a better and more comfortable service could be provided to the public. The German passenger stock was not divided into compartments. The seating was sometimes arranged with a centre gangway and sometimes with a side corridor. Lighting was generally by acetylene or oil-burning lamps. These coaches were renovated, divided into compartments and fitted with electric light.” [1: p184]

The dockyard at Dar es Salaam was the only one of its kind on the east coast of Africa between Suez and Durban and capable of undertaking any ordinary floating repairs to ships. In 1920, a marine boiler from the ‘Fifi’, now [in 1957] a launch on Lake Tanganyika, was completely rebuilt; a 120-ton lighter was replated and redecked; all the pontoons and cargo landing stages at Dar es Salaam were renovated; steam-tugs and motor-launches were reconditioned; cranes and winches were overhauled, and much work was done on the Government’s coastal steamer, ‘Lord Milner’, and the Lake tug ‘Mwanza‘.” [1: p184]

During the year ended 31st March 1920, imports into Tanganyika were valued at Rs. 17,376,045, of which nearly half were cotton-piece goods. Domestic exports were valued at Rs. 19,940,156 and re-exports at Rs. 1,445,912. Of the domestic exports 16,744 tons of sisal accounted for Rs. 6,543,372; 3,944 tons of hides for Rs. 3,407,010; 3,926 tons of coffee for Rs. 2,807,605; 5,330 tons of copra for Rs. 1,581,461, and 741 tons of cotton for Rs. 935,009. In common with Kenya and Uganda, Tanganyika was hard hit by the post-war slump. In the following year the value of the import trade decreased by £308,000 and the value of the export trade by £784,000.” [1: p184]

The financial results of the Tanganyika Railways for the first three years of working under British civil administration were stated to be a loss of nearly £175,000 in 1920, of nearly £189,000 in 1921 and of over £191,000 in 1922. The real loss was considerably greater for those figures were struck without any provision for interest or renewals charges.” [1: p184]

It is small wonder that the General Manager wrote of the Central line: “This railway was undoubtedly built for reasons other than purely trade and, now that it has been built, the best has to be made of a line passing through largely undeveloped country …” [1: p184-185]

Officially published results were:

1919 to 1920

Working expenses  £278,591

Gross receipts         £103,778

Operating Loss.       £174,813

1920 to 1921

Working expenses  £346,300

Gross receipts         £157,393

Operating Loss.       £188,907

1921 to 1922

Working expenses  £387,819

Gross receipts         £196,682

Operating Loss.       £191,137

Towards the end of 1920, the Secretary of State for the Colonies appointed Lieutenant Colonel F.D. Hammond to:

(1) report on the possibility of improvement in all departments of the railway systems of Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika.

(2) preside at the meetings of an inter-Colonial Council to consider the relations of Kenya and Uganda in regard to railway work.

(3) advise on railway rates ‘on the understanding that in future net receipts from the systems are to be regarded as available for betterment purposes and new construction only, and that rates are therefore to be kept as low as possible’.

(4) investigate the position with regard to the Voi-Kahe Military Railway, and to advise (a) whether the track should be bought from the War Office, and, if so, (b) whether the line should be maintained as the route from Moshi to Mombasa, the upper section of the Tanga-Kahe line being abandoned; or (c) whether the track should be used for improving the Tanga-Moshi Railway, Tanga still being regarded as the port for the Moshi area.

(5) advise on railway extension generally regarding Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika as a single whole from the point of view of railway and harbour development.

Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s report was published in the November of 1921 [5] and, in so far as the Central Railway was concerned, it was a depressing document. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond wrote:

The present state of the accounts and the uncertainty of the amount which will have to be paid to the Military Administration make it impossible close review of the financial situation. to enter into any

“The outstanding feature is that the revenue falls far short of what is required to meet actual working expenses exclusive of renewals or loan charges.

“The loan charges on the railways are fortunately very light, because the only ones which will have to be met are those on the equipment and stores handed over by the Military Administration, and none will have to be paid on the cost of original construction. The railways may also be called on to pay interest on the funds provided to cover the deficit on working.

“The deficit on working for 1921-1922 is estimated to be at least £200,000; it is not possible to expect that such a sum can be covered by the economies or recommendations proposed in this Report. The cause of this heavy loss is to be found in the very poor traffic which the two railways are carrying, while the expenses of maintaining a system of 1,747 kilometres (1,092 miles) long are bound to remain high, however reduced the service may be. Although the present depression, of course, is responsible to a certain extent, a return of normal markets could not be expected to right matters.

“In the case of the Central Railway, the German Administration showed a profit on working prior to the war, but this was due solely to the heavy construction traffic which was being carried. The construction of the main line was only completed in 1914, and by that time the construction of the branch northwards from Tabora had already been begun, and platelaying had commenced. Full credit was given to open lines for the carriage of the large quantities of construction material required, and the revenue thus obtained was the only reason why the Administration was able to show a profit on working the main line. Without this revenue there would have been a heavy loss, though how far it is impossible in the absence of accurate figures to state.

“The reason for the poor traffic return is not difficult to find; leaving aside the first 280 kilometres of the coastal zone, where the traffic prospects are good, the Central Railway, for the remaining 960 kilometres of its length, passes through country of which, excluding the salt works at Usoki, only 120 kilometres, or approximately one-eighth, can be considered as possible of producing a paying traffic. It is impossible to expect any railway to pay under such geographical conditions, and the prospect of deficits for many years to come will have to be faced.

“The chief hope of turning those deficits into profits, or at any rate of reducing them, lies in the development of the basin of Lake Tanganyika and the trade with the Congo.

“The opening up of the mineral deposits which are known to exist would have the same effect, but until some more definite information as regards the extent and quality of the latter is obtainable, it would be unwise to indulge in any anticipations regarding the traffic.” [1: p186]

When Hammond turns his attention to the Tanga Line, he is less pessimistic:

The prospects on the Tanga line are brighter; this railway has already carried a paying traffic over the first 130 kilometres to Mombo. Over the next 45 kilometres to Buiko, development had been commenced by the Germans, and this section would probably have already reached the remunerative stage had it not been for the war. Unfortunately, as a result of the war, and the delay in the liquidation of enemy properties, the cultivated areas have reverted to a condition where it is probably harder to clear and replant than in the case of virgin land. It is estimated locally that this section of 175 kilometres will take five to seven years to reach its pre-war output, but there is no doubt that it will eventually once again be a paying proposition throughout its length.” [1: p187]

The British authorities had been negotiating with the Belgian Government to allow a Belgian enclave at each of Dar es Salaam and Kigoma. It was the Belgian authority’s intention to export significant goods along the Central Railway in Tanganyika and they had agreed a right to use their own wagons on the line, provided they met the Railway Administration’s regulations regarding weight, dimensions and brakes. Hammond noted the Belgian Government’s intention to spend £20,000,000 on infrastructure project in the Congo. He considered that it would not be to the advantage of the Central Railway to have foreign trucks on its line. He then wrote:

The best course for the Tanganyika Railways to pursue would be to get into touch with the Belgian authorities and to obtain from them a definite guarantee of a certain tonnage, if possible covering the whole period of the Belgian development programme. On the strength of this the General Manager can calculate what additional trucks and locomotives he will require. If the programme only extends over a short period, such as three or four years, it might be found that the net profits accruing would not profit the railway for the purchase of the stock.” [1: p187]

Hammond also noted that “when the Tabora-Kigoma section of the Central Railway was handed over by the Belgians in the April of 1921, both the track and the equipment were in bad condition. Of the 13 engines taken over from the Belgians, five were only fit for scrap and the rest were in need of extensive heavy repairs. In some of the engines there were 12 inches of sediment in the water space.” [1: p187]

Hill continues: “Of the 40 engines on the Central line which were in the possession of the Railway Administration before taking over the Tabora-Kigoma section, 29 were in fair running condition at the time of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s inspection, eight were under repair and three were waiting repair. He recommended that the 24 engines which were in the best condition and of the most suitable type should be selected for the current work of the railway; and that the remaining engines should be laid up and not repaired until a prospect of increasing traffic warranted the use of more than 24 engines. In this way the expense of repairing the engines surplus to the traffic would be deferred until there was some prospect of them being used. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the same policy be applied to the repair of wagons.” [1: p188]



Although the bulk of the skilled labour employed both in the running and the workshop departments of the Locomotive Department was Asian, there had been a marked decrease due to the difficulty of obtaining suitable drivers and artisans from India. This was partly due to the bad reputation which the climate of East Africa, particularly of Dar es Salaam, had earned in India during the war, and also to the bad quarters provided in Dar es Salaam. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond urged that £22,000 be spent on the provision of suitable housing for 124 Asian employees at Dar es Salaam. He considered that the Indian staff were distinctly inferior in quality and that, in consequence, the problem of training Africans was urgent. ‘The Tanganyika Railways,’ he wrote, ‘have been assisted in this by the legacy of the German policy, under which considerable progress had been made in training the natives, although no definite scheme appears to have been in force‘.” [1: p188]

Hill continues: ,”Already a good proportion of the engine-drivers on the Tanganyika Railways were Africans. The whole of the skilled labour in the moulding shops at Dar es Salaam, including the charge-hands, were Africans. The tools in the saw-mills were practically all run by Africans. The carriage fitting was done entirely by Africans, under the supervision of a European. At Tanga, the whole of the new carpentry work, some of it requiring a high standard of skill, was done by Africans under the supervision of a Japanese charge-hand. With the full support of the General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the training of Africans be put on a proper basis as soon as possible and that the establishment of foremen and charge-hands be increased to 15 in order to provide for instructors of African trainees.” [1: p188]

Many of the typists employed in the head offices were also Africans, and Lieut.-Colonel Hammond noted that in any scheme for the training of Africans for a career on the railways it was essential that “undue importance should not be attached to clerical as opposed to manual skill.” He considered that the wage of eight florins per month, plus rations, paid to unskilled native labour was higher than was warranted either by the cost of living or by the general state of the labour market, and that a reduction of at least three florins a month was possible and should be extended to all Government Departments.” [1: p188-189]

Hill tells us that, “during the military administration of the railways, stores were obtained through the agency of the War Office. Whereas accurate quantity ledgers were kept by the Stores Department, no attempt was made to keep priced ledgers. A stock of German stores also remained. Departments held large stocks at places like Tabora which they had obtained from the Stores Department, but for which they kept no ledgers, and also stocks of German stores. Scattered up and down the line were stores, such as rails and girders, the surplus of the materials required to repair the damage done by the Germans which had never been collected. After the civil administration had taken over the railways, representatives of the War Office made lists of the stores remaining on the system and drew up a valuation of £595,000, including the Voi-Kahe military railway which was valued at £161,000. The General Manager disputed these valuations and submitted his own figure of £283,000 for all the stores, exclusive of the Voi-Kahe line, which the War Office representatives valued at £434,000. This was one of several long and prolonged arguments concerning the finances of the Tanganyika Railways. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond stated that it was not clear whether the railways were definitely committed to take over all the stores left by the military administration or not. He considered that if they were so committed allowance should be made in the price for taking over in bulk and for stores of no use or surplus to present needs. If there were no commitment, he considered that the railways should only accept such stores as could eventually be used and the price paid for any stores surplus to requirements should take into consideration the interest charges which would accrue until the stores were used.” [1: p189]

Hill continues: “The most controversial item of Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s terms of reference was that concerning the Voi-Kahe Railway. He pointed out that it had been built as a military line and had been badly aligned and graded. If it were to be retained, he considered that it should be realigned direct from Taveta to Moshi, in order to tap the southern slopes of Kilimanjaro, at an estimated cost of £360,000. On the coastal section of the Tanga line there were 57 miles of 31-lb. rail which could only carry the lighter engines and limited the load out of Tanga. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond estimated that it would cost £300,000 to relay the coastal section with heavier track. If the Voi-Kahe line were picked up and the materials used to relay the coastal section the cost would be about £100,000. A third alternative was to pick up the 57 miles of the Moshi-Buiko section of the Tanga line and use it to relay the coastal section, at an estimated cost of £55,000. On Lieut,-Colonel Hammond’s figures, which later proved to be far too high, the cost of retaining the Voi-Kahe line and of relaying the coastal section of the Tanga line would be £415,000 apart from the sum required to buy the Voi- Kahe line from the War Office. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s recommendations were largely influenced by the expenditure of £1,000,000 on the deep-water wharves at Kilindini. To use the Tanga route as the outlet for the Kilimanjaro traffic, he wrote, would entail the development of two deep-water ports within 70 miles of each other, and the chief purpose of the second port, Tanga, would be merely to tap an area which could be equally well served by Kilindini. In fact, to pull up the Voi-Kahe line might suit the immediate need of the Tanganyika treasury, but it would be detrimental to wider interests. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond was not impressed by the argument that as Tanganyika was a mandated territory it would be wrong to pull up any railway within its borders and so cause a divergence of traffic through a British Colony. The upper section of the Tanga line was unlikely to produce a remunerative traffic for ten years or more and, due to a lack of water, it might never do so. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond recommended that the last 94 kilometres of the Tanga line, between Same and Moshi, be picked up and used for the betterment of the coastal section and that the Voi-Kahe line be retained, re-graded and realigned. He considered that the cost of the reconstruction of the Voi-Kahe line should fall upon Tanganyika as the chief benefactor, and he devised a financial arrangement whereby the Territory would bear all loss and collect all profit derived from the line.” [1: p189-190]

Hill continues: “Early in 1923 the Colonial Office decided to reject Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s advice and to accept the view of Sir Horace Byatt, the Governor of Tanganyika, that to subordinate the interests of the port of Tanga to the interests of Kilindini would be contrary to the spirit of the Mandate. In consequence Sir Horace argued that Tanga should be developed into a modern and well-equipped port. Mr. C. L. N. Felling-later Sir Christian Felling-who had just been appointed General Manager of the Uganda Railway at once lodged an emphatic protest against a policy of developing three major ports, Kilindini, Tanga and Dar es Salaam, on the East African coast. He maintained that the sound policy was to concentrate on the development of Kilindini and Dar es Salaam. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond had made precisely the same point. ‘This necessity for concentrating on a few ports,’ he wrote, ‘and spending all the money available on them is the principal reason for my recommendation that the area around Moshi and Arusha and their hinterland should evacuate its products via Kilindini instead of via Tanga.’ It was ridiculous, Mr. Felling argued, to regard Kenya and Tanganyika as rivals. They should be regarded as partners, and the sound policy was to establish a joint control of the two railway systems under a Governor-General. Mr. Felling was one of the first civil servants to realise the grave disadvantage of the lack of an East African authority to co-ordinate the economic policy of Taganyika, Kenya and Uganda. Mr Felling’s protest was of no avail, and the Voi-Kahe line was closed to traffic on 19th April 1923, by Order of the Colonial Office. [1: p190-191]

This was not the last word on the matter. Hill describes the political manoeuvres which eventually saw the line retained. The Government of Kenya bought the line for £70,000 and in the end reconditioning was undertaken for only £30,000 and the line was open to traffic once again by 4th February 1924. It soon paid its way!

Hill comments that there could be no doubt that “the decision to maintain the Voi-Kahe line was right, certainly from wide and long-range points of view. Nevertheless, the fact that the Uganda Railway owned and worked the line proved a persistent source of irritation to the Tanganyika Railways until the two systems were amalgamated in 1948 and any question of competition was thereby eliminated. Meanwhile, in 1925 the Traffic Manager of the Tanganyika Railways complained that the Uganda Railway took about 75 per cent. of the outward traffic from Moshi and about 30 per cent. of the inward traffic.” [1: p191]

Hill tells us that in the same year the General Manager of the Tanganyika Railways wrote that “the Uganda Railway working into Moshi has resulted in this railway having to keep open and work 178 kilometres of line (Buiko-Moshi) to share in a traffic which would be small for one railway and which is insignificant for two.” [1: p191]

Hill says that “there were many such complaints during the twenty-five years (1923-1948) needed to bring about the amalgamation of the two systems, which was the only sound solution of this and of several other economic problems.” [1: p191]

Hill was, of course writing from the perspective of the British Colonial authorities. Had he been able to look forward to the probable arrangements made as countries were granted independence, his reflections might have been different. The EAR struggled to continue as an effective organisation working for three different governments and eventually closed in the late 1970s.

Hammond also had something to say about freight charges. As far as low value products were concerned, such as groundnuts from Tabora, he recommended that lower rates in accord with those that The Uganda Railway was charging would be appropriate. He also advised the reclassification of certain imported goods – notably agricultural and industrial machinery, paints and petrol, which should be lowered, and rice, tea, tobacco, cotton-piece goods and matches which should be raised to a higher classification. He reviewed rates across the network recommending that where alternative routes existed, parity in charges was important. He wrote:

The Uganda and the Tanganyika Railways at the present time both serve the area lying between Mwanza and Tabora, and in the future, if a steamer service on Lake Tanganyika is developed, the central regions of Urundi may quite possibly be able to export either via Victoria Nyanza or Lake Tanganyika. Any attempt at competition between the two systems for such traffic could not be permitted; the managements must arrange to balance their rates at these points in such a manner that the traffic will go to whichever of the two systems is most conveniently placed to the point of production, and so give the produce the easiest and cheapest route to the sea. In the case of Mwanza this would affect indirectly the rates from other ports on Victoria Nyanza, and in the case of Tabora any intermediate stations to Dar es Salaam which handle the same commodities. It is, therefore, of great importance that the two General Managers should consult each other and come to a mutual agreement before the introduction of any rates affecting these particular areas.’” [1: p192]

Hill continues: “Turning to the future development of the Tanganyika Railways, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond considered that an extension of the Moshi-Voi branch towards Arusha must wait until the Tanganyika Government was in a position to bear the initial losses. He did, however, recommend that the extension to the Sanya river, laid and picked up during the war, be relaid on the grounds that trade from the Arusha area was handicapped by having to pass through a narrow belt of tsetse-fly between Moshi and the Sanya. In consequence the cost of animal-drawn transport was as high as Florins 4.50 per 50 lb. It was a strange argument, as it presupposed that a railway was the only alternative to ox- or mule-drawn wagons. Lorries are no less immune to tsetse than a train.” [1: p192]

Lieut.-Colonel Hammond estimated that the cost of reconstruction of the Sanya river extension would be £7,600, including the carriage of materials. He pointed out that the quantity of spare permanent-way material left by the military authorities on the Tanga line was far in excess of maintenance needs and that the surplus was sufficient to relay the 25 kilometres that had been picked up. Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s advice was accepted and, in this instance, it was unfortunate. The Sanya branch which took off the Tanga line 10 kilometres south of Moshi and climbed a lava ridge at the foot of Kilimanjaro to reach the Sanya plain, was built at a cost of £26,000. Construction started towards the end of 1923, and the line was open to traffic by the following December. It was badly aligned, built of indifferent materials, and it brought very little traffic to the main line. Only a year later it was decided to build another line from Moshi to Arusha. The survey, which started in the April of 1926 and was completed October, only needed to re-establish on the ground the good alignment staked out by the Germans in 1912. It was obvious that the first part of the Sanya extension could not be retained. It was scrapped and the new line branched off at Moshi and joined the Sanya line at Km. 13. Construction started in the November of 1927, and it did not progress as rapidly as had been expected largely due to the contractors’ inability to recruit sufficient satisfactory labour. Tengeru, the main station for the coffee estates on the lower slopes of Mount Meru, was opened for traffic in the November of 1928, and the whole line was formally opened by the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, in the December of 1930. This extension of the Tanga line by 86 kilometres from Moshi to Arusha cost £316,000, or approximately £3,700 per kilometre. The track laid weighed 45 lb. per lineal yard, and the main difficulty was the bridging of several deep gorges along the skirts of Mount Kilimanjaro and Mount Meru.” [1: p192-193]

In common with the Germans, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond was convinced that the chief hope of the Central Railway must be centred on Lake Tanganyika and the Congo traffic. He pointed out that if supplemented by a service on the Lake the Central Railway was the natural and shortest route to the north-eastern part of Rhodesia and that Abercorn was only 15 miles from the Lake. He urged that the Graf von Goetzen be salved and refitted for passenger and cargo work at an estimated cost of £35,000, and that the Marine Service be amalgamated with the railways. In the absence of any proper motive for competition with the Uganda Railway, Lieut.-Colonel Hammond noted that there was no good reason for building the Ruanda Railway, started by the Germans in 1914, from Tabora to the elbow of the Kagera river. In 1915 the Germans planned to build a branch from Isaka, on the Ruanda Railway, to Mwanza. The object of these lines was to tap the rich districts of Ruanda and Urundi and to divert this traffic and the traffic of the Mwanza district from the Marine Department of the Uganda Railways.” [1: p193]

Hammond also made a considerable number of recommendations for the improvement of the efficiency of the several departments of the Tanganyika Railways. The General Manager’s Annual Report for the year 1922 stated that “practically all the local suggestions made by Lieut.-Colonel F. D. Hammond have been adopted with considerable benefit.” [1: p193]

Deficits and Profits

Hill turns to the matter of the viability of the Tangayika Railways. He first focussed on the matter of what should be the liability of the Tanganyika Government for the capital cost of the the network. On 1st April 1919, Hill notes that the lines in Tanganyika were valued at:

Central Railway:  £4,015,000

Tanga Railway:      £880,000

Lindi Railway: £11,400 (this proved to be a bad investment)

Sigi Railway: NIL (no appreciable value)

He notes that the issues surrounding the northern line (Tanga Railway) were clear – that it was covered by the Treaty of Versailles and was the property of the Tanganyika Government. It was not as simple as this for the Central Railway.

Hill notes that for a payment of £33,994, Tanganyika Railways acquired assets with a capital value of (£4,015,000 + £880,000 =) £4,895,000. He comments, however, that “on paper this was an advantageous position, but in practice it proved exceedingly difficult to set the railways on a sound financial basis.” [1: p195]

The Lindi Tramway

The Lindi tramway, acquired for £11,400, in poor state of repair, proved a bad bargain. A great disadvantage was that the terminus at the coast was not at Lindi but high up the creek. In consequence, goods had to travel by dhow or lighter between the terminus and Lindi port, whereas produce carried by porters went straight to Lindi. Inevitably, the existence of the tramway provoked demands, by commercial interests and administrators alike, that it be used for the evacuation of the produce from a hinterland of which the potential output was exaggerated. In 1922 the line was opened from May until October. The ‘tractors’ used were, in fact, Ford cars on railway wheels and they had been hard worked during the war. The traffic was disappointing and operating costs were not met. It was again opened during the harvest season of 1923 with no better result. Between the September of 1924 and the February of 1925 the tramway made a profit of £1,450, but there was still a net loss of £3,000 on these seasons. At this stage there was a long investigation on the advisability of reconditioning the tramway at an estimated cost of £100,000, but the plan was eventually set aside. From September 1926 until 1929 the tramway was run by the District Commissioner with manpower. At the high transport rate of 80 cents for the ton-kilometre, the tramway made a profit of about £1,000 for the first two years, but thereafter, even on a basis of manpower and high rates, further losses were incurred. The tramway was not operated in 1930 and in 1932 the track was sold cheaply to sisal planters.” [1: p195] It is possible that the prior existence of this tramway provoked interest in replacing it with a metre-gauge line after WW2. At the very least there must have been something in the collective memory of traders and Government officials which resulted in a later metre-gauge line being proposed.

The Sigi Tramway

“The Sigi tramway, which was mainly used to transport timber from the Sigi Saw-mills to Tengeni on the Tanga line was operated until the July of 1923 when it was closed down. This tramway could not be made to pay unless it carried a quantity of timber greater than the railway’s need, and there was no other market available. The track was also sold to sisal planters, and much of the well-graded formation was later converted into the main road to the East African Agricultural Station at Amani.” [1: p195]

The Wider Network

During the first four years of British rule there were serious deficits on the budgets of the Territory and the railways. For the year ended 31st March 1920, the revenue of Tanganyika was £669,097; for the following year it was £946,844, and for the year ended 31st March 1922, it was £978,192. Expenditure increased far more rapidly than the revenue. For the year ended 31st March 1920, expenditure was £790,026. In the following year it was £1,389,354, and for the year ended 31st March 1922, it was £1,807,890. Then the rise of expenditure was checked.

For the year ended 31st March 1923, it was £1,811,872 and in the following year £1,901,158. Revenue amounted to £1,228,586 for the year ended 31st March 1923, and to £1,315,188 in the following year. Apart from free grants amounting to £408,169 in 1921 and 1922, the financial assistance received from the Imperial Exchequer was in the form of repayable loans. By 31st March 1924, the total of loans received was £2,385,891, of which £1,726,653 had been spent. It was arranged that interest should only be paid on that part of the loan expenditure devoted to revenue-earning works, such as capital expenditure on the railways and the electric power station at Dar es Salaam.” [1: p196]

Hill tells us that as “the ravage of war was repaired, the Territory’s exports increased year by year. In 1913, 20,834 tons of sisal were exported from German East Africa. In 1921 the exports of sisal from Tanganyika were 7,923 tons; by 1924 they had risen to 18,428 tons worth £644,835, and by 1926 to 25,022 tons worth £911,293. In 1913 the Germans exported 8,961 tons of groundnuts. The export of groundnuts from Tanganyika in 1921 was 8,448 tons; in 1924 it was 18,684 tons valued at £359,918, and in 1926 it was 15,867 tons valued at £254,903. Other exports in 1924 were 2,541 tons of cotton worth £373,753 and 5,261 tons of coffee worth £352,529. In 1926, 6,539 tons of cotton worth £427,437 and 6,539 tons of coffee worth £495,199 were exported.” [1: p195]

In 1922, approval was given for a loan of £250,000 for capital expenditure on the railways. From now on there was a considerable investment in the two railways, mainly directed to reducing the deficits which were the main feature of the railways accounts until an operating profit of £3,261 was made during the year ended 31st March 1926. By then capital expenditure amounted to £610,107 on the Central Railway and to £184,905 on the Tanga Railway, a total of £795,012. At the same date the Deficiency Account stood at £786,498, of which £475,689 was debited to the Central Railway and £310,809 to the Tanga Railway. From the Imperial Treasury the railways had received free grants of £478,158, of which £126,462 was for capital expenditure and £351,696 was to meet the deficits for the years 1919-1920 and 1920-1921. In addition, the railways had raised repayable loans of £1,342,534 involving an interest burden of £46,446 a year. Of this sum £893,028 had been borrowed for capital expenditure and £449,506 to meet the deficiency in working.” [1: p196]

As well as the manifest difficulties associated with a railway built primarily through very scarcely populated territory which would not support revenue raising activity, the railway was contending, firstly, with “the poor condition of the locomotives, rolling stock and equipment which made operating costs unduly high in relation to the volume of traffic. Secondly, the deterioration during and immediately after the war of most of the German plantations took longer to repair than had been expected; it was several years before the output of plantation crops was restored to the pre-war level. Thirdly, the available traffic lacked balance: in the post-war years the down-traffic far exceeded the up-traffic and there was a lot of light and empty running up the line.” [1: p197]

The fact that the capital of the territory, Dar es Salaam, was at the coast, that it was the hub of commerce as well as the centre of Government, tended to increase the disbalance of traffic. There was no town of any size in the hinterland to which imports flowed from the coast-nothing comparable, for instance, with Nairobi or Kampala, which provided the Uganda Railway with a considerable up-traffic. The fourth reason was that the German tariff at first regarded as ‘a well thought-out book’ and ‘suited to the country’ with the few amendments made to it after the war was unsatisfactory and out of accord with operating costs. A new tariff was devised during 1922, but its introduction was delayed, as it had to be sent to England for printing, and it was not introduced until the January of 1924. By the end of that year it was clear that the new tariff had brought satisfactory results, although the rate for sisal had proved to be too low and it had to be raised. In 1924 there was also an increase of the up-traffic, more especially in respect of machinery and cement, which suggested that development would bring greater traffic to the railways in later years.” [1: p197]

The deficits of the early years, coupled with the age-old tendency to over-estimate the potential output from Africa colonies, set the pattern of railway policy. In general terms the policy was:

(a) To increase traffic by building branch lines into potentially productive areas. The outlook is well illustrated by an extract from a ‘Memorandum on Railways’ written by the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, in the October of 1925: “If a railway may not be built in tropical Africa because there is doubt whether it will pay, the whole of its working expenses and debt charges within such a brief period as five years, little, if any, railway expansion can take place in this Territory … and it is reasonably certain that if additional railway facilities are provided, considerable development may be expected with consequent benefit to the revenue indirectly.” [1: p197]

(b) To reduce working expenses as far as possible.

(c) To re-equip the two railways with satisfactory locomotives and rolling stock and to relay the sections of the line which were in need of heavier track so that an increase of traffic could be carried at less working cost.

Hill continues “The first 38 miles of the Central line out of Dar es Salaam were relaid with new 55-lb. British standard track in 1923 and the relaying of the line from Dar es Salaam to Morogoro was completed in 1926. In 1929 and 1930, a considerable length of the Tanga line was relaid with new 45-lb. British standard track. The onset of the world slump then checked progress, but a further length of the light German track was strengthened by the insertion of two additional sleepers in each length of rail. Due to the mistakes of the German surveyors and engineers, it seemed probable that the line from Mombo to Tanga would always be the most unsatisfactory section of the Tanganyika Railways.” [1: p198]

The DL Class 4-8-0 locomotives were the first British locomotives to be built for the Tanganyika Railways They went into service in 1923. The DL class locos were later known as the EAR 23 class. Their design was derived from the Nigerian Railways Emir class. The six members of the class were built by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Gorton, Manchester. (c) EAR&H. [1:p297][6]

In 1923, six new 4-8-0 tender, super-heated engines of the DL class were imported from Great Britain and put into service on the Central line, together with 21 bogie wagons of 25 tons. New brake vans and passenger coaches were near completion in the workshops. Shortly afterwards four German tank engines were transferred from the Central to the Tanga line. In his annual report for the year 1923, Mr. K. C. Strahan, the Chief Mechanical Engineer, wrote:

The arrival of the new engines has meant redistribution of the engine power: two of the DL engines are working on the Dar es Salaam section and four on the Dodoma section. … The position on the Tanga line is as before, except that the engines are twelve months older. The situation will be improved by the transfer of the four G.T. engines, and some relief on this account is in sight. During the year, unceasing attention has been necessary to keep the obsolete F-class 0-6-0 tender engines on the active list, and it is again pointed out that in running these engines with bearings below condemning size in several cases, considerable responsibility has been taken. The excessive repairs have resulted in proportionately heavy expenditure, for whereas on the Central line the maintenance of the stock costs 79 cents per kilometre, on the Tanga line the figure is Sh. 1.05 per kilometre.

The supply of power on the Central line during the harvest season of the past year was equal to demands, and with the increased loads taken by the DL class (37.5 per cent. greater than the other 4-8-0 engines), there is now a small reserve. The average number of engines in traffic will probably be 32 after redistribution has taken place, but the average hauling capacity is increased.

On the Tanga line there was unavoidable difficulty in dealing with rushes of traffic, as power is largely dependent on the unreliable F-class engines, but the trial mileage run shows a decrease. The necessity of putting two engines on every train out of Tanga with more than seven vehicles on it is most wasteful, but could not be avoided owing to the condition of the engines.” [1: p198-199]

Hill says that “The new 4-8-0 engines were the first locomotives in Tanganyika to use superheated steam and they proved very reliable and economical in service. As traffic increased, it proved more and more difficult, and finally impossible, to obtain reliable service from the old German engines. In 1926, eleven new Mikado engines (2-8-2) were imported from Great Britain. Two new shunting engines were imported in 1927 and seven more in 1929.” [1: p199]

An MK Class 2-8-2 Locomotive. These ‘Mikado’ locos went into service in circa 1926. The eleven members of the class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, (c) EAR&H. [1: p299][7]
Hill describes this loco as a G Class 4-8-0 Locomotive. These locos were purchased for service on the Tanga Line and the Mwanza branch of the Central Line in 1928, (c) EAR&H. [1: p299]

R. Ramaer says that the four locomotives known as the NZ Class (Nizam) locomotives from India acted “as the prototype for the TR’s own G class, a very similar unsuperheated, slide-valve engine, thirteen of which were supplied by Stephenson and Nasmyth Wilson and put in service in 1928-31. They were again closely similar to the original BESA-designed 4-8-0s for India and thus provide, as the last 4-8-0s built for the TR, a direct link with the first engines of this wheel arrangement to see service in this part of the world. The first eight were supplied to the Tanga Line in 1928 and released F class engines 96 and 720, which had become very expensive to maintain. One of the new Gs, unassisted, could handle the mail trains, a marked improvement over the old and obsolete six-coupled engines. The G had an axle load of only 8-8½ tons, a necessity on the light track of the Tanga Line. The reason for their obsolete concept is not quite clear, however, if we remember that these engines were built at the same time as the KUR EA class Mikados. Their original running numbers 20-32 were later changed to 204-16, as the locomotives were considered to be direct descendants of the NZ class locomotives 200-3. After the amalgamation in 1948 the G class engines were renumbered 2205-17 and gradually taken out of service.” [9: p58]

In 1929, two Sentinel rail cars were put into service between Moshi and Arusha. Although they were appreciated by the travelling public, they failed to attract sufficient traffic to make them an economic proposition on this section of the line. At the same time a Sentinel shunting engine was also acquired. This was a small unit incorporating a high-speed steam engine and geared drive. It was so successful that a further seven Sentinel shunting engines were ordered, and put into service in 1931. They proved satisfactory and economical shunting engines at smaller stations on both the Tanga and the Central lines. In the February of 1930 two Sentinel coaches were put into service between Tanga and Korogwe to carry passengers and a limited amount of luggage. In the July of 1931 these coaches had to be withdrawn, as it was suspected that the axle-load was proving too heavy for the light track.” [1: p199]

A Sentinel Railcar at work on the Tanga Railway. [1: p198]

Hill continues: “In German times, and during the first five years of the British Administration, firewood was the only fuel used on both the Central and the Tanga lines. By 1923, along several sections of the railways, the timber conveniently close to the line had been cut down, and the fuel contractors were forced to work farther and farther afield at ever-increasing cost. In 1923, it was decided to experiment with the use of coal, and trial consignments were ordered from South Africa and the Belgian Congo, the experiments were carried out in 1924. The South African coal was satisfactory but the dirt content of the Congo coal was too high. By 1925, coal was being used by all engines running near the coast where a supply of wood fuel was most difficult to obtain. By 1930, coal was used by all engines on the Tanga line and by engines on the Central line running between Dar es Salaam and Dodoma. Around Tabora, firewood was still comparatively plentiful, and it was used as fuel between Dodoma and Kigoma for several years to come.” [1: p199]

A Garratt Locomotive being refuelled at Tanga. Note the narrow gauge cauldrons carrying coal in the foreground which were crained up over the locomotive tender for emptying. [1: p198]

On 1st June 1923, the Railways Administration became responsible for the marine service on Lake Tanganyika. Hill spends a few pages describing the salvage operations and the return to service of the Graf von Goetzen which was still lying on the Lake bed in shallow water, it was renamed Liemba when recommissioned. The tug Mwanza was still out of commission in 1923 but also returned to revenue-earning service. Hill notes that by 1929 receipts were greater than working costs for the services on Lake Tanganyika. This improvement was short-lived.

Early in British rule, the sea-ports of Tanganyika were run by a separate department if the Colonial Government. Hill says that, ” This arrangement did not prove satisfactory, and on 1st November 1925, the Port and Marine Department was absorbed by the railways, which then became known as The Tanganyika Railways and Marine. “All the shore working of the ports was taken over by the Traffic Department and the Railway’s Marine Department was responsible for the handling of ships in port, for the operation and maintenance of navigational aids along the coast of Tanganyika and for the dockyard at Dar es Salaam.” [1: p205]

£32,000 was spent on heavy repairs to the wharf at Tanga and £302,000 on the expansion of facilities at Dar es Salaam.

In 1925, the total number of ships calling at Tanganyika ports was 975, with an aggregate of 1,853,140 tons. By 1930, the number of ships calling had risen to 1,318, with an aggregate of 2,892,145 tons. In the year ended 31st March 1930, Dar es Salaam port handled 157,356 tons of imports and 81,186 tons of exports. In that year Tanga port handled 56,182 tons of imports and 71,434 tons of exports. As the finances of the ports were not separated from those of the railways until 1939, there is no means of telling how the ports fared financially during the first twenty years of British administration. The lack of comment in official reports on the finances of the ports during the years when the railways were in a bad way suggests that the ports at least paid their way.” [1: p205]

Towards the end of 1923 the Government’s steamship ‘Lord Milner’ was found to be unseaworthy. In order to maintain the navigational aids along the coast, the railways acquired the steamship ‘Azania’, built by Ferguson Bros. of Glasgow for £27,000. She was a vessel of 375 gross tons, with a draft of 9 feet, a cruising speed of 8 knots and a cargo capacity of 180 tons. The ‘Azania’, which was also equipped for the use of the Governor on journeys up and down the coast, was successfully employed on the maintenance of the navigational aids of the coast until after the Second World War.” [1: p205]

In pursuit of the policy to increase the railways’ traffic by building branch lines to potentially productive areas, one of the first projects to be examined was the German design for a line from Tabora to Mwanza on Lake Victoria. This was the project that Lieut.-Colonel Hammond had opposed. In 1922, Mr. C. Gillman, then a District Engineer, wrote a most interesting report on railway development in Tanganyika. Mr. Gillman joined the staff of Philip Holzmann & Co., the contractors for the construction of the Central Railway, in 1905 as an Assistant Engineer. At the outbreak of war he was interned by the Germans, but in 1916 he was released and received a commission in the Railways Corps of the British expeditionary force. In 1919, Mr. Gillman joined the Railways’ Administration as a District Engineer. In 1928, he became Chief Engineer; for a year – in 1935 and 1936, between the terms of office of Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell and Mr. R. E. Robins – he acted as General Manager and he retired towards the end of 1937. Thereafter, for three years, he was Water Consultant to the Government of Tanganyika. For more than thirty-two years Mr. Gillman was closely concerned with the vicissitudes of the railways in Tanganyika and he was appointed a C.B.E. in recognition of his services. A man of strong opinions, he was often at logger-heads with the policy of his superiors and, at times, he was prone to overstate his case. Nevertheless, he was a remarkable character, although his writings suggest that he was not always an easy character to deal with or to work with. Be that as it may, on several important issues the march of events proved that Mr. Gillman’s judgement was sometimes sounder than that of others who had a greater say in the moulding of railway policy in Tanganyika. Nevertheless, he was not always right, and some of his writings also suggest that he made good use of the advantage of hindsight.” [1: p206]

For Tanganyika Notes and Records of June 1942, Mr. Gillman wrote a brief history of the Tanganyika Railways, in the course of which he referred to Lieut.-Colonel Hammond’s recommendations for the future extension of the railways. Mr. Gillman wrote:

“I had been asked to give my own views on railway extensions which I did in a lengthy report submitted early in 1922 and based on intensive studies of all the accumulated material left by the Germans, as well as on such personal knowledge of the country as I possessed. Full of youthful enthusiasm, backed – perhaps unavoidably – by my chief’s pushful energy; without, as was inevitable at the time, any realisation of the great advances to be made during the next ten to fifteen years with efficient motor transport; and, above all, lacking an intimate appreciation of large parts of the Territory and, therefore, considerably misled by the optimism of our predecessors, I was no doubt optimistic myself – though not entirely void of guarded cautiousness when I drew up the following ‘likely programme for railway development during the next thirty to fifty years’:

“(1) A southern railway from Ngerengere to Amelia Bay (Manda) on Lake Nyasa, to be built with as little delay as possible to the upper reaches of the Kilombero plain, the upper division to follow as need arises.

“(2) Simultaneously, a ‘Rift Valley Railway’ as a physical link between the two existing separate systems, should be taken in hand, the Moshi-Arusha section at once and further sections in yearly instalments, construction being pushed in both directions from Arusha and Dodoma.

“(3) Then the following feeder lines, as the future development of the country may require, in what looked like a reasonable order of urgency: Upper Kilombero to Ubena, Dodoma to Iringa, Kimamba to Tuliani, Mwanza to Kahama (note the place in the order and the insistence on building south from Mwanza) eventually to be continued to Tabora; and Ruiga Bay, a little south of Bukoba, to the Kagera river.

“The report wound up by strongly pleading for a far-seeing policy of extensive railway reconnaissance surveys in order ‘to make the choice of the most economical alignments possible when the time arrives for construction, and thus to avoid the usual gross mistakes, the inevitable consequences of decisions based on hurried surveys, and entailing not only wasteful construction but also, and much more serious, because accumulating, waste in working.’

“These recommendations found the full approval of the General Manager who, more particularly, re-emphasised the fact that the Tanganyika Territory part of the Lake Victoria basin was already served by the Uganda Railway.” [1: p206-207]

Meanwhile, the East Africa Commission, consisting of the Hon. W. Ormsby-Gore, M.P. (Conservative), Major A. G. Church, D.S.O., M.C., M.P. (Labour), and Mr. F. C. Linfield, J.P., M.P. (Liberal), had visited Tanganyika from September 22nd to October sth. They travelled up the Central line to Tabora and thence by car to Mwanza: in November they returned for five days and visited Arusha, Moshi and Tanga.

In so far as the railways were concerned, the main conclusion of the Commission’s report to the Secretary of State for the Colonies, published on 17th April 1925, was that:

“The further economic development of both native and non-native production in East Africa is dependent on the early provision of increased transport facilities and, in particular, on new railway construction.” [1: p208]

The Commission expressed these views on the development of the railway system of Tanganyika:

“The Central line was completed to Lake Tanganyika just before the war, and it is clear that the principal considerations before the German Government in pushing for-ward this single line without feeders were:

“(1) Strategic;

“(2) In order to secure at the earliest possible moment a share of the important mineral traffic from the eastern Congo.

“It was clearly their expectation that, once the Central line had been completed, its commercial value would depend on the further construction of the necessary feeder railways and roads. The German Government had already nearly completed the earth-work of the first branch line northwards from Tabora into the populous areas to the north, and had intended to extend this northern spur:

“(1) In the direction of Bukoba-Ruanda;

“(2) To Mwanza.

“This last project had been decided upon after very careful surveys had been made by the Germans as to the possibilities of extending the Tanga line from Moshi to Lake Victoria, but the extreme difficulty from an engineering point of view of crossing the Great Rift Valley and traversing a rocky volcanic crater country immediately to the west of it, as well as the practically uninhabited area through which such a railway would have to run, decided them to abandon such a project in favour of making Tabora the most important collecting junction on the Central line for the populous north-west.

“With regard to the great undeveloped southern area of the Territory, the Germans had considered possible lines from Lake Nyasa to the subsidiary port of Kilwa, but these, too, appear to have been abandoned in favour of the wiser policy of concentrating at the port of Dar es Salaam. The Germans had undertaken preliminary investigations for routes from Lake Nyasa to a point on the Central line. In our opinion, the whole question of the development of the south-western highlands, as well as the basin of Lake Nyasa, depends on the construction of such a line.

“The General Manager of the railways has gone into this question very carefully and has investigated possible alternative routes. We discussed this question very fully and considered all the data that [was] put before us, and our recommendation is that the line should be commenced at Ngerengere (Km. 145 of the Central Railway) and should proceed via Kisaki to Kidatu on the Great Ruaha river. This river, the only formidable one on the route, should be bridged at this point, and thence the railway should follow the left bank of the Kilombero river and thence by the Pitu Valley (a tributary of the Kilombero) to the Rutukira Valley, and thence from the confluence of the Rutukira and Ruhuhu to Manda (Wiedhafen) situated in the Amelia Bay on Lake Nyasa. This is the route recommended by the General Manager.

“The Kilombero Valley may be described as a great alluvial plain which could be turned into one of the finest cotton, sugar and rice producing areas in the world, and which by drainage and irrigation could eventually cover approximately 1,000 square miles.

“The Pitu Valley was described to us as very fertile and fairly well populated, and the centre of one of the richest potential grain districts of the country.

“The maximum elevation which such a railway would have to cross is on the divide between the Indian Ocean (Pitu Valley) and Lake Nyasa (Rutukira Valley), at an eleva-tion of 2,940 fect above sea-level. When one remembers that the Mau summit of the old Uganda line is over 8,000 feet above sea-level, and the summit of the new through line to Uganda (Uasin Gishu) is over 9,000 feet, the difficulties and consequently the cost of the proposed Lake Nyasa trunk line should be materially less than any other similar line hitherto constructed in East Africa.

“The total length from Ngerengere to Manda by the proposed route is just over 400 miles. It is the most considerable new construction which we recommend to you, and it would do more to open up and develop a vast new area of Africa than any other line which we can suggest. We recommend that you should invite the consent of the Treasury to an immediate survey and estimate of the cost of this line. We consider that this survey should be undertaken not merely from an engineering point of view, but also from an economic and administrative point of view, and that the survey party should be accompanied by a qualified agricultural officer who should report on the possible agricultural development of the different areas which the line would traverse, and on the means of access to it from the Iringa district.

“We advise this route, not only in the interests of the development of Tanganyika Territory, but also because it would provide the cheapest and quickest route and outlet for the northern half of Nyasaland and the eastern parts of North-eastern Rhodesia.

“We are satisfied that the other alternative route to Lake Nyasa via Dodoma, Iringa, Tukuyu to Mwaya (the port at the extreme north end of Lake Nyasa), although giving a more direct route to the south-western highlands of Tanganyika Territory, would be more expensive and more difficult. The eastern portions of these highlands could be connected by means of roads with our proposed line at different points in the Kilombero Valley, while the western portions in the neighbourhood of Tukuyu could use the excellent existing road from Tukuyu to Mwaya and lake transport from Mwaya to Manda. We wish this new trunk line to Lake Nyasa to be regarded as of primary importance.

“In our opinion the most urgent new railway construction is the completion of the Tabora-Kahama line (which will be open this year) to Mwanza. This line should, in our opinion, proceed from Kahama to Shinyanga and thence via Kuru (to the east of the existing Shinyanga-Mwanza road) to Mwanza. We are glad to learn that the portion from Kahama to Shinyanga has been sanctioned in principle. It should be pushed for-ward without delay.

“Shinyanga district is one of the richest, most densely populated and progressive native areas in the whole territory, while between Shinyanga and Mwanza lies a promising cotton area. Animal transport between Shinyanga and Tabora is out of the question on account of tsetse-fly. Fly again appears north of Shinyanga and between Shinyanga and the frontier of the Mwanza district. Motor transport is out of the question between either Shinyanga and Tabora or Shinyanga and Mwanza except during the dry months of the year.

“The total distance from Tabora to Mwanza by the route we propose is approximately 260 miles. Thus, leaving out the already sanctioned branch to Shinyanga, approximately 140 miles of new construction will have to be undertaken.

“A study of the map of East Africa makes it clear that sooner or later all the railway systems should be linked in physical connection in order to secure the maximum of economy in management and control. Instead of a series of separate managements, survey staffs and railway workshops, a single organisation would enable great economy to be effected in these matters, and salaries could be afforded that should enable the East African railway service to attract first-class men.

“We therefore considered how best such physical connection between the various railway systems could be effected, due regard being had to the need of opening up the greatest possible profitable area. We have come to the conclusion that these two desiderata would best be attained by a line connecting Moshi at the foot of Mount Kilimanjaro with Dodoma on the Tanganyika Central Railway, such a line passing through Arusha, Gwanzave (Ufiome district), Kondoa Irangi, to Dodoma. This would involve some 280 miles of new construction which could be begun from both ends simultaneously.

“In view of the existing physical connection between the Tanga line and the Uganda Railway by the existence of the Voi-Kahe branch, constructed as a military railway during the war, we recommend that the management and operation of the Tanga line should be transferred forthwith to the Uganda Railway. The Tanga line would remain in the ownership of the Tanganyika Government, and the terms on which the operation of the line would be taken over by the Uganda Railway should be the subject of joint recommendations to you by the High Commissioner for the Uganda Railway system and the Governor of Tanganyika Territory.

“We should like to suggest, however, that, in addition to the arrangements regarding finance, service and rates in connection with the proposed transfer of the Tanga line, the Government of Tanganyika Territory and the unofficial residents in Tanga district should have some representation on the new Inter-Colonial Board recently established in connection with the Uganda Railway, in order that the interests of Tanga shall be represented.

“We recommend that the extension from Sanya river, the present terminus to the west of Moshi, to Arusha should be approved and commenced as soon as possible.

“The three new railways which we recommend in this territory have an importance from a political and administrative point of view in addition to their economic value. Tanganyika Territory is geographically the centre of the group of British East African Dependencies, and if any advance is to be made in the direction of better co-ordination, effective means of communication with Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia on the one hand and Uganda and Kenya on the other are essential. The railway programme we suggest takes this consideration into account.

“But, apart from external communication, the proposed development of the railway system is urgently required from an internal point of view. In our opinion, there has been a tendency to concentrate expenditure and interest in Dar es Salaam and the places which can be easily reached from Dar es Salaam by means of the Central Railway, with the result that both the northern and the southern areas of the territory have been comparatively neglected. In particular, Mwanza and Bukoba have suffered from shortage of staff in all departments and from lack of attention by the headquarter officers in Dar es Salaam, the main cause having been the difficulty of communications.

“The absence of railway or road communication between the Tanga-Moshi-Arusha area and the capital has led to an agitation started in the Arusha district for the transfer of the northern area of the territory to Kenya, with which it is linked by the Voi-Kahe railway and by means of the motor road from Nairobi to Arusha. In our opinion insufficient attention has been given to the important northern districts, and the feelings of the settlers in the northern areas are not without some cause. To this feeling have been added the fears and misunderstandings regarding Great Britain’s position as Mandatory. Arusha planters took the lead in this matter and they definitely urged annexation of their district by Kenya. They were at first supported by their colleagues in the Moshi district, but we gathered when at Moshi that opinions in this district had undergone considerable change. The non-native communities in Tanga expressed no desire for the proposed annexation. The natives were strongly opposed to it.

“We pointed out that annexation was out of the question without a revision of the terms of the Treaty of Versailles, and that, even if the administration of the northeastern highlands by the Government of Kenya were thought desirable on its merits, the area would remain mandated territory, subject to the conditions of the mandate. In that case an annual report would have to be rendered by the Governor of Kenya in the same manner as in the case of the British Mandated Territory of Togoland which is administered as part of the Gold Coast Colony. This would confer upon the Permanent Mandates Commission, and the Council of the League of Nations, the right to review and comment on all Kenya legislative or administrative action applied to the mandated area.

“We are, however, satisfied that the desire for the suggested transfer would disappear if the Arusha district were rendered more accessible from Dar es Salaam by the construction of further road and rail communications, and if greater attention and encouragement were given in future to the special needs of the district in such matters as coffee development and European education.

“The plains round Mount Kilimanjaro and Mount Meru are capable of considerable development by means of irrigation, the rainfall on the two mountains being high, and at present running very largely to waste. Such development would require considerable capital and non-native enterprise, but, if it were undertaken, large crops of irrigated cotton both native and non-native could be produced, and the most valuable and suitable arabica coffee area in the whole of East Africa considerably extended. On the actual mountains of Kilimanjaro and Meru there is already a large, in some places a congested, native population, and no further land can be alienated. But in the plains round the mountains, provided irrigation is carried out, further non-native settlement can safely be encouraged.

“To return to the question of communications, the Director of Public Works informed us that he regarded the country as being ‘starved for roads’. It is essential that in a country like Tanganyika Territory there should be a definite road policy. The department responsible should have the duty, not only of constructing and maintaining existing public roads and bridges, but also of drawing up, in consultation with the General Manager of Railways, the Agricultural Department and the Native Affairs Department, a programme of main and feeder roads to be carried out as and when money is available, either from loan funds or from current revenue. There should also be an annual report on roads.” [1: p208-212]

Hill tells us that of the lines recommended by the Commission two were quickly built – the Tanga line was extended to Arusha and the Tabora-Kahema line was extended to Mwanza. Both opened towards the end of the 1920s.

Hill says that “From 1925 onwards, the proposal to build a railway to the southern part of Tanganyika led to a long and complex controversy, notable for a welter of conflicting ideas. In 1925, a reconnaissance survey was carried out from Ngerengere, on the Central Railway, down to Tukuyu. In 1926, a further preliminary survey was run from Dodoma to the Ruaha river and thence to llongo, Kasale and Fife. In 1927, tacheometric surveys were run between Dodoma and Iringa and Unyika and the border. In the same year, a further reconnaissance survey was carried out between Unyika and Iringa and thence to Msagali. In 1928, a report and estimate on the line from Dodoma to Fife was submitted and, in 1929, the Chief Engineer, Mr. C. Gillman, prepared a comprehensive report on the project for a railway to the south. This report was strongly criticised by the European settlers who were concerned with the development of the southern highlands, an enterprise greatly encouraged by the support of Lord Delamere. Several of the lines surveyed ran along alignments which suited the interests of the European farming community, but they passed through very difficult country and would have been very expensive to construct and to operate. Mr. Gillman bluntly stated that a line from Dodoma to Fife could only be regarded, technically and economically, as an impossible proposition which could in no circumstances be recommended.” [1: p213]

“Shortly before the publication of Mr. Gillman’s report the committee appointed to submit proposals under the Imperial Colonial Development Act had unanimously recommended the immediate construction of a line from Kilosa to Ifakara on the Kilombero plain and of another line from Dodoma to Iringa. This committee also recommended a detailed survey from Iringa to llongo with a view to an early extension.” [1: p213-214]

In the autumn of 1929, Brigadier-General F. D. Hammond was again commissioned by the Secretary of State to report on the Tanganyika Railways. He arrived in Dar es Salaam on 1st September and left on 5th November. While he was in the Territory, the Governor, Sir Donald Cameron, asked him to express his views on Mr. Gillman’s report. In the summary of the conclusions of his report, Brigadier-General Hammond wrote:

“The question as to which route should be chosen for the Southern line has been clouded by the demand for a so-called ‘Imperial Link’ between the Tanganyika and Rhodesian Railway systems. No adequate justification, economic, administrative or strategic, for this ‘Link’ has been advanced. The phrase has not, however, been without its influence on the recommendations of the local Colonial Development Fund Committee. What is required in the interests of the Territory is the route which will open up best the huge undeveloped area lying to the south of the Central line, bearing in mind that some day it may be sound to extend it to join the neighbouring system. It is not disputed that the Dodoma-Iringa section will not be a paying proposition as a separate line, whereas the Kilosa-Ifakara section is one of the most promising in the country. To choose the Dodoma-Iringa-Fife route would mean giving to this, one of the least promising propositions, priority in capital and labour over all the other schemes and delaying all of them by four years. For these reasons I recommend the Kilosa-Ifakara-Mpanga-Fife route for the Southern line.” [1: p214]

In the July of 1930 Sir Donald Cameron appointed a Railway Commission under the chairmanship of Sir Sidney Henn. The Commission, which fairly represented all interests and travelled widely through the country, submitted its report in September 1930. The Commission recommended:

(1) The immediate construction of a railway from Kilosa to Ifakara.

(2) The construction of a railway from Dodoma to Ubena, “on the assumption that His Majesty’s Government will provide the capital free of interest for at least twenty years, as it is not anticipated that the railway will meet its expenses within that period or that Tanganyika Territory could undertake the burden of this development without serious detriment to other interests.” Sir Sidney Henn and Mr. M. P. Chitale dissented from the recommendation to build this line.

(3) The construction of a line from Kilosa or Kimamba to the neighbourhood of Korogwe or Mombo. The General Manager, Lieut.-Colonel G. Maxwell, dissented from this recommendation. [1: p214]

The Commission also recommended: the survey and construction of feeder roads as an essential part of railway construction; the building of better roads in the areas not served by railways; that careful attention be paid to the progress if experiments on road-trains; and that there be an early investigation of the problems of progress and irrigation in the Kilombero Valley.

The despatch to the UK of this report was written by Sir Donald Cameron. He supported the proposed line from Kilosa to Ifakara provided it could be demonstrated that it would be profitable within 5 years. He disappointed those arguing for a line into the southern highlands and closed down the possibility of a railway South from the Central line. In so doing, he brought an end to speculation about a possible link line into Northern Rhodesia.

However, it was clear that should a link be made with lines in Northern Rhodesia, then the question of gauge compatibility would become important. “Experiments were set in train to determine whether some adaptable form of track could be used in all future track laying. In 1928, trials of a new type of sleeper, known as the F type, which was adaptable to either of the gauges, were started. These experiments proved successful, and in 1929 it was decided to standardise the F type of sleeper for all new purchases of track. … A further tacheometric survey was run from Kilosa to Ifakara, but the onset of the Great Depression soon put an end to any further steps towards the building of the line. In 1933, a tacheometric survey between Kilosa and Korogwe closed the extensive series of surveys which had occupied the railways’ surveyors since 1924.” [1: p215]

Hill tells us that, “The extension of the Tanga Railway to Arusha inspired the settlers in the Upper Sanya and Ngare-Nairobi areas to press for a short branch line to their farms. The preliminary survey was not satisfactory, but a later tacheometric survey led to a strong recommendation that the branch be constructed. The proposal was supported by the Development Committee and by Brigadier-General Hammond. Construction of the line was approved and bridging and other materials were imported from England and carted to the site. In the February of 1931 construction started, but after some £10,000 had been spent the work was stopped, again due to the world depression.” [1: p215]

He continues: “In 1926 a preliminary survey for a branch line from Itigi, via Singida, to Mkalama was completed. It was not a good job, and early in the following year a second survey established that Manyoni was a more suitable junction for a line to the north. Also in 1927, a tacheometric survey from Manyoni to Mkalama was completed, and a rough reconnaissance was done on a line from Manyoni via Kondoa Irangi to Arusha. In 1928, the location survey started from Manyoni, and it was completed as far as Singida in 1929 and to Kinyangiri in 1930. It was estimated that the line would cost £557,000. In 1930, there was also a reconnaissance for lines from Singida to Arusha and from Dodoma to Arusha.” [1: p215-216]

The General Manager wrote a most optimistic report of the economic prospect of the Manyoni-Kinyangiri branch which was also strongly supported by the Develop-ment Committee and by Brigadier-General Hammond. The General Manager predicted that the line would produce a revenue of from £50,000 to £70,000 a year after five years. The Governor was more cautious. He thought it preferable to postpone the scheme ‘if there is a prospect of a suitable road-unit being produced in a reasonable time’. Nevertheless, approval was given for the construction of the line. Work started in the September of 1931 and the rates quoted by the contractor, Mr. Yelitch, were a good deal less than those which had previously been paid. This was mainly due to the amount of cheap labour available as a consequence of the world depression which pressed hardly on Africans. The line was opened to Singida by the Governor, Sir Stewart Symes, on 31st July 1932, and railhead reached Kinyangiri early in 1933. Due to very heavy rains the last section of the line was not sufficiently consolidated to open for public traffic until 1st April 1934. It was a suitable day of the year, for the line was to prove an expensive and disastrous folly. The line was laid with new 45-lb. track, and the actual cost of the 150 kilometres was £537,000 or £3,700 per kilometre. No interest was payable on the capital for the first two years.” [1: p216]

Hill explains: “The Kinyangiri branch was built on the assumption that it would stimulate export traffic from the districts of Singida and Mkalama and thereby encourage imports of consumer goods. The pressure of population on the land of these districts was fairly heavy and the people owned large herds of cattle. Apart from the fact that any increase of exports required a change in the way of life of the people – away from a pastoral existence to the growing of crops – it was apparently overlooked that the climate, the soil and the lack of water supplies made any move towards more intensive agriculture virtually impossible. In fact, without a large investment in the better distribution of water supplies, there was no real prospect that the land could do more than provide a subsistence economy for the people.”

Against a predicted value of £50,000, the annual receipts of the Kinyangiri branch, were £5,000 in the first year, rising to £13,000 in 1935. The receipts for the next four years were:

1936     £15,000

1937     £19,500

1938     £10,200

1939     £13,100

The costs of maintaining and operating the branch were:

1935     £34,600

1939     £45,100

Hill says: “By then the operation of the Kinyangiri branch had resulted in a total deficit of £262,500, taking into account interest and renewals and allowing for the value of additional traffic brought to the main line. In fact, no payments to a renewals fund were made, so the actual loss to the railways, after payment of interest charges, was £205,500 by the end of 1939. Small wonder that the General Manager wrote in 1937: ‘It seems practically certain that the branch will remain a burden to the Territory until the debt has been amortised’.” [1: p217]

The branch line from Moshi to Arusha was also a disappointing venture from a financial point of view. “Taking into account all charges, including interest and renewals, and all receipts, including the value of additional traffic brought to the Tanga line, and compensation in respect of additional traffic carried by the Kenya and Uganda Railways, the deficit for 1931 was £22,900. This deficit fell, steadily but slowly, to £17,000 for 1939. By then the aggregate deficit was £194,200. As no contributions were, in fact, made to the renewals fund, the actual loss to the railways was £143,200.” [1: p217]

Hill says that, “It is clear that the building of these two branches was largely responsible for the financial difficulties of the Tanganyika Railways in the ‘thirties. It was unfortunate that no heed was paid to Brigadier-General Hammond’s contention that ‘when a new railway is built which it is estimated will not pay its way within five years, the Territory should bear all losses until it reaches the paying stage.’ This point was persistently stressed by Mr. R. E. Robins, who succeeded Lieut.-Colonel G. A. P. Maxwell as General Manager of the Tanganyika Railways on 15th May 1936.” [1: p217]

Hill provides a table showing profit and loss for the Tanganyika Railways in the late 1920s and early 1930s. …

In this table, the profit and loss is struck before making any contribution to a renewals fund for the replacement of wasting assets. The figures are gross, and they include such activities as electric power stations and the Nyanza Salt Works during the years when they were run by the railways. [1: p218]

Hill notes that, “The rapid increase of the railways’ gross receipts and operating profits during the years 1926-1930, the buoyancy of world markets and confidence in the expansion of Tanganyika’s economy, inspired a general spirit of optimism. Expansion was the mood of the day, and it was often based on premises which were inadequately examined. The railways’ policy of building branch lines, and of investing large sums in the equipment of the lines to carry the expected increase of traffic, was bound to lead to serious trouble if the upward trend of the economy were checked. Admittedly, none could have foreseen the plague of locusts which afflicted East Africa from 1938 to 1931, nor the years of drought which exacerbated the ravage of locusts, nor the sudden collapse of the New York stock market, in the autumn of 1929, which heralded the Great Depression. On the other hand, sounder judgement might well have avoided the major blunder of the Kinyangiri branch and the excessive reliance placed on the traffic of copper concentrate from the Belgian Congo.” [1: p 218-219]

In terms of weight, sisal provided the railways with the greatest volume of traffic, but as the plantations were nearly all in the coastal districts, the haul was short and the revenue proportionately less than the total tonnage suggested. From the point of view of revenue, the most valuable traffic to the railways was the copper concentrate, mined at Katanga in the Belgian Congo and exported via Kigoma and Dar es Salaam. It travelled the length of the Central line, and it contributed far more to the railways’ revenue than any other commodity. From 1923 to 1931 the rise in the copper traffic was spectacular:

Year ending 31st March 1924. …………. 4,434 tons

Year ending 31st March 1925. ………….. 8,739 tons

Year ending 31st March 1926. …………. 18,817 tons

Year ending 31st March 1927. …………. 16,632 tons

Year ending 31st March 1928. ………… 26,565 tons

Year ending 31st March 1929. ………… 29,997 tons

Year ending 31st March 1930. …………. 18,538 tons

Year ending 31st March 1931. ………….. 34,137 tons

Hill says that the Railways’ Administration “seem to have taken it for granted that the copper traffic would continue and to have overlooked two considerations. First, the ores of Katanga were low grade and, secondly, they were mined in the middle of Africa which meant high freight charges on the way to European markets. Whereas the Katanga mines could compete in the good years, they were amongst the first enterprises to feel the effect of the depression.” [1: p219]

For the year to 31st March 1932, the copper traffic was only 7,166 tons and by the October of 1931 it had ceased. The Belgian Congo then diverted almost all traffic to its own outlets on the West coast of Africa – Stanleyville and Matadi in preference to the Tanganyika Railways. There was also some reason to suspect that a more lenient method of assessing customs duty was applied to the west coast route. Hill comments that: “The disadvantage of the copper traffic had been that, except in the years 1925 to 1927 – when the Congo imported heavy railway material via the East Coast to hasten the completion of lines which would eventually compete with the Tanganyika Railways the down-traffic to Dar es Salaam was far greater than the up-traffic to Kigoma, In fact, the copper traffic involved a lot of light running and empty trains into Kigoma. Even so, the sudden and complete cessation of traffic was a severe setback to the Tanganyika Railways.” [1: p 219-220]

Flood water persistently assailed various sections of the permanent way in the rainy seasons. There was a severe shortage of water for locomotives during long seasons of dry weather. Hill’s own view, expressed in the late 1950s, was that these problems had still not been resolved.

Serious flooding problems required the raising of embankment levels across the Usinge swamp and the provision of culverts through the embankment. However, the most troublesome section of the line was between Kilosa and Dodoma, through the Mukondokwa Valley. In January 1930, major problems with flooding required a diversion of the line between Kms. 319 and 323 to the North and the continued repair of breeches to embankments elsewhere. A bridge, at Km. 342 was also washed away and proved difficult to repair. In March 1930, another washout occurred between Kms. 281 and 287 and the bridge at Km. 342 was again washed away. Further problems were experienced at the beginning of April 1930.

A major realignment project saw £257,000 spent on a new route higher up the valley slopes and when further flooding affected the Mukondokwa Valley in 1936, the railway was not affected. However, in 1937, the river rose once again and washed away the main railway bridge, with traffic stopped for a month.

Extensive minor wash-aways occurred annually throughout the whole system, including the Tanga line and the newly constructed Mwanza branch. “As early as 1926, it was clear that the cause of many of the wash-aways was that the bush covering of the slopes had been cleared and the land brought under cultivation.” [1: p222] Whilst not an example of climate change, this was an example of the way human action could be responsible for adverse effects on a local environment.

Hill continues: “The greater part of the country traversed by the Central line is arid and dries out almost completely for several months of the year. Most of the water points established by the Germans were derived from surface sources and there was barely enough water to suffice in the average year. In years of less than average rainfall there was a serious shortage. The depots at Dodoma and Tabora, where water was required for wash-outs and for shunting locomotives in addition to running trains, were in a particularly bad position and water had frequently to be railed in by train to supplement the meagre supply. The heavy draw-off of water from the stations with a fair supply to supplement those with a poor supply resulted in a shortage of water at all stations. In some years the overall position became extremely serious.” [1: p222-223]

At Tabora an additional well was sunk in 1923, in the hope that more water would be found and in 1924 the well was deepened and lined. This was not successful and complaints of water shortage at Tabora were made each year. It was necessary to send Tabora locomotives to Malagarasi or Itigi for their wash-outs in the dry season. A plant was installed at Tabora to enable water used for washing out engines to be collected, purified and returned to circulation. This was a useful expedient but, in spite of it, the shortage continued. Eventually a deep boring plant was purchased and, in 1930, two deep boreholes were sunk at Tabora.” [1: p223]

The situation at Dodoma was almost as difficult and from there locomotives had to be sent to Morogoro or to Kilosa for their wash-outs. The Germans had found insufficient surface water at Dodoma and had sunk a number of boreholes at the station which produced a barely sufficient quantity of water for railway purposes. The township at Dodoma was faced with an even more serious shortage of water than the railways, so the Public Works Department decided to construct a dam to impound and store flood water. In order to pay for this scheme, it was decided that the railway supply should be closed and the P.W.D. should supply both the railways and the township from their new dam. The dam was completed and brought into operation in 1930. In subsequent years the water in the dam proved insufficient to meet all requirements, and the railway boreholes were re-opened to supplement the supply.” [1: p223]

We have already noted that Brigadier-General Hammond compiled a second report for the Secretary of State for the Colonies in March 1930. Hill says that he found more to comment than to criticise. His recommendations covered a wide field. Hammond noticed the way the growth in road transport had brought the growth of passenger traffic on the Tanga line to a standstill, so he suggested the use of railcars to meet this competition. He noted too, that with the Railway Company not permitted to own land, it was not really a business, just a semi-independent arm of the state. He was also unimpressed by the quality of the Annual Report of the General Manager.

In relation to the Tanga line, Hammond, made these recommendations:

“The maintenance of both rail connections with Moshi has meant the division of traffic between the two railways to the detriment of both. Despite a good increase in receipts on the Tanga line and low capital charges, there was still a loss on working in 1928/29 of £22,095. The Kenya and Uganda Railways are handling the majority of the high-priced imports and the Tanganyika Railways the bulk of the low-priced exports.

“Great economies can be effected if the Kenya and Uganda Railways work the Tanga line and port as agents on behalf of the Tanganyika Railways. There are no great legislative or administrative difficulties, and my recommendation to this effect has the support of the East Africa Commission of 1924 and of the Closer Union Commission of 1928. The two General Managers are working out a scheme for this purpose, and it is hoped that one acceptable to both parties can thus be solved. Failing this, the matter should be subjected to arbitration. When a proper solution has been reached, the Tanga line should soon show good working results.

“Motor competition has already made its presence felt on the Tanga line and will soon do so on the Central line. I recommend that this should be met by a system of tolls, which will encourage the man who tries to open up services in new areas or on roads radiating from the railway, but definitely discourage the man who chooses to enter into competition with the railways and is using up energy and capital in wasteful competition. [1: p223-224]

Hammond dealt with several controversies which had arisen between the Tanganyika Treasury and the railways, but on the financial side his most important recommendation dealt with the urgent need to establish a renewals fund. In a summary of his report he wrote:

“It is recommended that, instead of applying surpluses to the redemption of two items for which the railways acknowledge indebtedness to the Tanganyika Treasury, they should be applied to the reduction of the arrears of renewals and the items should figure as ‘Advances from Treasury.’

“It is recommended that future surpluses should be applied first to reducing arrears of renewals and that the railways should not pay interest on these special advances and on cash advanced prior to 31st March 1927, until the arrears have been wiped out. If the railways become part of an organisation separate from the Government, the advances should be repaid or interest paid on them.

“A Renewals Fund should be started. The necessary data has been prepared and payments should start as from 1st April 1930. An Arrears of Renewals Account should also be started.

“After deducting Sinking Fund contributions, the contribution to the Renewals Fund for the year 1930-1931 will be £152,860, as against a credit balance on Revenue Account for the year 1928-1929 of £122,692. It is hoped that this gap will be made good by an increase of net revenue but, if not, any shortfall in the contribution must be added to the arrears of renewals. These arrears will amount on 1st April, 1930, to £1,271,119, which emphasises the need for generous treatment of the railways by the Territory.

“An item of approximately £1,270,000 for ‘Arrears of Renewals’ will have to appear in the Balance Sheet with a corresponding increase of the Deficiency Account.” [1: p224-225]

Hammond also stated that the cause of the weak financial position of the Tanganyika Railways was the small volume of business handled compared with the mileage maintained. “It is, therefore,” he wrote, “even more necessary for the Tanganyika Railways than for the ordinary railway to increase their gross receipts and to expend capital in doing so.” [1: p225]

In other words, Hammond advised a continuation of the policy of expansion. Events were soon to show that such advice was of no value and quite impossible to follow.

He noted that in order to provide for the development of the whole system the General Manager estimated that the normal capital requirements during the next three years would be:

1930-31          £442,500
1931-32           £355,500
1932-33          £279,100

Hill says that, “The largest items were £650,000 for locomotives and rolling stock and £153,000 for housing for the Asian and African staff. Brigadier-General Hammond considered proposed capital expenditure was reasonable and justifiable. He also approved the expenditure of £176,000 on the wharf frontage and facilities at Dar es Salaam, £40,000 on fixed moorings and a tug and £125,000 to improve and enlarge the wharf accommodation at Tanga. He did not approve a proposal to spend £85,000 on a new single-ended traffic yard at Dar es Salaam.”

Hammond pointed out that the improvement in the railways’ financial position was due to the increased earnings on the Central line, which had showed a surplus of £140,280 for the year ended 31st March 1929, after allowance for interest had been made. On the other hand the Tanga line still showed a loss on revenue account alone before allowing for loan charges.

“This is in marked contrast,” he wrote, “with the situation as it appeared when I reported on these railways in 1921. Then, although both lines were working at a loss, the prospects of the Tanga line were, according to the opinions of all whom I consulted, considered by far the brighter both on account of the possibilities of the Moshi-Arusha area and because development had already begun along the lower section before the war. The change in the relative positions is well shown in the coaching and goods earnings of the two lines. In the year 1922 these totalled £196 per mile for the Central line and £162 per mile for the Tanga line; in the year 1928/29 they were £583 and £321 per mile respectively. The growth in the former has been due principally to the development of the transit trade with the Congo, and in a lesser degree to the good agricultural development in the area between Kilosa and Kidugallo.

“Although overshadowed by the results on the Central line, there has also been excellent development on the Tanga line, but the retention of two outlets for the Moshi and Arusha traffic has meant a division of the receipts coupled with expenditure in operating and maintaining two lines instead of one, while the upper section of the Tanga line, apart from Moshi itself, has produced up to date insignificant receipts,

“Although the financial results have thus shown a welcome improvement, the traffic on both lines still remains light. On the Dodoma-Morogoro section the average number of trains per week is 14 each way, on the Morogoro-Tabora section nine to ten, and on the Tabora-Kigoma and Tabora-Mwanza section four per week each way. On the Tanga line there is an average of 15 trains a week each way as far as Korogwe; beyond that the average does not exceed six a week each way.” [1: 225-226]

Dealing with the prospects of the Central line, Brigadier-General Hammond wrote:

“To a person like myself, revisiting the country after eight years, the increase in cultivated land along the railway is striking. The development has obviously not reached its limit by any means; new acreages are being planted and, though the increase may not be so rapid as in the past, there should be a steady progress. The only important commodity which has been disappointing is groundnuts; the tonnage of these, which was 10,845 in 1924/25, fell to 3,853 in 1925/26 and only reached 9,224 in 1928/29. This is attributed partly to a series of bad seasons and partly to the fact that some of the natives in the Mwanza area have turned from groundnuts to cotton. For the latter reason a large increase cannot be expected except at the expense of cotton, but development in agriculture has already taken place amongst the tribes along the main line and, with a steady growth in this and with the return of a few good seaons, it would not be unreasonable to anticipate a moderate increase on the 1924/25 figures.” [1: p226]

An RV Class 4-8-2 Locomotive no. 252 ‘Rufiji’ – The Tanganyika Railways RV class, later known as the EAR 21 class, were designed and built for the Tanganyika Railway (TR) as a 4-8-2 development of the 2-8-2 TR MK class. The eight members of the RV class were built by Vulcan Foundry, in Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire.
The “RV” class designation was short for “River”, as each RV class locomotive was named after a river in the Tanganyika Territory. The Class entered service on the Tanganyika Railways between 1928 and 1930, and its members were later operated by the TR’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR), (c) Public Domain. [1: p303]
A GA Class Garratt 4-8-2+2-8-4 – the three members of the Class were built in 1930 by Beyer, Peacock & Co. in Manchester. They entered service in 1931, and, with one exception, were later operated by the Tanganyika Railway’s successor, the East African Railways (EAR). These locomotives were first given TR numbers (TR 300-302) and were later numbered TR 700-702 and under EAR control were EAR 5301-5302. One of the Class (TR 702) was scrapped after a derailment. These locos were predominantly used on the Dar-es-Salaam to Morogoro section, the heaviest part of the Central Line. [1: p303][10]

As the 1930s unfolded, there was significant debate in Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika regarding the need to provide some protection for the railways from road competition. “In 1935 committees were appointed in Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika to consider the control and co-ordination of all forms of transport. The Uganda and Tanganyika committees generally supported the need for regulation and the Kenya committee strongly supported the regulation of all forms of transport. In the July of 1936 Brigadier-General Sir Osborne Mance visited East Africa to advise the three Governments on the problem. His report, which was not published until 1937, generally endorsed the proposals to regulate all forms of transport on the lines recommended by the Kenya Committee. General Mance pointed out that if motor transport were under the same obligation as the railways to carry traffic tendered at the same rates as the railways for all commodities, viz. an average of 12-68 cents (Kenya and Uganda Railways) and 18-29 cents (Tanganyika Railways) per ton-mile, it would have to go out of business and leave the railways alone in the field. If, however, road transport were allowed to pick and choose and limit itself to the highest classes of traffic in one direction and the best return load available in the other, it could easily undercut the high railway import rates and earn a profit. The railways would then lose the revenue necessary to balance the low export rates and, as any attempt to raise the latter rates beyond the amount determined by world competitive prices would result in the cessation of exports and hence of imports, a heavy railway deficit would occur which would have to be made good by the Government at the expense of the taxpayer, including the importer, who would in this way lose any temporary advantage obtained by the reduction of rates for the carriage of imports by road. The only beneficiary would be the motor transporter, until he was also ruined by cut-throat competition for the diminishing traffic.” [1: p229]

General Mance concluded that some form of regulation of transport was inevitable, and that the railway system was essential as the cheapest form of transport for imports and exports. He recommended a continuation of the policy of protecting the railways from uneconomic competition by road transport.

He considered that all forms of transport should be controlled by licensing. He saw no need to restrict the operation of dhows on Lake Victoria and he advised a monopoly of air services in East Africa with railway participation.

In regard to roads, he suggested that East Africa should concentrate on the construction of real, all-weather roads for vehicles of moderate size and, only later on, improve the principal trunk roads for heavier vehicles. Priority should be given to feeder roads rather than those parallel to the railways. Ultimately it would probably be the demands for passenger transport which would require the development of long distance road because the railways would always be best suited to freight!

Hill reports on the performance and enhancement of the railways in the 1930s: “For the year ended 31st March 1930, the Tanganyika Railways made a profit of £57,830, after meeting interest charges of £183,551. During the year both lines received a considerable reinforcement of rolling stock. From England, the Central line received 50 covered goods wagons; 14 bogie covered goods wagons; 2 bogie first-class coaches, a second-class coach and a dining car, and 8 brake vans and 6 fuel trucks. In addition, 5 bogie third-class coaches, an inspection coach, 2 travelling workshops and a pay coach were built locally for the Central line. From England, the Tanga line received a first- and second-class bogie coach and a dining car; 8 bogie covered-goods wagons, and 24 covered-goods wagons and 4 brake vans. An inspection coach and 2 motor vans were built locally for use on the Tanga line.” [1: p230]

In the June of 1931 three new Garratt-type engines (4-8-2-2-8-4) were added to the stock on the Central line. These engines weighed 131.35 tons, and had a tractive effort of 40,260 lb. at 85% boiler pressure. Due to the disastrous fall in traffic, the first of these engines was not put into service until the March of 1932. The Garratts were far more economical and efficient than any engines previously owned by the railways. Their arrival enabled all the old German engines, except four shunting engines, two on the Central and two on the Tanga line to be laid up in 1932. The old German engines had always been very expensive to run and the Garratts made possible a considerable reduction of running costs.” [1: p230]

An unidentified Beyer Garratt locomotive on the Central Line in 1931. [1: p230]

Although the revenue of the Kenya and Uganda Railways was £255.589 less in 1930 than in the previous year, and there was a deficit of £83,210 on the year after meeting loan charges of £690,181 and a contribution of £324,784 to the Renewals Fund – the Tanganyika Railways did not feel the full adverse effect of the Great Depression until the following year. When the blow fell it was extremely hard. The Territory’s revenue, which was £1,992,675 for the year ended 31st March 1930, fell to £1,749,478 for the following year and to £1,552,368 for the year ended 31st March 1932, when it was necessary to raise a loan of £500,000 to strengthen the Territory’s working balance which had shrunk too small. Exports, which exceeded £4 millions in 1928, declined to £1,890,722 in 1931. In so far as the railways were concerned, the effects of the depression were exacerbated by three factors: (a) the loss of the Congo traffic-partly due to the depression and partly to the Belgian policy of diverting traffic to the West coast route via Stanleyville and Matadi; (b) the failure of the crops along the Central line, (During the year ended 31st March 1931, the railways moved 17,486 tons of groundnuts, but in the following year only 2,908 tons were moved); (c) a large increase of interest charges, which rose from £115,674 for the year ended 31st March 1929, to £252,072 for the year ended 31st March 1932. In 1933, the railways’ accounts were changed to coincide with the calendar year, and interest charges were £291,399. In 1934 they reached a peak of £323,919.” [1: p230-231]

In his annual report for the year ended 31st March 1932, the General Manager wrote that it was not until the March of 1931 that

“that the seriousness of the situation was fully realised and that no ordinary measures to curtail expenditure would meet the case.”

He then stated:

“Accordingly, drastic proposals were put in hand to cut down expenditure in every possible direction. These proposals necesitated very heavy retrenchments of staff; heavy repairs in the workshops were cut down; labour wages were considerably reduced; artisans on agreements were put on daily rates of pay; workshops staff were put on short time and their wages reduced. Travelling allowances were stopped and heavy cuts were made in mileage and other railway allowances.

“The Workshops and Stores Depot at Tabora were closed down, and from the 1st January, 1932, a levy on salaries was introduced.

“The result of these proposals as finally approved amounted to a decrease in working expenditure of some £245,000 out of a total estimated working expenditure of ap-proximately £700,000, a decrease of 35 per cent. for the year under review.

“The following reductions in staff were made during the year:

European            106
Asiatics                451
Africans          2,507

In total            3,064

“Though the reductions made this year have been considerable, their full effect will not be evident until 1932-1933 owing to the heavy expenditure on account of leave pay, gratuities, passages, etc., which follow retrenchments. At the date of writing the reduction in the number of European staff amounts to 156.

“Every possible avenue for reducing expenditure is being explored during 1932 and considerable further reductions will be reflected during 1932 and 1933.

“The difficulties of such a complete change of policy and the consequent retrenchment will, I hope, be appreciated.”

Hill tells us that, “In addition to the failure of the groundnuts crop, the export traffic on the Central line declined by 2,535 tons of cotton and 2,785 tons of grains. On the Tanga line the export traffic of coffee was down by 1,338 tons, of sisal by 3,511 tons and of timber by 1,782 tons. The only bright spot was an increase of sisal exports down the Central line from 8,507 tons to 15,100 tons. In aggregate the goods traffic carried declined by 101,729 tons. The worst blow was that only 7,166 tons of copper were carried during the year ended 31st March 1932 as compared with 34,127 tons in the previous year. When the copper traffic ceased entirely in the October of 1931, the loss of revenue was about £90,000 a year. In the upshot the railways’ revenue fell from £900,708 to £557,792. Expenditure was £514,600, giving an operating surplus of £43,193. After loan charges of £252,072 had been met, there was a loss of £208,880 without making any provision for renewals.”[1: p231-232]

As a result of the new and enforced policy of economy, the curtailment of services, the reduction of staff and working expenses, the ratio of expenditure to revenue on the railways, exclusive of debt charges, fell steadily from 66.40% in 1933 to 49.31% in 1937.” [1: p232]

Hill reports that “the weather was favourable during 1932 and the Government’s efforts to increase the output of African-grown crops were very successful. The output of crops and products, exclusive of coffee and beeswax, was 80 per cent. greater than in 1931. In view of the low export prices for such products as groundnuts, cotton, copra and grains, the response of African growers to the Government’s plea for greater pro-duction was remarkable. Although the production of exportable crops nearly doubled, the value increased only from £1,890,722 to £2,356,942. As the Territory’s imports had declined from £4,285,952 in 1929 to £1,872,012 in 1932, there was still a favourable balance of visible trade.” [1: p237]

He continues: “The sisal industry was particularly hard hit by the slump. On the plantations, salaries and wages were drastically reduced, cultivating and re-planting were reduced to a minimum and development was at a standstill. Nevertheless, production was maintained, and in 1932 a total of 39,500 tons, valued at approximately £500,000, was exported. From Bukoba, 7,107 tons of native-grown coffee were exported and the European-owned plantations in the Northern and Tanga provinces produced about 4,000 tons of Arabica coffee, of which 3,600 tons were exported. On Kilimanjaro, about 12,500 native growers produced over 800 tons of Arabica coffee. The Kilimanjaro Native Co-operative Union, Ltd., was formed, under the guidance of a European manager, and was showing highly satisfactory results. The total value of minerals exported was £194,102, of which gold accounted for £150,166 and salt for £32,639. Of the exports of bullion, 30,881 ozs., the Lupa goldfields in the Mbeya district produced 15,843 ozs., practically all from alluvial, although reefs were being developed in this field. The Sekenke mine in the Mkalama district produced 10,843 ozs., and 4,100 ozs. came from the Musoma district.” [1: p237]

As the closing date of the railways’ financial year had been altered to December 31st, in accord with the Territory’s accounts, the General Manager’s report covered the period April 1st, 1932, to December 31st, 1932. For that period the gross receipts exceeded working expenditure by £111,738, but interest charges of £161,816 resulted in a loss of £51,078.” [1: p237]

The General Manager wrote that “to place the Tanganyika Railways and Port Services in a satisfactory position, the revenue from all services should be £1,000,000 per annum. In the year ended 31st March 1931, it had reached the £900,000 mark, but one-third of this sum was earned from the Congolese traffic. The task is a difficult but not an impossible one, and a good start has been made by all classes of producers in Tanganyika in 1932….” [1: p238] In fact, ten years were to pass before the railways achieved a revenue in excess of £1 million.

Hill tells us that “by the end of 1932 good progress had been made in training Africans to drive the super-heated engines working main-line passenger and goods trains, 14 African engine men had been certified as competent, although all but two or three were illiterate and dependent on station-masters, guards and shed staff for information on the working of trains and on shed clerks for the booking of repairs to engines. The engine-drivers on the Tanga line, with one exception, were Africans.” [1: p238]

In 1932, Mr Roger Gibb came to East Africa to undertake an enquiry into railway rates required by the Joint Select Committee of Parliament on ‘Closer Union. He visited Uganda and Kenya before arriving in Tanganyika in July 1932. In his report published early in 1933, “he advised against the amalgamation of the Tanganyika Railways and the Kenya and Uganda Railways on the grounds that the economies which would result would not be sufficient to out-weigh the political disadvantages arising from a clash of interests. Mr. Gibb thought that the Tanganyika Railways would benefit from adopting the rate charges which he had proposed for the Kenya and Uganda Railways, but that the greater gain would emerge from the Government’s policy of stimulating native production with a consequent greater density of traffic.

Inevitably Mr. Gibb turned his mind to the old controversy about the Tanga line. The statistics showed that the traffic to and from the Kilimanjaro district was no more than a train-load a week in each direction, which did not justify two ways to the coast. As the traffic was clearly Tanganyika traffic, Mr. Gibb thought that the Tanganyika Government should be entitled to break the link with Mombasa in order to reduce these losses. On the other hand, there was more to be said for the closing of the line between Buiko and Kahe, so Mr. Gibb proposed that the Kenya and Uganda Railways should carry all the Kilimanjaro traffic to Mombasa under an arrangement whereby the Tanganyika Railway would fix the rates to Voi and Mombasa and receive any profit. Mr. Gibb suggested that the track between Kahe and Buiko should be lifted and the earthworks used as a roadway, and the line between Buiko and Tanga sold, if possible, to a private company. He did not improve the prospect of any such sale by stating ‘if after the Tanga-Buiko line is disposed of, the section becomes prosperous, as it is suggested that it may, no great harm will be done to the Government by its sale. A government can get back in taxation much of its lost profits from abandoned ownership’.” [1: p239] Gibb’s proposals were not adopted and “within a few years the long controversy which the Tanga line had provoked lost much of its importance. The rates from Moshi to the coast by either route were assimilated, and in 1936 Sir Osborne Mance suggested that a pooling arrangement on the principle suggested for Lake Victoria would be likely to give the Tanganyika Railways a fair share of traffic and profit.” [1: p239-240]

During WW2, the lack of a link between the Kenya & Uganda Railways and the Central Tanganyika Railways was significant .Transport problems would have been even greater if the link from Kenya with the line between Tanga and Moshi had been broken!

Hill continues:

“The extension of the Central line to Mwanza … brought it into competition with the Kenya and Uganda Railways for the trade of the southern part of the Lake Victoria basin, The Secretary of State had ruled in 1928 that non-competitive rates should be arranged, leaving trade to take its normal course, a decision implemented by an agreement permitting the Kenya and Uganda Railways to retain its Lake traffic at all points except Mwanza; the rates from Mwanza to either Dar es Salaam or Mombasa were equalised and the rates from Tanganyika ports across the Lake were made higher via the Tanganyika route than via Kenya by the cost of transport across the Lake. It was contended by Tanganyika interests that this arrangement still left certain advantages with the Kenya and Uganda Railways, derived, among other causes, from their ownership of the steamers on the Lake. Mr. Gibb now suggested that the traffic arising at, or destined for, Tanganyika ports on the Lake should be pooled to prevent undue competition, and that as regards new traffic, a contribution should be made by the Kenya and Uganda Railways to the Tanganyika Railways for tonnage in excess of an agreed proportion. In 1934 the Secretary of State decided against a change in the previous arrangement until the total traffic to the Tanganyika Lake ports reached the tonnage handled by the Kenya and Uganda Railways prior to the building of the Mwanza line; this figure was exceeded in 1935, but Sir Osborne Mance, who reported on the matter in 1936, expressed the view that it would be preferable to revert to the decision of 1928, and allow the routes to function in accordance with their relative advantages; he considered that the present rates on the Kenya-Uganda Railways to Mombasa should apply equally to to Dar es Salaam for all Tanganyika ports, the revenue from traffic being pooled and divided on a percentage basis.

By 1936, the Kenya and Uganda Railways had overcome the worst of the effects of the slump and were once more working at a profit. As a result there was considerable pressure in Kenya and Uganda on the railways to reduce several rates in their tariff. When this was done in 1936, the Tanganyika Railways were in no position to take similar action, so the agreements between the two railways regarding equalisation of costs over the two routes had to be abandoned. This action led to an even greater diversion of traffic away from the Tanganyika Railways to the Kenya and Uganda Railways. Indeed, it was stated that traffic was being consigned from stations on the Mwanza branch via the Lake to Mombasa rather than to Dar es Salaam. The settlement finally reached in 1937 provided for equality of rates, freedom of choice by trader, payment to the transport system for services rendered and a division of profits between the two railways.

Although this agreement helped the Tanganyika Railways, there still remained the problem of the traffic which was carried across the border to the Kenya and Uganda system by road or by dhows on Lake Victoria which did not fall within the scope of the agreement. The 1934 Ordinance could not prevent this movement of traffic, as it only applied to traffic being carried between two places on the Tanganyika system. In 1939, the 1934 Ordinance was amended to enable the prohibition of the movement of goods by road on any route. It provided that before movement was prohibited, a public enquiry should be held. A second Ordinance to control, in a similar manner, the movement of goods by inland-water transport was also brought into operation in 1939. In that year the General Manager stated that the amended Ordinance, and the Ordinance to control Lake transport, had met reasonably well the threat of competition. However, he did not accept these Ordinances as being a complete solution of the problem, and he continued to press for the application of the more general Ordinance of 1937. [1:p240-241]

The years 1933 and 1934 saw a significant reduction in rainfall in the second shorter rainy season which also arrived late, meaning that the planting season was greatly shortened. Drought conditions saw food shortages. In places, the longer rains also failed. Locusts also proved to be a serious problem.

However, Hill says:

“Despite the poor rainfall, the exports of sisal, coffee and cotton were all greater than in any previous year. The output of sisal was 72,510 tons valued at 1.847.562; 14,766 tons of coffee valued at 6495,237 were exported, and the exports of cotton amounted to 31,612 bales valued at £326,613. The exports of gold were valued at £295,690. … From all this the railways derived little benefit. In 1933, gross receipts were only £532,092, and in 1934, only £565,842. After paying interest charges the losses on the two years were £112,635 and £125,254 respectively.” [1: p242]

GSL Class Sentinel Shunter of which eight were obtained in 1930. These locomotives were withdrawn and scrapped in the early 1950s, (c) EAR&H. [1: p300]

For the first eight months of 1934, Sentinel cars maintained a service between Moshi and Arusha, “but it was not a financial success. It was clear that the coastal section of the Tanga line offered the best opportunity for the railcars, once the difficulties arising from the axle-loading on the light track had been overcome. The cars were withdrawn in August for a general overhaul while the track was strengthened. Just before Christmas the new service was started. It was a good service, with reduced fares and daily early morning departures from Tanga and Korogwe (50 miles), with a return service from both ends in the afternoon. Twice a week the service was extended to Mombo (81 miles). From the outset the service proved a success, and receipts increased steadily week by week. Along this section of the line the fiercest competition from motor transport was met and passenger receipts had fallen consistently since 1930, until traffic was only 30 per cent. of that carried formerly. The Sentinel cars arrested the decline, and in the January of 1935 there was a substantial increase of passenger traffic for the first time since 1930. In view of the great success of the Sentinel rail-cars on the Tanga line, it was decided in 1936 to alter the gear ratio of two of the Sentinel shunting engines and run them on the Mwanza line between Shinyanga and Mwanza, hauling a single coach, and thereby providing a service similar to that given by the railcars on the Tanga line. Unfortunately, the traffic was not sufficient to pay for the service, which was withdrawn at the end of October 1937.” [1: p242-243]

Hill continues:

“By 1935 the drastic measures taken to deal with the financial difficulties of the railways were showing their full effect, Earnings rose to £662,296, while working expenditure was only £350,893, that is 52-98 per cent. of earnings. After meeting interest charges of £322,435, there was a small loss of £11,059, a great improvement on the results of the four previous years.” [1: p243]

Further efforts were made to cope with motor competition. A 15-ton road-train unit was acquired to initiate a branch service to the Kahama goldfields. However, this venture was not a success. In 1937 the road-train played a useful part in a campaign to deal with sleeping sickness around Urambo. In 1938 it was used for famine relief on the Tabora-Uyowa run, and it was laid up in the February of 1939. (During WW2 the road-train was taken over by the military authorities.)

Hill tells us that “the recovery of the railways’ finances in 1935 and 1936 was assisted by the general move away from the Great Depression. The gross volume of Tanganyika’s external trade in 1935 exceeded that of the previous year by £1.5 million. Exports rose by 30 per cent, to £3,445,143, and imports were valued at nearly £3 million. The most welcome feature was the recovery of sisal, for the price rose to £29 a ton, nearly double the price during the years of depression. During the year, 82,676 tons of sisal were exported and valued at £1,134.732; 18,558 tons of coffee exports were valued at £486,843; cotton exports were valued at £569,547, and gold exports at £369,742.” [1: p243]

The economic recovery which started early in 1935 continued in 1936, when the Territory’s revenue was nearly £2 million and expenditure £1,739,009. The value of exports rose to £4.516,284, more than £1 million greater than in 1935. After paying debt charges of £315,254, the railways made a profit of £52,875.” [1: p244]

Throughout the first half of the 1930s, no provision was made for a renewals fund. “With a profit again earned after meeting interest charges, a Renewals Fund was started. Unfortunately, the railways owed the Territory £402,131 at the end of 1936, Of this total, £151,416 represented the value of floating assets taken over in 1927; £223,066 had been advanced to meet the losses of 1933 and 1934; and £27,649 was the value of stores taken over from the Public Works Department in 1935. In that year, in the interests of economy, the Railway Stores Department was combined with the Government Stores in Dar es Salaam. The railways took over all stores held by the Government and continued to act as storekeepers for the Government until 1948. … The Government pressed for a reduction of the loan of £402,131 and demanded that any profits earned by the railways should be allocated for this purpose. In consequence a peculiar arrangement was made whereby the railways repaid their debt to the Government annually, and the Government advanced to the railways, annually as a loan, a sum of £50,000 for the Renewals Fund. By this queer device the profit of £52,875 earned in 1936 was reduced by £50,000 to £2,875 and the debt due by the railways to the Government of Tanganyika was increased to £452,131. On 1st January 1936, the accounts of the railways showed an excess of liabilities over assets of £211,185. At 31st December 1936, this figure was reduced to £208,310 after providing for the liability of £50,000 to the Renewals Fund. At a later date it was decided that essential renewals should be financed from a Railway Renewals Reserve which was maintained within the accounts of the Territory. The accounts of the railways and ports services were charged with the expenditure when it occurred, the expenditure was met by repayable borrowings from the Territory’s reserve, bearing interest at 4 per cent. per annum. It was estimated that at the end of December 1939, the total arrears of renewals contributions on assets provided from British capital was £1,256,225.” [1: p244]

Hill continues:

“In the year 1937 Tanganyika’s revenue and exports were greater than ever before. The total value of exports, including re-exports of £342,012, was £5,311,464. This achievement was in no way due to favourable climatic conditions. It would be true to say that it was accomplished in spite of adverse factors, particularly in the case of native crops. Except in the Eastern Province, the rains were not favourable. They were heavy and prolonged in the Lake, Western and Northern Provinces, and caused serious losses in coffee, cotton, groundnuts and maize, whereas in the Southern Province they were deficient, and low yields of grain were the result. In spite of these discouragements, the efforts of African cultivators resulted in ample supplies of food for their own consumption and of produce for sale.

Their efforts were helped by the good fortune that no extensive outbreak of plant pests or disease occurred and that the Territory remained, throughout the year, almost entirely free from locust infestation. The owners of livestock were not so fortunate. Rinderpest swept southward during the year, being finally held up in the Central Province, and there was an extensive outbreak of contagious bovine pleuro-pneumonia in the Lake Province.

Agricultural products sold for good prices during the greater part of the year. Sisal stood at from £28 to £30 per ton; the world price of American cotton was 7d. to 8d. per lb. of lint; coffee prices had risen appreciably over the past five years, and the prices of maize, groundnuts, copra and sesame were high. The outlook seemed good enough, but in the latter part of the year there came a serious slump in the prices of all agricultural produce except grains and tea.

Sisal attained record figures both in quantity (90,000 tons) and value (over £2,000,000), and coffee, cotton and rice established new records in quantity. The value of the cotton crop was below that of 1929, owing to a particularly rapid price decline. Gold made another advance both in quantity and value.

The railways’ revenue increased to £780,565, and after meeting debt charges of £312,454 the profit was £83,198. The percentage of revenue to earnings fell to the extremely low figure of 49:31 per cent.” [1: p244-245]

1938 was a year of disappointing setbacks for Tanganyika: “The weather was generally unfavourable and there was a decline in the prices realisable for Tanganyika’s products on the world’s markets. The value of the Territory’s exports fell by over £1 million to £4,050,734. The railways’ revenues fell to £662,556, and after paying debt charges there was a loss of £20,780. A striking example of how severely the railways’ revenue could be hit by a bad season was was provided by the groundnuts crop, always liable to marked fluctuation. In 1937, the railways carried 20,895 tons of groundnuts. In 1938 the railways carried 2,783 tons of groundnuts. This meant a direct loss of revenue of £37,000, apart from the indirect loss caused by a consequent reduction of imports. There was also a large fall in the traffic of grains, which produced £27,476 in 1937 and only £17,246 in 1938. Further loss to the Tanganyika Railways, estimated at £20,000, was caused by the infiltration of traffic carried initially by the Kenya and Uganda Railways and then into Tanganyika by road or waterway.” [1: p245]

“Moreover, 1938 was the year of Munich. Uncertainty about the future of Tanganyika, caused by demands for the return of the Territory to Germany, had a most adverse effect on the economy. There was a reluctance to invest capital in the country, many development projects were set aside and a large number of commercial firms reduced their stocks to a minimum. In 1937, the European population of Tanganyika was 9,107, of whom 5,642 were males and 3,465 were females. The British, including South Africans, numbered 4.145. The number of Government officials, including the European staff of the Tanganyika Railways, was 1,035. The number of British subjects in Tanganyika who were not in the public service was, therefore, about 2,150. The number of Germans was nearer 1,000, and many of them had been infected with the political outlook of Nazism.” [1: p246]

The Munich crisis, in the September of 1938, brought home to the Government the need to set all defence plans in readiness, more especially to ensure internal security against possible action by the German inhabitants whose propaganda had been active and whose organisation could not be underestimated. (For more about the political machinations of the later months of 1938 – see F. S. Joelson’s book, Germany’s Claim to Colonies (Hurst & Blackett), 1939.)

Hill comments: “The vacillations of certain statesmen, and the reservations of statements in the House of Commons and elsewhere, over several years, did great hurt to the economy of Tanganyika. The uncertainty of the prospect set a check on settlement and investment and a brake on economic development. Immense progress had been made in the face of great difficulties the very nature of a vast country, drought and flood and the Great Depression. Much more would have been achieved without the threat that Germany might regain the sovereignty of Tanganyika. From now on men’s minds were depressed by the increasing realisation that a Second World War was inevitable.” [1: p247]

From the start of 1939, all ports in Tanganyika were administered by the railways. Hitherto the railways had only been concerned with Dar es Salaam and Tanga. Hence-forward they were also responsible for Pangani, Bagamayo, Kwale, Tirene Bay, Kilwa Kivingee, Lindi and Mikindani. In his Annual Report for 1939 the General Manager wrote:

“The ports and railways are operated under different forms of legislation, provide different types of transport services, and moreover, only four ports are at present connected to the railway system. The finances of the two services have therefore been separated. This is essential, as it is generally desirable that the port users should meet the cost of the port services and that railway users should bear the cost of railway services. Should, however, it be necessary for either to assist the other, it is desirable that the amount of such assistance should be recorded. For services rendered by the railways to the ports debits have been shown in the ports’ accounts and credits in the railways accounts and vice versa.” [1: p247]

1939 was another disappointing year. The gross receipts of the railways and the ports amounted to £712,642 and expenditure to £426,947. The excess of receipts over expenditure was £285,695, but debt charges of £311,585 resulted in a loss of £25,890.

At the end of 1932 the staff of the Tanganyika Railways consisted of 174 Europeans, 495 Asians and 7,741 Africans. At the end of 1939 the staff consisted of 120 Europeans, 475 Asians and 7,600 Africans.

In the Annual Report, it was noted that two surveys had been made of the ‘transit’ traffic between the east coast of Africa and those parts of Tanganyika which were served by the Kenya and Uganda Railways as well as by the Tanganyika Railways. The two areas surveyed were the Tanganyika coast of Lake Victoria and the Moshi-Arusha area near Kilimanjaro. Hill provides a table which is produced below and which covers only the traffic from those areas to the Indian Ocean ports.

Hills table shows that earnings on the routes through Tanzania amount to about 31% of the total income from the traffic. A complex formula determined how that detriment was addressed in payments between the to networks. [1: p248]

That formula produced payments in favour of Tanganyika Railways:

  • For running rights on the Kahe-Moshi section;
  • For the ‘feeder value’ of the Arusha branch line; and
  • Through the Lake Victoria pooling arrangement.

Against these payments the Kenya-Uganda administration received payment:

  • For the carrying of goods on the Lake part of the journey in respect of traffic between Tanganyika Lake ports and Dar-es-Salaam; and
  • Through the Lake Victoria pooling agreement.

The net effect of the calculation saw £9,460 paid to Tanganyika Railways. This figure did not fairly represent the actual loss of revenue income for the Tanganyika Railways.

Hill asks us to remember that despite all efforts “the Tanganyika Railways … had a deficit of approximately £25,000 in 1939, and that no provision [had] yet been made for depreciation which has been assessed at not less than £100,000 per annum. As the transport administration [had] been unable to make this provision, the taxpayers of the Territory … [were] called upon to set aside £50,000 per annum to ensure that funds [would] be available when required … for essential renewals. The Territory as a whole [was], through taxation, making an annual provision at present of £75,000 (ultimately to be increased to £125,000) which, …[would] be required by the railway to meet its costs, while at the same time net payments exceeding £90,000 per annum are being made to the transport services of another colony. In effect, the taxpayers of Tanganyika … [were] being asked to pay this amount to the railway users of Kenya and Uganda. … This arrangement result[ed] in the Kenya and Uganda Railways users obtaining a lower-rate level than they would otherwise have enjoy[ed].” [1: p249]

Despite this unsatisfactory position, … the Tanganyika Railways … acknowledged the sympathetic consideration received from the Kenya and Uganda Railways. Every effort was being made … to adopt common standards on many aspects of railway working, and the close touch maintained by the two administrations [was] probably not fully realised. The difficulties which exist[ed] on the northern frontier arise from historical accidents and [were] no reflection on the management of the Kenya and Uganda system.” [1: p249]

Mr. Robins, the General Manager in his 1939 annual report, wrote about the problems which would be faced by Tanganyika Railways on the outbreak of war between Great Britain and Germany:

“A careful study of this and previous Annual Reports will reveal that the policy of the administration is to maintain the present rate level and, by constant examination, to reduce the working expenditure to the lowest level compatible with the maintenance of the assets in as healthy a condition as is possible from revenue sources in order to defer the day when heavy expenditure on renewals will be required. At the same time the administration is endeavouring to apply a sound staff policy which will enable its operation of a public service to be carried on with efficiency and economy. It is for these reasons that in several cases savings which have been achieved and which are disclosed by an examination of the detailed heads of expenditure have been utilised for the better maintenance of assets such as buildings in order to prolong their life. At the same time, by constant attention to actual and potential flows of traffic, details of the former now being made available by the use of mechanical accounting machines, the administration is always seeking to increase its net revenue.

“This, however, is not sufficient to ensure a satisfactory future for the railways and ports services. Additional traffic must be transported if they are to be self-supporting. As has been pointed out in previous reports, whilst the policy of endeavouring to foster traffic from other territories must not be neglected, it is the opinion of the present management that the possibilities in that direction are limited, mainly because the transport administrations of other territories do likewise, and the Tanganyika system is in a very vulnerable position in that respect. It is also very natural that the policy of other transport authorities will be directed to the retention of their own traffic at almost any cost. The solution must, therefore, be sought within the boundaries of this large territory, Tanganyika. It should be able to support its own modest transport system.

“There is no doubt that in the past the Mandate, under which the country is administered, has been imperfectly understood; it has engendered a feeling, rightly or wrongly, that the future is insecure, that there is a serious risk attaching to private investment in the country. Production and industry were, so to speak, also marking time in the hope that some day the future would be clearer. This sense of insecurity was a serious factor in peacetime, but the repercussion of it left the country in such a position that the shock of war dealt the railway system a serious blow against which no reserves were available upon which to draw. In consequence, the possibility of a very serious deficit has to be faced in the forthcoming year.

“Every effort is being made by the Government and the public to meet this situation in such a manner as to avoid Tanganyika being a burden to the Empire and, in fact, to go further and enable it to render aid to the Empire, but the accumulated effect of the long-standing feeling of insecurity makes the country start off with a handicap. It is sincerely to be hoped that whatever settlement is reached after this conflict, it will be one in which there is no room for uncertainty. If, then, the methods employed in war-time are employed in peace-time, there will be no doubt that this country can produce within its boundaries sufficient traffic to support its transport system. That, combined with a prudent financial policy, will overcome most of the difficulties which the management has had to face for some time.” [1: p249-250]

Hill explains: “For twenty years, from 1919 to 1939, the basic problem of the Tanganyika Railways remained the same. The fixed costs of railways are commonly high, although the Tanganyika Railways derived advantage from the cheap acquisition of the German capital assets. The costs of moving traffic on railways are comparatively low, but in the case of the Tanganyika Railways they were increased by several factors, including the state and type of much of the German equipment and the unsatisfactory alignment of several sections of the Tanga and Central lines. During the first twenty years of British administration of the Tanganyika Railways good progress was made in solving what may be termed the technical problems. The basic trouble was that the traffic offering was insufficient to enable the railways to earn sufficient revenue to meet running costs, interest charges, and to provide for renewals and for betterment. The goods traffic density, in terms of ton-miles per route mile, was too low.” [1: p250-251]

Hills point is clearly made in the next table that he supplies which compares the Tanganyika network with other Africa networks:

This table shows that the revenue from goods in Tanganyika was significantly less than in other areas of the continent. [1: p251]

For the year 1939, the goods traffic density of the first-class railways of the United States of America was 1,365,000 ton-miles per route mile; in the United Kingdom it was 868,000. The only means whereby the Tanganyika Railways could achieve a sound financial state was by carrying a considerably greater volume of traffic, which could only be provided by the economic development of the Territory. [1: p251]

References

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. The German Akida system in Tanganyika (German East Africa) was an administrative strategy replacing indigenous leaders with appointed agents—often coastal Arabs or Swahili—to enforce colonial rule, collect taxes, and maintain order. These agents managed “Akidates,” serving as a brutal, intermediary authority between German district officers and local populations. The term Akida predated the arrival of German Empire to the region. Prior to the arrival of German Empire, the Akida served the coastal towns in a special function. The individual was a prominent member of the younger generation and was a prominent war leader in the region. His responsibilities were to keep order and control public festivities. The Akida answered to Liwali (an Arab or African governor of a town, usually a district headquarters) in the region. He was appointed or recognized by the Sayyid of Zanzibar. The concept was adopted by the German Empire, but it altered the roles of the Akida. Few of the Akida’s were indigenous to their region. Most were literate men from different regions. Their purpose was the representation of the German Empire’s bureaucratic tradition of administration. For more information about the German System of Administration please see https://avim.org.tr/en/Analiz/GERMAN-COLONIAL-LEGACY-TANZANIA-AND-THE-HUMBOLDT-FORUM, accessed on 17th March 2026.
  3. https://www.trains-worldexpresses.com/700/704.htm, accessed on 17th March 2026.
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/railways-of-tanzania.
  5. Report on the Railway Systems of Kenya, Uganda and Tanganyika,’ by Lieut.-Colonel F. D. Hammond, C.B.E., D.S.O., Royal Engineers, Special Commissioner for Railways, Eastern Africa. The greater part of this report, including the recommendations in respect of the Voi-Kahe line is dealt with at length in M. F. Hill; Permanent Way, Vol. I, The Story of the Kenya and Uganda Railways; chapter XIV, p 422ff. The report is also covered in an article about the Uganda Railway on this blog: https://rogerfarnworth.com/2021/01/08/the-uganda-railway-in-the-first-5-years-after-world-war-1
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_DL_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_MK_class, accessed on 30th April 2026.
  8. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:EAR_1953_Steam_%26_diesel_catalogue_Page_37_-_Nr._2217.jpg, accessed on 1st May 2026.
  9. R. Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways; David & Charles, Newton Abbott, 1974.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR_GA_class, accessed on 1st May 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 5 – Tanga to Ruvu (and thence to Dar-es-Salaam)

This is the fifth article about the Railways of Tanzania, and there will be more to come.

The featured image for this article is an EAR Class 30 locomotive No. 3019 ‘Nyamwezi’ at Tabora depot. This Class and Class 29 locomotives were active on the railway network at the time the line between Mnyusi and Ruvu was opened. It is likely that the two classes of locomotives would have operated between Mnyusi and Ruvu before deisel-electric locomotives took over freight duties, © Basil Roberts and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence, (CC BY-SA 4.0). [55]

The first length of the rail route from Tanga to Dar-es-Salaam is the length of what was the Usambarabahn (the Tanga Railway) from Tanga to Moshi and on to Arusha.

That length of the route was covered fully in Part 2 of this series of articles. [1] Highlights from the first part of that article are included here for the sake of completeness.

A significant source of information about Tanzania’s Railways is M. F. Hill’s book Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways. [2] This book is only available second-hand or possibly from libraries. It was written before the construction of the link line between Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam. In the context of this article it is useful as background material.

UnitedRepublicofTanzania.com has a page dedicated to this link line which it refers to as the ‘Ruvu Link Line’. It says: “The Ruvu Link Line serves as a vital junction, linking the Central Line, which runs from Dar es Salaam to Mwanza, and the Tanga Line, which connects the port city of Tanga to [Moshi and Arusha]. This strategic positioning allows for the efficient distribution of goods and resources throughout the country, enhancing Tanzania’s overall economic competitiveness.” [23]

A length of the Ruvu Link Line. [23]

In recent years, the Tanzanian government has made significant investments in the Ruvu Link Line, with the aim of modernizing and expanding the infrastructure. This includes the ongoing rehabilitation of the existing track, the construction of new stations and maintenance facilities, and the introduction of more efficient locomotives and rolling stock.” [23]

The journey from Tanga to Dar-es-Salaam begins at Tanga Railway Station on Ring Street, Tanga.

Tanga Railway Station, circa 1893. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
The Station at Tanga close to the turn of the 20th century. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
The Railway Station on Ring Street, Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The turning triangle immediately to the West of the station at Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Buildings at the South point of the turning triangle in Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The roadside elevation of the Railway Station at Tanga. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [3]
Tanga Railway Station entrance, © Shane, Google Images. [4]
The District Civil Engineer’s Office, Tanzania Railways Corporation, Tanga © Paschal P. Rutayuga. [5]

The significant locations along the first stretch of the Tanga Railway (or the Usambarabahn or Usambara Railway) are highlighted on the adjacent schematic map of the line. [6]

The first location that we can easily establish on the satellite images below is the village/town of Maweni, nearly 11 kilometres from Tanga Railway Station.

Pongwe is only a few kilometres along the line. Again no obvious location can be seen on satellite images for any halt/station. Mkanyageni Halt (Reder’s Halt) is also not obvious on the satellite imagery.

Muheza, a more significant township, has an easily identifiable railway station!

Muheza is a more significant township and it has a clearly identifiable railway station! The location of the station is shown on the larger scale extract from Google’s satellite imagery below. It is close to the point where the A14 turns South away from the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station sits close to the centre of the town. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station, © Issa Mates, April 2021. [Google Maps, March 2026][7]

The station location was caught on camera in the late 19th century. It can be found among a series of photographs held by the Getty Foundation, here. [8] The picture is annotated, “Muheza station on Usambara Railway, Usambarabahn, German East Africa, Tanzania, 1890s, 19th Century.”

Muheza Railway Station as shown on MapCarta. [15]

The line runs through or close to a series of villages – all of which are covered in Part 2 of this series of articles. [1]

This satellite image centres on the junction between the Tanga line and that from Dar-es-Salaam which sits to the West of Mianga the line from Tanga sweeps left and then right and joins the line from Dar es Salaam. The line then heads East-northeast, leaving this image at the top-left. [Google Maps, March 2026]

This closer view of the junction is taken from Google Earth. The black lines approximate to the two railway routes but are several metres, at least, out of position. The junction is named on the Schematic map of the line below – Murasi Junction and is recorded as being 65 km from Tanga. [Google Earth, March 2026]

The most notable location at the top of this section of the schmatic map of the line is the railway junction between the line from Tanga and that from Dar es Salaam. – Murasi Junction. Travelling on from Murasi Junction the next location recorded is the town of Mnyusi. [6]

Mnyusi River Bridge {Google Maps, March 2026]

Mnyusi sits at the centre of the satellite image below. The line runs along the Southwest side of the town. There is a significant culvert/bridge carrying the line over the local river.

The town of Mnyusi sits on the Northeast side of the railway line. To the Northwest of the bridge/culvert shown above, there is a passing loop and possibly old station buildings. Trains from Tanga for Dar-es-Salaam, and from Dar-es-Salaam for Tanga, will probably have reversed at this location or at Murasi Junction with the locomotive running round its train. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Returning to the railway junction from Mnyusi, Dar-es Salaam trains left the Usambarabahn to head for Ruvu. [6]

The Usambara Railway heads away to the North from the line to Ruvu which headed southeast from the junction. [14]

The Usambarabahn (the Usambara Railway, Northern Line or Tanga Line) existed in splendid isolation under German rule and between the two world wars. No connection was made to the central line and Dar-es-Salaam until August 1963! [10] The line was built, primarily, to provide a through connection between all parts of the East African railway system, one particular benefit being the possibility of moving rolling stock between sections which have peaks of traffic at different
times of year. [11]

By that time, Tanganyika was independent of British rule. Tanganyika became independent from the British on December 1961 and Zanzibar became free through a revolution on 12th January 1964. Tanganyika and Zanzibar united on 26th April 1964, forming the United Republic of Tanzania.

The story of the construction of this line was told at a meeting of the Permanent Way Institution in 1964. [12]

The first 6 to 7 km of the line South to Ruvu, as it appears on OpenStreetMap’s mapping. [14]
Approximately the same area as it appears on Google Maps satellite imagery. The Pangani River runs diagonally across this satellite image, from close to the top-left to close to the bottom-right. The railway line bridges the river just below the centre of the image and a little to the right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Just a short distance Southeast of the railway junction, a minor road (more like a track) bridges the line.

The same location on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The Pangani River Bridge: this bridge is probably of the same type as that over the Wami River. That bridge appears in an article by K. Rahmani which is in Appendix 1 below. That bridge is a multi-span girder bridge (4 No. 60ft spans) [Google Maps, April 2026]

This image shows work being undertaken as part of the planning for the construction of the railway. Depth readings are being taken along the line of the railway at the location of the future Pangani River bridge. [12: p58]

The next significant structure on the line is this bridge over the A14 (Google)/T13 (OpenStreetMap)

About 600 culverts, in both Armco and Precast concrete, totalling some 11 miles if laid end to end, were laid. The largest size was 12 ft 6 in diameter in Armco. Eleven major bridges were built over the Mnyusi. Pangani, Mbuzi, Msangasi, Mligaji, Mvavi, Wami, Usigwa, Mkombezi, Mbiki and Msua rivers. One 30 ft span bridge was built over Mililengwa river and two 60 ft span bridges were built over Tanga-Korogwe and Dar es Salaam-Morogoro main roads. All the bridges, except Pangani bridge which is a 116 ft span of the Callender-Hamilton type, are plate girders with reinforced concrete deck slabs. Although only two of the rivers – Pangani and Wami – flow all the year round, the other rivers have a heavy flow during the two rainy seasons, short and long. Four of the rivers including the Wami which has a bridge of four 60 ft spans, were diverted from their original courses.” [12: p58]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [16] and on satellite imagery [Google Maps, April 2026]

Over some distance the railway follows the shared boundary between Muheza and Korogwe districts.

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [17] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway crosses the Pangani River again close to the centre point of this image. The bridge is shown in greater detail below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next bridge over the Pangani River: this appears to be a Warren Truss Girder Bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [18] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

To the South of the bridge over the Pangani River, the Mhamba Swamp Road crosses the railway.

The Mhamba Swamp Road Level Crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [19] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Continuing to run South the line continues to follow district boundaries, by the bottom of the next OpenStreetMap extract it is the mutual boundary between Muheza and Handeni districts. …

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [20] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

There are no obviously significant structures or locations on this length of the railway. [20] [Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [21] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South although it takes a more significant turn to the East to follow the contours of the land. [21][Google Maps, April 2026]

The next length of the line on OpenStreetMap [22] and on satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South. [22][Google Maps, April 2026]

Two Google satellite image extracts cover the same length as the adjacent map extract. [Google Maps, April 2026][24]

The next length of the line. [25] [Google Maps, April 2026]

The image immediately below shows the road crossing marked by the ‘X’ on OpenStreetMap. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South. [26][Google Maps, April 2026]

The hospital flagged on the image above is Gendagenda Hospital. The area around it is shown on the next image below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Gendagenda Hospital , the adjacent level-crossing and a settlement which OpenStreetMap notes as being centred on a number of milling machines. [Google Maps, April 2026]

There is little to say about each length of the line as we head South. [27][Google Maps, April 2026]

The relatively flat land over the next sections of the route of the line means that its path can be straight. [28][Google Maps, April 2026]

Another straight length of the line. [29][Google Maps, April 2026.

As the topography changes the line seeks the easiest gradients. [30] [Google Maps, April 2026]

Two satellite images allow us to see the line following the course indicated by OpenStreetMaps. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The line bridges the Mafret River. [31]

After bridging the river the line runs into Mkalamo. [31][Google Maps, April 2026]

The town of Mkalamo. The location of a passenger halt is not clear, if indeed one existed. The most likely locations are immediately North or South of the road which crosses the line. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The most likely locations for a halt at Mkalamo are immediately North or South of the road which crosses the line. [31]

A close inspection of the satellite imagery shows a passing loop to the straddling the road-crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The pointwork at the North end of the passing loop.
The pointwork at the South end of the passing loop. Note two similar structres sloe to the points North and South of the station/passing loop. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The location of the road-crossing at Mkalamo is slightly obscured by cloud. In addition the satellite images in this area of Tanzania are not of a particularly high resolution. [Google Maps, April 2026]

South of Mkalamo, the line crosses the Makalamo Road. [32][Google Maps, April 2026]

The Makalamo Road crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

South of Mkalamo, the railway line continues running South. [33][Google Maps, April 2026]

Two obvious watercourses can be seen on the satellite images above. The first appears to be culverted under the line as no bridge is visible. The second is spanned by a small girder-bridge.

The small girder bridge carrying the line over the second watercourse. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Here the line turns away from the boundary of the Saadani National Park. [34][Google Maps, April 2026]

It appears as though the quality of the satellite imagery reduces as the line turns into the national park.
The line turns for a short while to the East and crosses the a river which outfalls into the Indian Ocean at Buyuni Kitopeni. [35]

Cloud cover on the satellite imagery from Google means that it is difficult to follow the line on the satellite imagery.

Approximately at the centre of the OpenStreetMap extract above, this length of the line is visible. The riverbridge is approximately at the bottom right of this image, perhaps just beyond the bottom right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A much closer focus on the bridge location. The low resolution of the satellite imagery means that we can only just perceive the straight lines of the bridge parapets. [Google Maps, April 2026]

On this next extract from the satellite imagery the line can just be made out at the top-left corner. Hidden by cloud cover, it curves round to the East before turning South once again. It can be seen curving to the Southeast and leaving the extract at the bottom-right corner in shadow. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Covered by cloud, the line heads Southeast before curving East and then South. The changes of direction appear bottom-right of the OpenStreetMap extract above and at the top of that below.

The line tuns South and continues in a southerly direction. [36]

This image shows the line appearing from the cloud cover and turning first West and then close to South. The bridge show toward the top of the OpenStreetMap extract is inconveniently covered by cloud.
The bridge towards the bottom of the OpenStreetMap extract can be seen below.
An enlarged setion of the Google Maps image above shows a small structure carrying the line over an unidentified watercourse. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The Mvave River is crossed before Mvave Railway Station is reached. [37][Google Maps, April 2026]

The Mvave River Bridge. [37]
The Mvave River Bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Road Crossing North of Mvave station. [37]
The murram road crossing to the North of Mvave Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Mvave Railway Sation. [37][Google Maps, April 2026]

Mvave Railway Station is relatively remote and the topography to the South of the station is flat.

The line runs almost due South from Mvave. [38][Google Maps, April 2026]

The same trajectory is followed on these next extracts.

Almost due South again. [39][Google Maps, April 2026]

The trajectory remains the same down the upper part of these next extracts. [40][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South through Matipwili and across the Wami River. [41][Google Maps, April 2026]

Matipwili and the Wami River. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Matipwili Village Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Road-crossing at the North end of the Station site. 9Looks like a misplaced flag for a supermarket!). [Google Maps, April 2026]
The Station building at Matipwili Village. [Google Maps April 2026]

The line South from Matipwili station curves to the Southeast and back towards the South before crossing the Wami River.

The Wami River crossing. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A enlarged view of the bridge over the Wami River. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Wami River Bridge. [41]

South of the Wami River the lines curves to the Southeast. [42][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line then reverts to its southerly course and maintains this bearing across open scrubland through to Kidomole Railway Station and beyond. [43][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway continues on the same bearing. [44][Google Maps, April 2026]

And continues on the same bearing over this next length. [45][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway crosses the T35 at Kidomole. [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

A closer view of the ‘station’ at Kidomole. Neither of these images shows any station facilities at Kidomole. It would appear that it was little if anything more than a location to hold the train. or perhaps a request stop? [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

The T35 (Bagamoyo Road) level-crossing at Kidomole. The road is paved. [46][Google Maps, April 2026]

The railway to the South of Kidomole adjusts its alignment a little to the West and runs at a bearing just to the West of South as the OpenStreetMap extract covering the broader length of the line (above) and that below show. [46][47]

The line is now on a bearing just to the West of South. [47][Google Maps, April 2026]

The line continues South on the same bearing. [48][Google Maps, April 2026]

A slight change in direction means that the line travels towards the South-southwest. [49][Google Maps, April 2026]

A slight change in direction at the bottom of the last extract means the line reverts to a course closer to South. [50][Google Maps, April 2026]

The watercourse is not named on OpenStreetMap but it appears to be a tributary of the Ruvu River. [50][Goog;e Maps, April 2026]

After crossing the river, the line turns a little further to the Southwest and a little more towards the bottom of these extracts. [51][ Google Maps, April 2026]

Next we see the line crossing the T1/A7 road before continuing to head South, this time on a meandering course. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

The T1/A7 is crossed by means of one of the few bridges over roads on the line. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

Open StreetMap does not show the watercourse just South of the road – in the Google Maps satellite image it appears to be in flood. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A watercourse is shown on OpenStreetMap and Google’s satellite imagery, some significant distance South of the road. South, too, of the electricity supply cables which cross the line of the railway.

The watercourse is not named. [52][Google Maps, April 2026]

On the next OpenStreetMap extract, the line runs Southwest. {53]
The same area on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The approach to Ruvu manages to seem relatively complex! The line Mnyusi enter to p left and forma a junction with the metre-gauge line from Dodoma, which runs across the extract from left to right, passing through Ruvu Railway Station and heading on towards Dar-es-Salaam. The pcure is complicated by the presence of the new Standard-Gauge Railway (SGR) which has a separate station for Ruvu a little to the East of the metre-gauge station. [54]
The same area as it appears on Google’s satellite imagery. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The junction between the Dodoma to Dar-es-Salaam railway and the Mnyusi to Ruvu link line. The Ruvu River was in flood at the time of the Google satellite image was taken. The bridge to the Southeast of the junction would often span a dry watercourse with the bridge over main river much closer to Ruvu. [54][Google Maps, April 2026]

A series of usually dry watercourses are bridged by both the metre-gauge line and the SGR before both cross the main channel of the River Ruvu. [54]

Just short by at bridge from the length of the two railways as are shown on the OpenStreetMap extract above. [Google Maps, April 2026]

The last length of the metre-gauge line to Ruvu Station. [54]
The last length of the metre-gauge line to Ruvu Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Ruvu Metre-Gauge Railway Station with the SGR to the South. Ruvu Town is to the Northwest of its station. [54]
The Metre-Gauge Railway Station runs East-West across this image and the SGR towards the bottom of the image. [Google Maps, April 2026]

We finish our journey here in Ruvu. The remainder of the journey from Ruvu to Dar-es-Salaam will be covered in reverse in the articles about the Central Line which will follow in due course. Please don’t forget to have a look at the Appendix (which follows the refernces for this article. The Appendix covers the construction of the Mnyusi to Ruvu Line.

References

  1. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/01/railways-of-tanzania-part-2-the-route-of-the-usambara-railway-tanga-to-moshi
  2. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  3. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1ALffLxhDg, accessed on 18th March 2026.
  4. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJREM2Y3IxMmdF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  5. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJQ2szYi1Pd2dF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usambara_Railway, accessed on 13th March 2026.
  7. https://maps.app.goo.gl/C952JgVPwCuYSAv98, accessed on 20th March 2026.
  8. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/photos/usambara-railway, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  9. https://imagerenderer.com/images/rendered/share/68974575&domainId=12, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_rail_transport_in_Tanzania, accessed on 16th April 2026.
  11. A. M. O’Connor; East African Railway Developments: 1962-1963; in East African Geography Review No. 2, April 1964, p46-47; via https://journals.co.za/doi/pdf/10.10520/AJA19376812_9, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  12. K. Rahmani; Construction of the Mnyusi-Ruvu line; in the Permanent Way Institution Journal, No. 82, 1964, p55-62..
  13. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/8806556432#map=16/-5.24451/38.61205, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  14. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/8806556432#map=14/-5.25780/38.62448, accessed on 18th April 2026.
  15. https://mapcarta.com/N8807059101/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  16. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.29182/38.62553, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  17. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.31447/38.62711, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  18. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.33822/38.63033, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  19. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.35801/38.63480, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  20. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.38334/38.63630, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  21. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.40753/38.64063, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  22. https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=mnyusi&zoom=18&minlon=38.324834704399116&minlat=-5.018608470777954&maxlon=38.32927644252778&maxlat=-5.015108237892018#map=15/-5.43085/38.65029, accessed on 21st April 2026.
  23. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/railway-in-tanzania/ruvu-link-line-unveiling-tanzanias-crucial-railway-intersection, accessed on 24th April 2026.
  24. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.51813/38.65128, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.51813/38.65128, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  26. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.56759/38.65170, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  27. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.61697/38.64767, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  28. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.66753/38.64595, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  29. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.71750/38.65025, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  30. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.76959/38.65514, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  31. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.81459/38.65617, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  32. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.83201/38.65780, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  33. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.88145/38.65909, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  34. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.91500/38.66415, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  35. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.95000/38.69797, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  36. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-5.99661/38.71925, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  37. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.04894/38.71196, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  38. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.08717/38.71436, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  39. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.13957/38.71282, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  40. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.18668/38.70947, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  41. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.22994/38.70741, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  42. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.25628/38.71294, accessed on 28th April 2026.
  43. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.30672/38.72912, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  44. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.36294/38.72895, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  45. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.39936/38.73556, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  46. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.45668/38.72569, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  47. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.49649/38.72492, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  48. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.51934/38.71994, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  49. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.54040/38.71561, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  50. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-6.59357/38.70059, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  51. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.63890/38.69282, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  52. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.69253/38.66784, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  53. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.74589/38.64244, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  54. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=14/-6.79294/38.64226, accessed on 29th April 2026.
  55. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_30_class, accessed on 29th April 2026.

Appendices

Appendix 1: K. Rahmani; Construction of the Mnyusi-Ruvu line; in the Permanent Way Institution Journal, No. 82, 1964, p55-62.

CONSTRUCTION OF THE MNYUSI-RUVU LINE EAST AFRICAN RAILWAYS AND HARBOURS

CONTRIBUTED BY K. RAHMANI, B.A., B.Sc. (EDIK.), A.M.I.C.E., A.M.A.S.C.E. (Associate Fellow)

The 117 mile long Mnyusi-Ruvu line which provides a direct railway link between Tanganyika, Kenya and Uganda was opened by Mr. Julius Nyerere, President of Tanganyika on 17th August 1963. (Figure 1). [12: p55]

HISTORY

The necessity of a railway to connect the Central and Tanga lines was felt by the Germans before the 1914-18 War for reasons of railway operating as well as from a general administrative and strategic point of view. [12: p55]

[12: p56]
[12: p56]

A reconnaissance was made in the neighbourhood of Morogoro for the purpose of finding as short a connection as possible between the Central and Tanga Railways taking into consideration economic development as well, and to determine the choice of a suitable point of junction the sections from Morogoro to Kilosa on the Central Railway and from Korogwe to Mombo on the Tanga Railway were surveyed. Various alignments were considered and are briefly described below: [12: p57]

  1. Ngeregere-Maurai-134 miles; branching from the Central Railway about 12 miles east of Morogoro and continuing towards Maurui. A junction at Ngeregere was considered in view of Ngeregere becoming a possible junction for a future Nyasa Railway.
  2. Morogoro-Maurui-148 miles; Had its object getting nearer to Ngugu mountains.
  3. Mkata-Maurui-160 miles. It was considered together with Kimamba to Maurui, 180 miles, to open up best areas and serve Ngugu and Tuliani.

The 1914-18 war put a stop to the construction of the link but the Germans made a temporary connection by a tram line from Kimamba to Mombe using the tracks of sisal estates.

4. Morogoro-Korogwe; Kilosa-Korogwe – After the war in 1921, the Tanganyika Railways made a reconnaissance for those two routes but the first was considered very close to the coast and consideration was given to opening up country more attractive than that lying between Morogoro and Korogwe, i.e. along the route Dodoma-Kondoa-Arusha, a rough reconnaissance of which was made in 1922. The project rested there till 1932 when further reconnaissance was made, but construction could not be started because of the economic depression of the thirties and the Second World War.

In 1948, however, a further survey of the route Morogoro-Korogwe was undertaken but funds could not be made available for the construction due to urgent expenditure elsewhere as a result of the amalgamation of the Tanganyika, Kenya and Uganda Railway Systems.

Its findings were that the link would be 195 miles long and cost about £5 million. In 1951, an engineering survey was made between Morogoro-Korogwe. This was ruled out on economic grounds not only because of the high initial investment but because of poor revenue returns. The project was shelved,

5. Mayusi-Ruvu – The project was reconsidered again in 1958 in the light of the fact that the peak crop seasons of the 3 countries occurred at different times and it was not possible to move the rolling stock throughout the system to meet the demand for it. It was realized that if a facility existed for such movement of the rolling stock, this would not only obviate the provision of more rolling stock but the savings because of the economic use of the rolling stock could be offset against the total cost of the construction. On the basis of this, a decision was taken in 1958 to construct the link. It was considered that if the line was constructed closer to the coast it would decrease the length and the cost. Thus a survey undertaken in 1958 confirmed that the link between Mnyusi and Ruvu would be only 117 miles long and would cost just over £2 million. This scheme was approved. (Figure 2).

CONSTRUCTION

Construction was started in 1960. Headquarters of the whole construction were established at Pangani Falls, about 50 miles from Tanga, in August 1960. The total length of 117 miles was divided into five sections for the purpose of the earthworks to be constructed under contract. Sections I to V were 27.5, 48, 4, 26 and 11 miles long respectively. It was also decided to start the construction from both the north and south ends. The north party was to cover initially sections I and II, ie. up to mile 75.5, and the south party was to cover sections III, IV and V. i.e. from mile 75.5 to mile 117.

Headquarters for the northern section were at Pangani Falls but then moved to Mkalamo when the work proceeded. Headquarters for the southern section were at Kwaraza, about 10 miles along the track from Ruvu, and then moved to Wami during November 1962.

Contract for the earthworks including culverts for section I was awarded to Messrs. Stirling Astaldi Ltd. and the work was started on 1st September 1960. The contractors for the section V at the south end were Messrs. East African Enterprise Ltd. and the work began in October 1960. [12: p57]

FIGURE 3
Soundings being taken in Pangani River using a dug-out canoe. During the early stages of the construction of the bridge here, a crocodile would sit on a rock in the river and supervise work. [12: p58]

Contractors for section II were Messrs. Douglas Smith Ltd., and for sections III and IV, Maula, Dad and Rose Ltd. [12: p58]

CLEARING

Clearing for the entire earthworks included 28.5 million square feet of light bush and 52.5 million square feet of thick bush and forest including 4,000 trees of 2 ft to 5 ft diameter and larger. [12: p58]

EARTHWORKS

The earthworks consisted of 850,000 cubic yards of hard and soft rock and 2.5 million cubic yards of earth, the highest bank being 95 ft and the deepest cutting 45 ft in rock. Excavation to catch water and side drains involved 100,000 cubic yards of earth and 15,000 cubic yards of soft rock. [12: p58]

BRIDGES AND CULVERTS

About 600 culverts, in both Armco and Precast concrete, totalling some 11 miles if laid end to end, were laid. The largest size was 12 ft 6 in diameter in Armco. Eleven major bridges were built over the Mnyusi. Pangani. (Figure 3), Mbuzi, Msangasi, Mligaji, Mvavi, Wami, Usigwa, Mkombezi, Mbiki and Msua rivers. One 30 ft span bridge was built over Mililengwa river and two 60 ft span bridges were built over Tanga-Korogwe and Dar es Salaam-Morogoro main roads. All the bridges, except Pangani bridge which is a 116 ft span of the Callender-Hamilton type, are plate girders with reinforced concrete deck slabs. Although only two of the rivers – Pangani and Wami – flow all the year round, the other rivers have a heavy flow during the two rainy seasons, short and long. Four of the rivers including the Wami which has a bridge of four 60 ft spans, were diverted from their original courses. (Figure 4). [12: p58]

FIGURE 4
Four 60ft-span plate girder bridge at Wami

In addition, two 11 ft diameter Armco trolley under-passes, three trolley over-passes and various pipe culverts were constructed. The latter were provided as a result of the 1961 floods when the openings provided in the original design proved quite inadequate. [12: p59]

COMPACTION

The earthworks contractors gave the finished formation. Most of the bank compaction was done during the construction of the earthworks by routing heavy machinery over the banks, but the compaction of the top layer was done by using a rotavator and vibratory, pneumatic-tyred and sheepsfoot rollers. A density of 95% was obtained. Soil stabilisation was also necessary at various sandy and clay locations. Black cotton soil, which was used for some banks, compacted very well under slightly wet conditions. [12: p59]

BALLASTING

A total of 4.5 million cubic yards of stone ballast was laid. The ballast was railed from two stone quarries at Ngeta near Ruvu and another near Pangani River. The contractors for breaking the stone at both these quarries were Messrs. Tanganyika Engineering Contracting Company Ltd. Some ballast was also obtained from Mweni Prison near Tanga. The ballast was dumped from trains at convenient places near the rail head. Then the formation was pre-ballasted using road transport. A grader was used to level the ballast on the formation. When, however, due to extreme weather conditions, the roads were impassable the track was post-ballasted soon after track-laying. [12: p59]

FIGURE 5
The track-laying gantry at work. [12: p60]

TRACK-LAYING

The new line is laid to metre gauge – the standard for the system. 55 lb and 50 1b second-hand rails with steel trough sleepers were used in the construction. In previous railway construction in the territories, all plate-laying was done by hand, but on this job mechanized track laying was done for the first time. A track-laying gantry was locally manufactured, using an open bogie truck. Track sections … were pre-fabricated in permanent-way depots, loaded on open bogie trucks and transported as a train (with the engine pushing) to the construction site where the track-laying gantry had been left on the last rail length laid the previous day. Sets of nine panels of track were loaded on top of each other in each bogie wagon. Before the start of the day’s work, these panels were jacked up and rollers were placed under the bottom panels which were resting on the track laid on the bogie wagons. At the same time short pieces of rails joined the gaps over the couplings of the wagons to give an uninterrupted track over the entire train length. The set of 9 panels in the wagon next to the track-laying gantry was pulled forward to the gantry by means of a winch. The top panel was then lifted up by means of another winch, slid forward on rollers, lowered and then bolted into position at the end of the track on which the track-laying gantry was standing. The locomotive then pushed the gantry to the next panel and the process was repeated. Up to a mile of track was laid in a matter of four hours by unskilled African labourers. The method proved so successful that it has been adopted on the other construction work being done by the East African Railways. (Figure 5).  [12: p59-60]

PACKING AND BOXING

The track-laying was followed by a packing gang who aligned, lifted and packed newly laid track. This was later followed by a gang with a Matisa Tamping chine for the final packing and boxing. [12: p60]

SUPERVISION

Apart from the various contractors’ own staff, all the supervision was departmental. This comprised a Resident Engineer, two Section Engineers with 2 Assistant Engineers, an Engineer-in-Charge for staking out assisted by an Assistant Engineer, Inspectors of Works, Permanent Way Inspectors, Surveyors, Plant Foremen, Office Staff, and further staff up to a total of 1,000 Artizans and men who were responsible for the construction of all bridges (except the two rail-over-road bridges built by contractors), for the construction of station buildings and staff quarters, ballasting, plate-laying, water supply and other miscellaneous works. There are six stations including the the two end stations and over 150 staff quarters were constructed.  [12: p60-61]

FIGURE 6
The link-up at Mvavi Bridge, Mile 62, on 4th March 1963. [12: p61]

The oil fuel installations at Wami consisting of two tanks of 42,000 gallons capacity, and ancillary works, were constructed by contract. [12: p61]

FLOODS

The unprecedented rains of 1961 put back the work by six months as some of the completed work was washed away. The remedial work caused a 30% increase in the cost of the construction. At one time the flood waters in the 4 mile long Wami flood plain (section III) completely cut off the staff employed on the construction of the bridge and Wami station and food had to be dropped by air; but later, due to the threat of the rising flood, the staff had to be rescued using an Army helicopter. The highest water level of Wami River rose to an all-time record in April 1963. This flooding caused further damage and delay. [12: p61]

COMPLETION

In spite of these set backs, track-laying of the 117 miles was completed and the link-up on 4th March, 1963, at the Mvavi bridge, Mile 62, was a scene of great rejoicing amongst the staff. (Figure 6). The formal opening of the line, however, had to be delayed as the Mvavi and Mligaji (mile 55) bridges were not completed and had been by-passed. Although the terrain through which the railway was constructed was infested with big game e.g. lion, elephant, leopard, buffalo, hippo, giraffe, pythons, no accidents were reported. The biggest nuisances were snakes, mosquitoes, tsetse and horse flies and adverse weather and road conditions. Nevertheless the morale of the staff was very high at all times.

COST

The low cost of construction of £2.9 million is due to three factors:

  1. The entire land was Crown Land and only £5,000 was paid as compensation for crops and houses.
  2. Second-hand Permanent Way material ex re-laying on other sections was used throughout.
  3. Low wages of daily paid staff.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 4 – Moshi to Arusha

The featured image for this article is a photograph of East African Railways (EAR) Class 29 steam locomotive no. 2904 at Moshi depot, Tanzania, © Basil Roberts and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [13]

The Moshi-Arusha railway line is a 86 km extension of the Usambara Railway (Usambarabahn) in northern Tanzania, It was initially built between 1911 and 1929 and rehabilitated in 2018–2019, the metre-gauge line connects the Northern zone to the port of Tanga, and mainly serves as a freight corridor for agriculture and industrial goods.

The line from Tanga entered Moshi from the South and met the line from Arusha before entering the Railway Station at Moshi. The route of that railway is covered in an article on this blog which can be found here. [1] The history of the Usambara Railway can be found here. [4]

This photograph was taken in 1916 and shows the original station building which was expanded over the years as the photographs below show, Note the wide platform with a well defined edge and the ballast surrounding the rails on the right of the image, (c) Public Domain. [9]

The Station Building seen from the station forecourt, © Kisali, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026].
A view of the railway station building with a passenger train waiting to depart, in 2022, © Michael Emmanuel. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The trackside view of the Railway Station Building,  © Seva TV, 2018. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Looking North towards the end of the line, with the station building on the left and the tracks on the right. The tracks are separated from the station building by security fencing with a gate between the two. © Tanzania Railways, 2022. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Google’s satellite imagery shows us the station at Moshi from above. [Google Maps, April 2026]

An extract from MapCarta’s mapping showing Moshi Railway Station. [3]

The Station Sign at Moshi, © カーンオリバー, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The approach to the passenger facilities at Moshi Railway Station in 2021. Passenger coaches sit at the platform, © Ally Kessy. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Two aerial videos can be found here [7] and here. [8] The first of these two videos looks Northeast towards the end of the line which sits next to the Tanzania Coffee Curing Company Ltd.

The extreme northeast end of the railway in Moshi, Northeast of the passenger station the final buffers of the line sit beside the Tanzania Coffee Curing Company Ltd. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This satellite image shows the Coffee Company’s building (at the top of the image) and the railway station buildings (at the bottom-left). The factory dwarves the station buildings both in plana and when seen from the ground.

Some excellent photographs of the station site in Moshi can be found here. [6]

The line from Tanga runs into Moshi from the South. It meets the line from Arusha immediately to the Southwest of Moshi Railway Station site. Our journey starts at the railway station in Moshi and we head out following the line to Arusha, roughly parallel to Nyerere Road and Nyerere Avenue as the roads are named on OpenStreetMap. Google Maps names the road Mawenzi Road. [2]
A similar area to that shown on the Openstreetmap map above. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The Pangani River Bridge on the line to Arusha. [Google Maps, April 2026]

After crossing the Pangani River to the Southwest of Moshi, the line turn to the West, but only for a short distance before again turning to the Southwest as shown on the map below.

The small extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows a typical length of the line heading West away from the Pangani River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Travelling away from the Pangani River, the line first heads West, and after crossing another river not marked on the map, it then turns Southwest and maintains the bearing until it crosses the Weruweru River and turns to head in a generally southerly direction. It then crosses the Kikafu River and continues South into Weru Weru before swing round to the West. [5]
The next river bridge is mentioned in the notes under the OpenStreetMap extract above.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
The Weruweru River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The Kikafu River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]
On a bearing just to the North of West, the line continues toward Arusha. The trace of the line on Google Maps becomes much more faint as it runs on the North side of Longoi, Kawaya and Chekimaji. The resolution on the satellite imagery in this area is less good but a river bridge can be seen at Longoi. [5]
The river bridge at Longoi. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Beyond Chekimagi, the line continues in a West-northwest direction, running North of the centre of Rundugai and North of Kindigani. To the Northwest of Rundugai, a culvert carries the line over a usually dry stream bed. [5]
The smaller structure on the approach to Rundugai is supplemented by some concrete culverts to accommodate the stream/river in spate. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The culvert to the Northwest of Rundugai. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The next notable location along the line is Sanya Station (Kikuletwa). There is a murram road crossing just to the West of the station and the remains of a bridge over the Sanya River. The line continues to head West, crossing another murram road. Just at the left of this image three roads can be seen converging, all murram roads, one of which is the Kia – Sanya Station road. [5]
Satellite images are relatively indistinct and show very little at the site of the station (Kikuletwa). The small settlement named Sanya Station sits to the South of the station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The remains of the bridge spanning the Sanya River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This map extract shows the next length of the line. The Kia – Sanya Station Road runs along the South side of the railway to meet the Kilimanjaro Airport Road (shown yellow on the map. Makai Mapya and Malula are on the South side of the line. The T2/A23 road is to the North. The next town to the West is Kingori which can be made out at the left side of this image. [5]
Looking East from the tarmacked Kilimanjaro Airport Road, back along the line towards Moshi, the Kia – Sanya Station can just be picked out on the right of the image, heading away East to the horizon. Very little of Tanzania is covered by Google’s Streetview imagery, but some roads associated with Kilimanjairo are covered. [Google Streetview, July 2022]
Looking West along the line from the same road-crossing. [Google Streetview, July 2022]
Kingori is shown on the right side of this next OpenStreetMap map extract. The railway no longer follows a straight course as it winds its way along the contours of the land. Two culverts in close proximity allow the passage of water in the rainy season. [5]
The two culverts mentioned above sit over dry river beds. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line follows a general bearing just to the South of West as it runs to the South of Kikatiti. The road South from Kikatiti curve to the Southwest before turning South once again to cross the railway line. To the West of the road-crossing the line begins to drift Northwest. [5]
The murram road from Kikatiti enters this satellite image at the centre top, crosses the line of the railway and leaves the image centre-bottom. The road from Kikatiti to the railway is also know as the road to Maroroni. That road turns sharply to the left once it has crossed the railway and follows the line on the railway’s South side. It then can be seen on the map extract above, turning away to the Southwest.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
This map extract shows both the T2/A23 and the railway and a blue square marks Usa Railway Station, Arusha. Just to the east of the station the railway bridges the Usa River. [5]
The Usa River bridge. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A closer view of Usa River Railway Station on the OpenStreetMap mapping. It shows a passing loop and short siding. [5]

Usa River Railway Station as it appears on the Google satellite imagery. The passing loop can be made out, but there appears to be little evidence of the siding. What is very noticeable, in these last two satellite images, is that as we approach Arusha we are now travelling through more fertile land than that which we have been travelling through from Moshi. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Another branch of the Usa River is bridged to the West of the Railway Station. [Google Maps, April 2026]
[5]
Another branch of the Usa River is bridged. [Google Maps, April 2026]
Yet another branch of the Usa River is crossed by the railway just downstream of where it is bridged by the Old Moshi Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
And one further branch of the Usa River is bridged before the railway crosses the Arusha By-pass Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The level-crossing at the Arusha By-pass Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
A short distance further West, the line crosses the Old Moshi Road which also bears the name Nyerere Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line wends its way through the suburbs of Arusha, From the East, there are two river crossings and one major road crossing in short succession. The second of the two river bridges crosses the Tengeru River. [5]
There is very little to see at the first of the streams crossed by the railway. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The bridge over the Tengeru River. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The road crossing of Nelson Mandela Road (according to OpenStreetMap, but also known as Nyerere Road and Old Moshi Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The level-crossing at Naberera Road. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A little to the West of the Naberera Road the line crosses a small stream. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A more significant stream runs under the railway in a narrow ravine. Which appears close to the left of the map extract above and on the right of the map extract below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This final map extract takes us to the Railway Station in Arusha and the end of the line. [5]

The sequence of extracts from Google Maps satellite imagery below takes us to the station in Arusha. ….

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery cover the first length of line to the Northwest of the ravine noted at the West end of the previous OpenStreetMap image. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This second extract takes us further into town. [Google Maps, April 2026]
This third extract continues the journey West-northwest towards Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The fourth extract brings us close to Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The line curves round the Southwest side of Themi Hill. [Google Maps, April 2026]

Continuing to curve round to the North, the line passes to the West of Themi Hill, (left). It then continues North (below) passing Kilimanjaro Mills on its right. [Google Maps, April 2026]

This next extract from Google’s satellite imagery shows the railway curving round towards the West and crossing the Themi River. A closer view of the bridge is shown below. [Google Maps, April 2026]

A short distance to the West, the railway crosses the Naura River (Ilboru-Sinoni River on Google Maps) as shown below.

The Iboru-Sinoni or Naura River Bridge is only a short distance to the East of Arusha Railway Station.
[Google Maps, April 2026]
Careful inspection of this extract from OpenStreetMap’s mapping will show faint dotted lines marking now disused lines serving the Industrial area to the South of the station. One branch left the main line to the East of Five Star Petroleum Station heading east and then curving round to the West alongside Relini Street and then running on the North side of that road almost to the Left side of the map extract where it terminated in two sidings. There are two sidings on the North side of the main line close to the station buildings , there was once a branch/siding which left the main line to the South of these. It divided into two, with one short siding remaining in the station area, the other crossing Sinoni Avenue and then terminating in two sidings. These also provided a head shunt for another line running across the South side of the station site almost as far as the left side of this map extract. There were then a series of sidings adjacent to the station buildings and a turning triangle to the South of these. [5]
Arusha Railway Station. [5]
Arusha Railway Station seen from the West, (c) Allan Kaitila (June 2021). [Google Maps, April 2026]
The same view but without the locomotive, (c) Harald Ulver and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [10]

Some excellent monochrome photographs of Arusha Railway Station can be found here. [11]

Arusha Railway Station building seen from the South with Mount Meru in the background (August 2024). Notice the steel sleepers and rails in the foreground of the photograph, (c) Harald Ulver and liceinced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [12]

References

  1. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/01/railways-of-tanzania-part-2-the-route-of-the-usambara-railway-tanga-to-moshi
  2. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/255602805#map=15/-3.35899/37.34255, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  3. https://mapcarta.com/Moshi, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/16/railways-of-tanzania
  5. https://www.openstreetmap.org, accessed on 13th April 2026.
  6. https://theworldatmyfeet.net/moshi-train-station-time-stopped, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  7. https://www.vecteezy.com/video/69675041-aerial-view-of-abandoned-railway-tracks-in-moshi-tanzania, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  8. https://www.vecteezy.com/video/69665792-aerial-view-of-railway-station-and-surrounding-area-in-moshi-tanzania, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  9. https://www.mediastorehouse.co.uk/framed-prints/mary-evans-prints-online/new-moshi-railway-station-print-14377332.html, accessed on 14th April 2026.
  10. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_station_%28tracks%29_-_Arusha_%28Tanzania%29.jpg, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  11. https://thetracksidephotographer.com/2016/06/16/last-train-arusha, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  12. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_station_%28building%29_-_Arusha_%28Tanzania%29.jpg, accessed on 15th April 2026.
  13. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File%3ABasil_Roberts_(680612_EAR).jpg, accessed on 16th April 2026.

Railways of Tanzania – Part 2 – The Route of the Usambara Railway – Tanga to Moshi

NB: Given the way in which some of the images in this article have been displayed, this article is best read/viewed on a laptop or desktop computer rather than a mobile phone. If you need to read it on a mobile, it may be sensible to read it in landscape rather than portrait view.

The featured image is an early German photograph of a train on the Usambarabahn at a typical station location.Thecsoecific location was not recorded.

There is a description of the route of the Usambara Railway or the Tanga Line on-line on the United Republic of Tanzania website: “As the train departs Tanga, it slowly climbs through the rolling hills and lush forests of the Usambara Mountains, offering breathtaking views of the surrounding countryside. Along the way, the train passes through several small towns and villages, each with its own distinct character and cultural traditions. … One of the highlights of the Tanga Line journey is the crossing of the Pangani River, which is spanned by a impressive steel bridge. This engineering marvel, constructed during the German colonial era, is a testament to the ingenuity and determination of the railway’s builders. … As the train continues its journey inland, it winds through the fertile agricultural regions of the Kilimanjaro and Meru districts, passing by vast coffee and sisal plantations. The final destination, the town of Moshi, is nestled at the base of the majestic Mount Kilimanjaro, the highest freestanding mountain in the world.” [5]

One of the must-see attractions along the Tanga Line is the Lushoto town, a charming community community nestled in the heart of the Usambara Mountains. This picturesque town is known for its traditional architecture, vibrant markets, and stunning views of the surrounding peaks. … Another highlight of the Tanga Line journey is the Amani Nature Reserve, a protected area that is home to a diverse array of plant and animal life. Visitors can explore the reserve’s hiking trails, spot a variety of bird species, and learn about the region’s unique ecosystem. … As you continue your journey, you’ll also have the chance to visit the Vugiri Falls, a stunning waterfall that cascades over the rugged landscape, and the Nduruma River, a popular spot for birdwatching and outdoor recreation.” [5]

Notable cultural and natural attractions close to the line include: the Kilindi Palace, a former royal residence that now serves as a museum showcasing the history and traditions of the Kilindi people; the Magila Monastery, a historic religious site that dates back to the 19th century; various traditional villages; the Mkomazi National Park, a protected area that is home to a diverse array of plant and animal species; the Usambara Mountains, a stunning mountain range that is home to a rich array of endemic plant and animal species; the region’s diverse habitats, from wetlands to forests, provide a rich and varied birdlife for enthusiasts to discover.

In 2018, the Government of Tanzania invested 5.7 billion Tanzanian shillings to rehabilitate the line. As of July 2019, diesel powered cargo trains were leaving Tanga Railway Station again. Passenger transport between Tanga and Arusha was planned to start in September 2019, but has not been commenced as yet. [6]

The line has its terminus in the Port of Tanga. It leaves the Port of Tanga (Hafen von Tanga) to run towards the station. On the satellite image below it can be picked out curving round from the port to the station on Ring Street.

The Port of Tanga is at the top of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. The station is at the bottom-left of the image on Ring Street. The line can be seen curving between the two. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Tanga Railway Station appears in the bottom-left of this MapCarta image, superimposed in red on the map is the line that ran down to the port. It would appear that the line of the railway has been built over at, at least, one point – buildings of the Malindi Hotel sit over the line of the railway. [14]

An early photograph of the port can be found here. [9] The linked postcard image is annotated, “Vintage illustration after a photograph, Usambara Railway, Usambarabahn, German East Africa, at Tanga, Tanzania, 1890s, 19th Century.”

Tanga Railway Station is on Ring Street, Tanga.

Tanga Railway Station, 1890. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [2]
The Station at Tanga close to the turn of the 20th century. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [2]
The Railway Station on Ring Street, Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The turning triangle immediately to the West of the station at Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Buildings at the South point of the turning triangle in Tanga. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The roadside elevation of the Railway Station at Tanga. This image was shared on the City of Tanga in Tanzania (Tanga Facebook) Facebook Group by Ragini Pattni on 24th December 2025. [2]
Tanga Railway Station entrance, © Shane, Google Images. [3]
The District Civil Engineer’s Office, Tanzania Railways Corporation, Tanga © Paschal P. Rutayuga. [4]

The significant locations along the first stretch of the Tanga Railway (or the Usambarabahn or Usambara Railway) are highlighted on the adjacent schematic map of the line. [6]

The first location that we can easily establish on the satellite images below is the village/town of Maweni, nearly 11 kilometres from Tanga Railway Station.

Pongwe is only a few kilometres along the line. Again no obvious location can be seen on satellite images for any halt/station. Mkanyageni Halt (Reder’s Halt) is also not obvious on the satellite imagery.

Muheza, a more significant township, has a railway station!

The next sequence of images shows the line heading out into the suburbs of Tanga, alongside the A14 and running to the North of the airport before drifting away to the South of the A14.

This series of satellite images show the railway line heading Southwest out of the city of Tanga. for a distance it ran alongside the A14 [Google Maps, March 2026]

Beyond the city limits, the line continues in a south-westerly direction. For the sake of space a smaller scale is used in the satellite images that follow below. …

Maweni is the first identifiable location which appears on the schematic map of the line, even so, it is not possible from Google Maps to identify the location of any halt/station. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Pongwe is the next identifiable location which appears on the schematic map of the line, it is not possible from Google Maps to identify the location of any halt/station. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line leaves Pongwe and heads Southwest away from the A14. [Google Maps, March 2026]
It turns West from Southwest as it runs into Ngomeni with its Sisalana Cordage Factory, again there is no identifiable location for a railway station. [Google Maps, March 2026]
This next length of the line shows it meandering through the landscape, being bridged by the A14 before returning to run close to the A14 but on its North side. {Google Maps, March 2026]
Still heading generally in a south-westerly direction, the line runs alongside the A14, passes through Lusanga and heads on towards Muheza. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Muheza is a more significant township and it has a clearly identifiable railway station! The location of the station is shown on the larger scale extract from Google’s satellite imagery below. It is close to the point where the A14 turns South away from the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station sits close to the centre of the town. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Muheza Railway Station, © Issa Mates, April 2021. [Google maps, March 2026]

The station location was caught on camera in the late 19th century. It can be found among a series of photographs held by the Getty Foundation, here. [8] The picture is annotated, “Muheza station on Usambara Railway, Usambarabahn, German East Africa, Tanzania, 1890s, 19th Century.”

Muheza Railway Station as shown on MapCarta. [15]

The next satellite image extract picks up the railway at the western edge of Muheza close to its secondary school and sees it still running generally in a Southwesterly direction. …

The route of the railway can be picked out as a faint lighter line running top-right towards bottom-left of this extract before turning a little closer to Southsouthwest, leaving the extract at its southern edge. Tengeni is not marked on the satellite image at this scale but is the point where the line of the railway crosses a road at around the two-thirds point across the extract. There is no obvious railway halt at this location. Historically it was an important location on the Usambara Railway because it was the point where the 750 mm gauge Sigibahn met the Usambarabahn. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line continues on this next extract from Google’s satellite imagery. It can be seen entering the extract at the top-right apex, turning first towards the south-southwest before meandering towards the A14 at the third point across the image. It then runs parallel to and on the North side of the A14. Leaving the extract, just to the West of the A14. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line, again, enters this extract in the top-right corner a short distance away from the A14. I have not been able to identify the location of the Mambo Leo Halt. The line runs sinuously just to the Northwest of Mshangalikwa and heads away from the A14 to the West. [Google Maps, March 2026]

There is no obvious location along the line for Kihuhwi but there is a possibility that Zannetiberg Halt was close to what is now the Zeneti Medical Centre. which sits just beyond the western side of the extract immediately below.

The line crosses this extract in an East to West direction from the mid-point on the left of this extract to the bottom-left apex. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line enters this extract just to the Northeast of Zeneti Medical centre, crossing the road to the East of the medical centre at a level-crossing. After a short distance heading West, the line turns to runSouth-southwest towards the location of Mianga Primary School. Close to the school, the line curves to the West and leaves the extract from Google’s satellite imagery just above the bottom-left of the image. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Heading West from Mianga the line sweeps left and then right and in doing so joins the line from Dar es Salaam. The line then heads East-northeast, leaving this image at the top-left. The junction is at the centre of this image. [Google Maps, March 2026]

This closer view of the junction is taken from Google Earth. The black lines approximate to the two railway routes but are several metres, at least, out of position. The junction is named on the Schematic map of the line below – Murasi Junction and is recorded as being 65 km from Tanga. [Google Earth, March 2026]

The most notable location at the top of this section of the schmatic map of the line is the railway junction between the line from Tanga and that from Dar es Salaam. – Murasi Junction. Travelling on from Murasi Junction the next location recorded is the town of Mnyusi. [6]

Mnyusi sits at the centre of the satellite image below. The line runs along the Southwest side of the town. There is a significant culvert/bridge carrying the line over the local river.

Mnyusi River Bridge {Google Maps, March 2026]
The town of Mnyusi sits on the Northeast side of the railway line. To the Northwest of the bridge/culvert shown above, there is a passing loop and possibly old station buildings. [Google Maps, March 2026]
A closer view of the passing loop at Mnyusi. There is a group of three structures which might be, or might have been, railway structures. These are shown in closer detail below. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Three buildings align with the railway at Mnyusi and appear to have been station buildings. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Beyond the passing loop the line continues to head Northwest along the Northeast flank of the Pangani River valley, as can be seen on the next satellite image below.

Mnyusi Railway Station, as shown on MapCarta. [16]
The line form Tanga and Dar es Salaam enters this extract from Google’s satellite imagery at the apex at the bottom-right of the image. It runs Northwest to leave the extract centre-top. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Again, the line enters this image at the bottom-right apex and runs Northwest, leaving the image at the top, just to the left of centre. [Google Maps, March 2026]
In this next extract from Google’s satellite imagery the line again enters bottom-right and runs Northwest to a point just below the top of the image. It then swings round to the West. It runs to the North of a small settlement which is known as Old Korogwe and continues West towards Korogwe itself. Two of the locations noted on the schematic route of the line, Magunga Siding and Luengera Halt have been passed without being noticed! [Google Maps, March 2026]

The next extract from the satellite imagery takes the line through Korogwe. The settlement was reached by the line from Tanga around the turn of the 20th century. The construction of the line to the West of Korogwe commenced in 1903. [10]

The line from Tanga approached Korogwe from the East. The railway station

Old-Korogwe Railway Station in May 2022, (c) Vincent Christian. [Google Maps, March 2026] The image below shows the station in the early 20th century. [11]

St. Michael and All Angels Cathedral, Korogwe in 2017. (c) Yohana Joseph Mzuri. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Korogwe is the seat of the Anglican Diocese of Tanga and has a cathedral church dedicated to St. Michael and All Angels. [17] Towards the end of 2025, the Anglican Church of Tanga marked 25 Years as a Diocese and 177 Years of Christianity in the Region.

Another view of St. Michael and All Angels’ Cathedral at Korogwe, (c) Public Domain. The photograph was taken by ‘Acognat’. [18]

Korogwe had a population of 62,032 in 2022. as well as its Cathedral, the town has a teacher training college and a number of secondary schools. [12]

Korogwe Railway Station and the Pangani River as shown by MapCarta. [13]

The town of Korogwe has developed to the West of the railway station. The line curves round the South side of the town.

The railway line runs to the Southeast of the Cathedral and to the South of Korogwe town, crossing the B1 at a level crossing. [Google Maps, March 2026]
In this next extract from Google’s satellite imagery, the line enters on the right, just below the top corner close to Korogwe Girls High School and almost immediately bridges the Pangani River. After crossing the river the line runs West as far as Matondoro Primary Scholl before curving tightly round to the North. [Google Maps 26th March 2026]
The Pangani River Bridge at Korogwe as it appears on MapCarta. [19]

After turning to the North, the line ran along the West side of the Pangani River and began to turn away to the West. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The next extract shows it heading West on the opposite side of the Pangani River to Msambiasi. [Google Maps, March 2026]
An S-curve interupts the westerly direction of the line, before the line passes through the station at Maurui and turns North to cross the Pangani River once again. Then the line takes a position alongside the B1 travelling Northwest. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Maurui Railway Station [Google Maps, March 2026] and MapCarta. [19]

MapCarta shows both Maurui Station and the bridge over the Pangani River. [19]

The Pangani River Bridge. {google Maps, April 2026]
This next extract follows the line Northwest to Makuyuni. The railway sits adjacent to the B1/T2 throughout this length. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Lutindi Railway Station (?) as it appears on modern satellite imagery {Google Maps, March 2026] Nothing is shown at this location on MapCarta, other than the services (Kilimajaro Motorway Fast Food, Korogwe). Despite the presence of a significant small settlement on the Southwest side of the line, Lutindi is some way to the Northeast of the line.

The line continues Northwest alongside the B1/T2 towards Makuyuni. Note the divergence of road and rail at the top of the extract. [Google Maps, March 2026]

As this next extract from the satellite imagery shows, the separation of road and rail is only enough to allow the railway to pass to the West of Kwasunga. It enters this extract at the bottom arrow, and leaves at the top arrow. In between, the line crosses the B1/T2, as shown below. [Google Maps, March 2026]

On this next extract the line enters at the bottom of the image to the East of Kwasunga and heads North through a couple of shallow bends to exit at the centre-top of the image still on the East side of the B1/T2. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Two arrows again assist in locating the pints at which the line enters and exits this satellite image. The town of Makuyuni is at the top of the extract. the line at road cross below the centre of this image. [Google Maps, March 2026]

This extract from Google’s satellite imagery focusses on the town of Makuyuni. The railway line can be seen entering the image centre-bottom to the West of the B1/T2. It leaves the image top-left to the West of the road. {google Maps, March 2026]

Makuyuni Railway Station is little more than a single-building halt to the Northwest of the town. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The same location on OpenStreetMap. [20]

From Makuyuni the line continues to follow the same bearing – heading North-northwest towards Moshi. … Population density is higher here and the satellite image shows significant areas of farmland. The line enters the image a little to the West of the B1/T2, it diverges from the road to pass to the West of Maduma before then crossing the road once again close to the flag for Kivilicha Primary School. It runs North from that crossing to pass to the East of the flag for Kwampunda Primary School. [Google Maps, March 2026]

On the next extract from the satellite imagery below, the line can be seen more clearly.

The line enters the image to the immediate East of Kwampunda Primary School and then traverses a well cultivated area before passing through Chekelei where, once agin, the railway crosses the B1/T2.

This next extract shows the line running roughly parallel to the B1/T2 in a North-northwest direction. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line enters this next extract from Google’s satellite imagery immediately to the East of the flag for Mwelya Primary School. It contiues to keep company with the B1/T2, leaving the image to the West of the road. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The town of Mombo appears on this next extract from the satellite imagery. The railway remains to the West of the road but takes much closer order as it runs past the town. It remains close to the road across the remainder of the image.

Across the next extract (below), the railway remains close to the B1/T2, still on its West side. Mombo is a town of relatively significant side. Its population in 2012 was 17,093. That figure increased to 24,080 by the time of the 2022 census. Close to the top of this image road and rail move apart to allow room for Mombo Railway Station. [Google Maps, March 2026]

As this MapCarta image shows Mombo station was large enough to warrant a passing loop on the railway line. [21]
Google satellite imagery also shows a turning triangle at Mombo railway station. The station building is towards the top of this extract on the East side of the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Continuing North from Mombo Railway Station the line crosses the B1/T2 once again and skirts the Northeast edge of the Mombo Forest Reserve. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The level-crossing to the West of Mombo. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Leaving the forest reserve behind the line closes in on the B1/T2 once again and runs on its Northeast shoulder. On this map extract the line enters at the bottom-right apex and leaves at the top-left apex. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The railway is still following the road on this next extract from the satellite imagery. [Google Maps, March 2026]
A couple of fields separate road and rail over this next length of the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Closer order is resumed across this satellite image extract. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Road and rail run parallel on this next satellite image. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Slightly more interest in this extract from the satellite imagery. Road and rail separate for a short distance before once again resuming closer order! [Google Maps, March 2026]
Road and rail remain close through Mazinde and its railway station. [Google maps, March 2026]

MapCarta shows that Mazinde Railway Station is more like a Halt, just s coupls of buildings and no passing loop or goods yard. [22]

Northwest of Mazinde, road and rail continue close together. [Google Maps, March 2026.

Road and rail remain close through Mkumbura. Mkumbura was the location where the Mkumbara to Neu Hornow Cableway/Ropeway, which operated during the German colonial period, met the Usambarabahn. The story of the Cableway can be found here. [23]

Mkumbura Rail Station as shown by MapCarta. [24]
A much closer view of the location of Mkumbura Railway Station. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line continues North-northwest alongside the B1/T2 as far as a point East of Kwemdimu Secondary School. There the BI/T2 begins to drift away from the railway to the Northwest. The railway leaves this extract from the satellite imagery at the centre-top of the image. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Over these two extracts from Google Maps, the line continues heading North-northwest. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line gradually turns to the North over these two extracts before turning back to the Northwest. The arid landscape appears to be used for Sisal farming. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line then continues to the Northwest across this next extract. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Just a short distance further to the Northwest, the line curves round to head Southwest. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The curve then reverses and the line take close order to the B1/T2 once again. [Google Maps, March 2026]
And the main road soon begins to drift away again. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line runs from the bottom-right corner of this extract to the top-left corner. The road running to its Southwest is the R293 Langoni-Mkomazi Road. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line enters the next extract adjacent to the road in the bottom-right corner of the image and follows the road North. At the top of this extract, the road turns East and crosses the railway. The line leaves the image centre-top. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The level crossing at Mkomazi, [Google Maps, March 2026] and below on OpenStreetMap. [25]

Mkomazi Railway Station sits just to the North of the level-crossing shown on the last 3 images. [Google Maps, March 2026][26]

Beyond Mkomazi Railway Station, the railway loops round through West to South. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line runs South before beginning to curve back through West to North as shown below. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The modern B1/T2 crosses the line by means of a bridge. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line turns through Southwest to West and then North before running Northeast. As it does so it passes through Buiko Railway Station which is shown on the MapCarta extract below. [26][Google Maps, March 2026]

Beyond Buiko, the railway is back near the Pangani River but running at the top of the eastern/northern valley side. [Google Maps, May 2026]

The line can be seen on this extract from Google’s satellite imagery running Northwest, then West and then Northwest again. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line can still be seen running along the northeastern flank of the Pangani River Valley, seeking as far as possible to keep gradients to a minimum, it follows the contours just above the valley. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Taking slightly closer order with the B1/T2, the line continues generally to the Northeast. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The line enters this extract from Google’s satellite imagery in the bottom-right corner of the image and leaves centre-top. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line plots a lonely journey Northnorthwest across these two satellite image extracts. [Google maps, March 2026]

Civilisation of some sort beckons at the top of this next extract. The town is Heraru. Its station sits to the southwest of the town. It is marked by the grey flag on the small image immediately below.

Hedaru Railway Station has a passing loop but otherwise few facilities. [27]

Hedaru Railway Station Building, (c) Beppe Mambretti and shared on Google Maps, May 2021.

As can be seen on this larger extract from Google’s satellite imagery, Hedaru is a relatively significant sized town. The population of Hedaru was 22,972 according to the 2022 national census. [28][Google Maps, March 2026]

Hedaru Station is marked by the red flag on the first of these two images which begin the journey further North and West along the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The railway continues to the Northwest, entering this extract in the bottom-right corner and leaving close to the top-left. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line continues Northnorthwest towards Mkanya and Same. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The landscape is quite barren – the occasional school appears on the maps but otherwise only limited evidence of habitation.

The line then passes through what appear to be Sisal plantations that surround Makanya. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Makanya had a population of 12,980 in 2022. [29] Its railway station was at the South East end of the town.

Makanya Railway Station – two loops off the mainline allowed for trains to pass each other. [30][Google Maps, March 2026]

Beyond Makanya the road and railway run together through the Sisal plantations. Google Maps, March 2026]

The railway and road run close together as they continue North. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line is now flanked by two roads which gradually converge until all three run close together past Hembua and Masandare Primary Schools. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line continues North close to the B1/T2 [Google Maps, March 2026]

The journey continues North towards Same. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Same’s population in 2012, was 25,794 inhabitants, in 2022, the number had risen to 34,322. [31] The town is close to the Mkomazi National Park. The railway station is just right of centre towards the top of this satellite image. the majority of the town sits to the North and east of the railway station. [Google Maps, March 2026.

Same in February 2020 (c) Thomas Kimaro. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The two photographs immediately above show Same Railway Station in February 2020.

The station building sits back from the railway tracks with Station Street in between the building and the railway. [Google Maps, March 2026.

These two maps show Same Railway Station in relation to the town of Same. The MapCarta [32] extract on the left shows three lines running through the station. The OpenStreetMap image [33] shows a little more of the town.

The line heads Northwest out of Same. There is about 100 kilometres to go to reach Moshi and [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line is now following the contours to avoid the heaviest gradients. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The B1/T2 is still following the line. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The next town is Lembeni [Google Maps, March 2026]

Careful inspection of the image above shows the line swinging East and then curving round to the West through the town.

Lembeni Bridge and Railway Station [Google Maps, March 2026] [34]

Lembeni Railway Station. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Two views of the rail bridge over the B1/T2 at Lembeni. That on the left was taken by Kassimu Miraji, that above was taken by Allan Kaitila [Google Maps, March 2026

The next extract from the satellite imagery takes the line as far as Kisangara. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Not being able to identify the location of the Railway Halt at Kisangara. One of these two ungated-crossings is as good as any other possible location. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The next location along the line is Mwanga which has no railway station. It does have a bus station! Mbuyuni Halt must have been close to the village. [Google Maps, March 2026]

Kisangiro has its own halt on the railway with a passing loop. [35][Google Maps, March 2026]

Kisangiro Halt was a distance South of the centre of the village at a location where the railway diverged from the road, running West-northwest on the South side of the greener area visible in the top-left of the larger extract above.

The line heads Northwest carful inspection of the image shows it running from South of the greener area and the bottom-right of the image diagonally across the image to the top-left corner. The road runs North. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Again, careful inspection of this image shows the line running from the bottom-right corner to the top-left. In doing so it crosses the

The bridges over the Rivu River appear to be a Warren Truss Girder Bridge and a large concrete culvert which takes a lesser branch of the river. [Google Maps, March 2026]

The next significant location along the railway is the town of Kahe which sits at the top of this extract from Google’s satellite imagery. Kahe Railway Station was a junction station. Southest of Kahe Railway Station, the line to Voi in Kenya diverged from the Usambarabahn! [Google Maps, March 2026]
Kahe Railway Station is centre-left on this satellite image. The line from Kenya enters at the top-right corner of the image and runs diagonally towards the bottom-left.
A similar area on the mapping provided by Openstreetmap.com, which shows the line from Voi meeting the Usambarabahn. [39]
Kahe Railway Station. [36] [Google Maps, March 2026]

The line between Voi and Kahe can be followed here. [40]

We continue North-northwest from Kahe Railway Station. …

Chekereni lies to the Northwest of Kahe and is at the top-left of this next satellite image. This area of Tanzania is noticeably more fertile. [Google Maps, March 2026]
Again, the line runs bottom-right to top-left. [Google Maps, March 2026]
This next extract from Google’s satellite imagery takes us into the suburbs of Moshi. The line enters bottom-right once again. It leaves the top of the image close to the centre. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The railway station in Moshi is a terminus. The line to Arusha heads away to the Southwest. The line from Tanga and Dar-es-Salaam enters from the South. [Google Maps, March 2026]
The lines are much clearer on this extract from the OpenStreetMap mapping. [37]

This extract from MapCarta shows the track layout in the vicinity of Moshi Railway Station. [38]

Tanzania Railways train on the curve South of Moshi Railway Station. This is a luxury train heading Southeast away from Moshi Railway Station, © Ally Kessy, 2020. [Google Maps April 2026]
The Station Sign © カーンオリバー, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The approach to the passenger facilities at Moshi Railway Station in 2021, © Ally Kessy. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The station forecourt, Moshi Railway Station, © Kisali, 2025. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The rail side elevation of Moshi Railway Station. Note the security fencing between the station building and the rail tracks. © Tanzania Railways, 2022. [Google Maps, April 2026]
The platform elevation of Moshi Railway Station again, © Seva TV, 2018. [Google Maps, April 2026]
A passenger train sits in Moshi Station in 2022, © Michael Emmanuel. [Google Maps, April 2026]

We have reached the end of what was the Usambarabahn. The extension to Arusha came much later. We have also noted, as part of this article, the point where the line between Moshi/Kahe and Voi in Kenya met the Usambarabahn. We will come back to both of those lines on another occasion.

References

  1. M.F. Hill; Permanent Way Volume II: The Story of the Tanganyika Railways; East African Railways and Habours, Nairobi, Kenya; Watson & Viney, Aylesbury & Slough, 1957.
  2. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1ALffLxhDg, accessed on 18th March 2026.
  3. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJREM2Y3IxMmdF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  4. https://www.google.com/search?client=ms-android-motorola-rvo3&hs=AZD&sca_esv=b05c8d9632b51df6&sxsrf=ANbL-n5vLNTMT9J1cn4sS7VDi8IhkG_BNg%3A1773944351007&q=tanga%20railway%20station%20photos&si=AL3DRZGgcPNmWPDVEk81ds4iaXPEjuNcyuY9Q822zd2Q3wgtDLa9VVF_9x9TK7LuOrzAGGVlybqvwgpMRLdjvIPVO6109T3ngqw96Xr3Qzr3BAwZo0lgWOz-pkCpT8YplwOa9Nc8V9yUN8GP7Lus4LLAZVKs0HHFqg%3D%3D&ved=0CBEQy9gMahcKEwj4td_XyayTAxUAAAAAHQAAAAAQCg&ictx=1#ebo=1&lpg=cid:CgIgAQ%3D%3D,ik:CAoSF0NJSE0wb2dLRUlDQWdJQ2szYi1Pd2dF, accessed on 19th March 2026.
  5. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/railway-in-tanzania/tanga-line-a-historic-railway-route-through-northern-tanzania, accessed on 20th March 2026.
  6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usambara_Railway, accessed on 13th March 2026.
  7. https://maps.app.goo.gl/C952JgVPwCuYSAv98, accessed on 20th March 2026.
  8. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/photos/usambara-railway, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  9. https://imagerenderer.com/images/rendered/share/68974575&domainId=12, accessed on 21st March 2026.
  10. Hans Wettich; The development of Usambara under the influence of the East African Northern Railway and its private branch lines, with special consideration of the Mkumbara-Neu-Hornow cableway; Simion, Berlin 1911. Reprint from: Proceedings of the Association for the Promotion of Industry 90 (1911), Issue 6; via https://publikationen.ub.uni-frankfurt.de/frontdoor/index/index/docId/11924, accessed on 24th February 2026.
  11. https://africacommons.net/artifacts/3029389/korogwe-station-tanzania-africa-ca/3858567, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korogwe, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  13. https://mapcarta.com/N8806556763/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  14. https://mapcarta.com/N274950072/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  15. https://mapcarta.com/12650936/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  16. https://mapcarta.com/N8807059101/Map, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  17. https://unitedrepublicoftanzania.com/economy-of-tanzania/infrastructure-in-tanzania/unlocking-the-beauty-and-significance-of-the-cathedral-church-of-st-michael-and-all-angels-in-korogwe-a-closer-look/, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korogwe#/media/File:St._Michael’s_Cathedral,_Korogwe.jpg, accessed on 25th March 2026.
  19. https://mapcarta.com/N8806543490/Map, accessed on 27th March 2026.
  20. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/8806556432#map=18/-5.016856/38.327058, accessed on 28th March 2026.
  21. https://mapcarta.com/34359746/Map, accessed on 28th March 2026.
  22. https://mapcarta.com/N8804470889, accessed on 28th March 2026.
  23. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/03/08/the-mkumbara-to-neu-hornow-cableway-ropeway-usambara-hills-tanganyika
  24. https://mapcarta.com/12650936/Map, accessed on 29th March 2026.
  25. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-4.64654/38.07093, accessed on 29th March 2026.
  26. https://mapcarta.com/34359722/Map, accessed on 29th March 2026.
  27. https://mapcarta.com/34355144, accessed on 30th March 2026.
  28. https://datacommons.org/place/wikidataId/Q20614510, accessed on 30th March 2026.
  29. https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q20619402, accessed on 30th March 2026.
  30. https://mapcarta.com/12656052, accessed on 30th March 2026.
  31. https://www.citypopulation.de/en/tanzania/cities, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  32. https://mapcarta.com/12646230/Map, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  33. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=15/-4.07147/37.73321, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  34. https://mapcarta.com/12657728, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  35. https://mapcarta.com/N8736426762, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  36. https://mapcarta.com/34355154, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  37. https://www.openstreetmap.org/node/255602805#map=15/-3.35899/37.34255, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  38. https://mapcarta.com/Moshi, accessed on 31st March 2026.
  39. https://www.openstreetmap.org/#map=16/-3.49420/37.44452, accessed on 9th April 2026.
  40. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2026/04/09/railways-of-tanzania-part-3-voi-kenya-to-kahe-and-moshi-tanzania

Named Locomotives in East Africa

The featured image shows East African Railways (EAR) ’60’ Class Beyer-Garratt steam locomotive No. 6019 at Tabora depot, Tanzania in 1968, © Basil Roberts and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [1]

’60’ Class

The Railway Magazine of November 1954 reported that East African Railways & Harbours had begun to name its new ’60’ Class Beyer- Garratt locomotives. They chose to name them after past and present Governors. The ’60’ Class were then the most powerful Beyer-Garratt locomotives to be delivered to East Africa. Twenty-seven (29? [1]) had been ordered, and by the Autumn of 1954, twenty-five had been delivered, with 20 already in service.

Sir Edward Twining, Governor of Tanganyika, named one of the class after himself at a ceremony at Dar es Salaam on 18th September; on 25th September 25, Sir Andrew Cohen, Governor of Uganda, named another locomotive at Kampala; and Sir Evelyn Baring, Governor of Kenya, named a third of the class at Nakuru on 29th September. With the subsequent naming of the other locomotives after past Governors, the ’60’ Class [would] become known as the ‘Governor’ Class.” [2: p804]

The first 12 of them were built by sub-contractors Société Franco-Belge in Raismes (Valenciennes), France, and the rest were built by Beyer, Peacock in Gorton, Manchester, England. The class entered service in 1953-54.” [1][3: p77-78]

They were 1,000 mm (3 ft 3 3⁄8 in) gauge 4-8-2+2-8-4 Garratt-type articulated steam locomotives built for the East African Railways as a development of the EAR’s existing ’56’ Class.” [3: p77]

Initially, all members of the class carried the name of a Governor (or equivalent) of Kenya, Tanganyika or Uganda, but later all of the Governor nameplates were removed. [3: p77-78]

The Railway Magazine also noted that, “The policy of naming locomotives [was] to continue and it [had] been suggested that the ’59’ Class Beyer-Garratt locomotives, delivery of which [was] expected to begin in 1955, should become the ‘Tribal’ Class.” [2: p804]

The table below (in 4 parts) comes directly from the Wikipedia article about the ’60’ Class locomotives. The information included in the table is taken from two important texts,, both published by David & Charles, one by Ramaer, [3: p91] the other by Durrant. [4: p190]

4 sections of a single table included in the Wikipedia article about the ’60’ Class locomotives. [1]

’59’ Class

The ’59’ Class Beyer-Garratt locomotives entered service in 1955–56, and were the largest, heaviest and most powerful steam locomotives to operate on any metre-gauge railway in the world. [3: p72-73] In the end, the 34 locos of the Class were named not after Tribes but after Mountains. [5]

5902 prior to being named Ruwenzori Mountains – this image comes from A.J. Craddock’s personal collection of EAR&H publicity photos given to him during a visit to the Nairobi HQ in 1954 (EAR&H negative 961/1), © Public Domain. [5]

The Wikipedia article continues:

“The locomotives had a 4-8-2+2-8-4 wheel arrangement, weighed 252 t (248 long tons; 278 short tons), and delivered a tractive effort of 83,350 lbf (370.76 kN). They were designed to haul 1,200-ton trains on 1.5% gradients and were the mainstay of freight services on the 330 mi (530 km) run from Mombasa to Nairobi until the late 1970s.

“During normal service, the locomotives were attended to by two regular crews on a ‘caboose’ basis, one working and one resting in a van with sleeping accommodation, changing over at eight-hour intervals.

“The engines, many with Sikh drivers, were kept very clean and well maintained. The most famous of the 59 class was 5918 Mount Gelai with a devoted crew known as the ‘Magnificent Foursome’ who worked on it for 16 years. The two drivers, Kirpal Singh and Walter Pinto, simply went on holiday when the locomotive went into Nairobi works for scheduled maintenance.

“According to railway photographer Colin Garratt (in 1975), ‘the overall condition of Mount Gelai is possibly unrivalled anywhere in the world today. Her cab interior is more akin to a Sikh temple than a locomotive footplate for its boiler face abounds in polished brasswork, embellished with mirrors, clocks, silver buckets and a linoleum floor’. [6]

“Withdrawals started in 1973, with the last locomotive (Mount Gelai) removed from service in April 1980 when it was driven by its long time driver, Kirpal Singh directly to the Nairobi Railway Museum; Mr. Singh retired from railway service the same day. Together with Mount Gelai, Mount Shengena was also saved from scrap and both are now preserved by the Nairobi Railway Museum.

In August 2001, Mount Gelai was transferred from the Nairobi Railway Museum to the Kenya Railways’ main works for an overhaul to working order. Between November 2001 and September 2005 the locomotive made three round trips to Mombasa hauling excursion trains. It was also used on at least one occasion to haul a freight train to Nairobi due to a shortage of diesel locomotives. However, it has not operated outside of Nairobi since 2005 and is unlikely to do so again due to operational restrictions and the partial regauging of Kenya’s metre-gauge.” [5]

The names of the ’59’ Class were:

References

  1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_60_class, accessed on 26th March 2026.
  2. Notes and News; in The Railway Magazine November 1954; Tothill Press, London, 1954, p800-805.
  3. Roel Ramaer; Steam Locomotives of the East African Railways. David & Charles Locomotive Studies, David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1974.
  4. A. E. Durrant; Garratt Locomotives of the World (rev. and enl. ed.); David & Charles, Newton Abbot. 1981.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EAR_59_class, accessed on 26th March 2026.
  6. Colin Garratt; Steam Safari; Blandford Press, London, 1974.